VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES INC
DEF 14A, 1996-07-24
HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
Previous: DEFINED ASSET FUNDS EQUITY INCOME FUND UTILITY STOCK SER 12, 485BPOS, 1996-07-24
Next: FIRST ALBANY COMPANIES INC, 10-Q/A, 1996-07-24



<PAGE>
                            SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION
 
                   Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14 (a)
                     of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
 
   
    Filed by the Registrant /X/
    Filed by a Party other than the Registrant / /
 
    Check the appropriate box:
    / /  Preliminary Proxy Statement
    /X/  Definitive Proxy Statement
    / /  Definitive Additional Materials
    / /  Soliciting Material Pursuant to Section 240.14a-11(c) or Section
         240.14a-12
 
    
 
                                   VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                (Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
 
                                   VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   (Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement)
 
   
Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box): $6,145 *
    
 
/ /  $125 per Exchange Act Rules 0-11(c)(1)(ii), 14a-6(i)(1), or 14a-6(j)(2).
/ /  $500  per  each party  to  the controversy  pursuant  to Exchange  Act Rule
     14a-6(i)(3).
/X/  Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11.
     1) Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:
        Not Applicable
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     2) Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
        Not Applicable
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     3) Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed
        pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11:
        $30,723,000.00(1)
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     4) Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:
        $30,723,000.00(1)
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
        (1) The value of  the transaction is the  aggregate cash sale price  for
        the  assets described in  this proxy statement  and the fee  is based on
        section (c)(2) of Exchange Act Rule 0-11.
/ /  Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule
     0-11(a)(2) and identify the  filing for which the  offsetting fee was  paid
     previously.  Identify the previous filing by registration statement number,
     or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.
     1) Amount previously paid:
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     2) Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     3) Filing Party:
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     4) Date Filed:
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
* Previously paid by Registrant.
    
<PAGE>
   
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                             5000 EXECUTIVE PARKWAY
                                   SUITE 300
                          SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA 94583
    
 
Dear Shareholder:
 
   
    You  are cordially invited  to attend the Annual  Meeting of Shareholders of
VECTRA Technologies Inc.  (the "Company") to  be held at  the offices of  VECTRA
Fuel  Services, L.L.C., 6203 San Ignacio Avenue, Suite 100, San Jose, California
95119 on August 19, 1996 at 10:00 A.M. (PDT). At the meeting, you will be  asked
to  approve  a  proposal  to sell  the  Company's  nuclear  engineering services
business, power services business,  government services business  (collectively,
the  "Engineering Businesses") to  Duke Engineering &  Services, Inc. ("Buyer").
The form of the transaction  is a sale of assets  pursuant to an Asset  Purchase
Agreement  among  the Company,  the  Company's wholly  owned  subsidiary, VECTRA
Government Services, Inc. (the "Subsidiary"), and the Buyer, dated May 23,  1996
(the "Agreement"). A complete copy of the Agreement is contained in the enclosed
Proxy  Statement and I encourage  you to study it  carefully. In connection with
the sale, we will vote on a  proposal to amend the articles of incorporation  to
provide that a sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company requires a
majority  vote of outstanding shares. In addition,  at the meeting we will elect
directors and consider a proposal to ratify  the selection of Ernst & Young  LLP
as independent public accountants for 1996.
    
 
   
    The  Board  has  unanimously determined  that  the sale  of  the Engineering
Businesses is in the  best interest of the  shareholders. Although the Board  is
frustrated  and  disappointed  with  the necessity  of  selling  the Engineering
Businesses, the  Board believes  there is  no viable  alternative and,  for  the
reasons discussed in the enclosed Proxy Statement, the Board recommends that you
vote  "FOR" the  proposal to sell  the Engineering Businesses.  In addition, the
Board recommends  that you  vote "FOR"  the proposal  to amend  the articles  of
incorporation to reduce the vote required to approve the sale of the Engineering
Businesses  from  two-thirds of  the  outstanding shares  to  a majority  of the
outstanding shares, "FOR" the  director nominees and  "FOR" the ratification  of
Ernst  & Young LLP as independent public accountants for 1996. These matters are
described more fully in the formal notice of annual meeting and proxy  statement
that appear on the following pages.
    
 
   
    Under  the  Washington Business  Corporation  Act, shareholders  who perfect
their dissenters' rights  will have the  right to receive  fair value for  their
shares   if  the  sale  of  the   Engineering  Businesses  is  approved  by  the
shareholders, unless the Board of Directors approves a plan to distribute all or
substantially all of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company's  shareholders
within  one  year  after  the  sale. Shareholders  who  wish  to  exercise their
dissenters' rights  must  not  vote  to approve  the  sale  of  the  Engineering
Businesses.  A signed proxy  that does not  vote against the  sale will be voted
"FOR" the proposed sale.
    
 
   
    YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT. Whether or not you plan to attend the  meeting,
it is important that your shares be represented. Therefore, we urge you to sign,
date  and  promptly  return the  enclosed  proxy  in the  enclosed  postage paid
envelope. If you attend the meeting, you will, of course, have the right to vote
in person.
    
<PAGE>
   
    As of May 1,  1996, the Directors and  Officers of the Company  beneficially
own  9.9%  of  the outstanding  shares  of  the Company's  common  stock.  It is
anticipated that all of these shares will  be voted in favor of the proposal  to
sell  the Engineering Businesses.  Four shareholders, who  collectively owned at
May 1, 1996 53.7% of the Company's outstanding shares, could ensure adoption  of
the  proposal. Except for  Cable & Howse  Ventures, who intends  to vote for the
proposal, those shareholders  have not  indicated their  voting intentions.  See
"Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."
    
 
    We  would like to  express our appreciation for  your continuing interest in
and support of VECTRA Technologies, Inc.
 
                                          Sincerely,
                                          Ray A. Fortney
                                          PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
   
July 22, 1996
    
<PAGE>
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
                                ----------------
 
                    NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
                             ---------------------
 
TO THE SHAREHOLDERS:
 
   
    The Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  of  VECTRA  Technologies,  Inc.  (the
"Company") will be held at the offices of VECTRA Fuel Services, L.L.C., 6203 San
Ignacio  Avenue, Suite  100, San  Jose, California 95119  on August  19, 1996 at
10:00 A.M. (PDT) for the following purposes:
    
 
    1.  To consider and act upon  a proposal to amend the Company's articles  of
       incorporation  to provide that a merger, share exchange or sale of all or
       substantially all  of  the assets  of  the Company  requires  a  majority
       approval of all outstanding shares of the Company.
 
    2.   To consider  and act upon a  proposal to sell  substantially all of the
       properties of the  Company and all  of the properties  (or the stock)  of
       VECTRA  Government  Services,  Inc.,  a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the
       Company, pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated May 23, 1996 among
       the Company, VECTRA  Government Services,  Inc., and  Duke Engineering  &
       Services, Inc.
 
    3.  To elect eight (8) directors for a term of one year;
 
    4.   To act on  a proposal to ratify  the selection of Ernst  & Young LLP as
       independent public accountants for 1996; and
 
    5.  To transact such other business as may properly come before the  meeting
       or any adjournments thereof.
 
   
    Only  shareholders of record at  the close of business  on July 10, 1996 are
entitled to notice of, and to vote at, this meeting.
    
 
                                          BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
                                          THOMAS B. PFEIL, CORPORATE SECRETARY
 
   
San Ramon, California
    
   
July 22, 1996
    
 
                                   IMPORTANT
 
    EACH SHAREHOLDER IS URGED TO SIGN AND RETURN PROMPTLY THE ACCOMPANYING PROXY
CARD IN THE ENCLOSED POSTAGE-PAID ENVELOPE.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
INTRODUCTION...............................................................................................           1
STOCK OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT................................................           3
SUMMARY....................................................................................................           5
FUTURE DIRECTION OF THE COMPANY............................................................................           9
  Use of Proceeds..........................................................................................           9
  Alternative A: Continued Operations of the Company After the Closing.....................................          10
  Alternative B: Sale of the Remaining Businesses; Liquidation of the Company..............................          11
  Consequences of Failure to Approve Proposal 2............................................................          12
PROPOSAL 1 -- TO AMEND THE COMPANY'S ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION TO PROVIDE THAT A MERGER, SHARE EXCHANGE OR
 SALE OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY ALL OF THE ASSETS OF THE COMPANY REQUIRES A MAJORITY APPROVAL OF ALL
 OUTSTANDING SHARES OF THE COMPANY.........................................................................          12
PROPOSAL 2 -- TO SELL THE NUCLEAR ENGINEERING BUSINESS, THE POWER SERVICES BUSINESS, AND THE GOVERNMENT
 SERVICES BUSINESS.........................................................................................          13
  Background of the Transaction............................................................................          13
  Business Relationship with Buyer.........................................................................          16
  Recommendation of the Board of Directors.................................................................          16
  Interests of Certain Persons.............................................................................          17
  Rights of Security Holders...............................................................................          17
  Market Activity..........................................................................................          17
THE AGREEMENT..............................................................................................          17
  General..................................................................................................          17
  Assets to be Acquired; Assumed Liabilities...............................................................          18
  Purchase Price...........................................................................................          18
  Representations and Warranties of the Company and Subsidiary.............................................          19
  Representations and Warranties of the Buyer..............................................................          19
  Covenants of the Company.................................................................................          19
  Negative Covenants of the Company........................................................................          20
  Covenants of Buyer.......................................................................................          21
  Mutual Covenants.........................................................................................          21
  Indemnification..........................................................................................          22
  Closing Conditions.......................................................................................          22
  Amendment and Termination; Break-Up Fee..................................................................          23
  Related Agreements and Filings...........................................................................          23
  Accounting Treatment.....................................................................................          23
  U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.....................................................................          23
  Shareholder Vote.........................................................................................          23
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION............................................................................          24
MARKET PRICES AND PER SHARE DATA...........................................................................          31
RIGHTS TO DISSENT..........................................................................................          32
  General..................................................................................................          32
  Requirements for Perfecting Dissenters' Rights...........................................................          32
BUSINESS...................................................................................................          34
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE THREE MONTHS
 ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND APRIL 2, 1995....................................................................          35
</TABLE>
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
  Acquisition and Divestitures.............................................................................          35
  Results of Operations....................................................................................          35
  Liquidity and Capital Resources..........................................................................          36
PROPOSAL 3 -- ELECTION OF DIRECTORS........................................................................          39
  Audit and Finance Committee..............................................................................          39
  Human Resources and Compensation Committee...............................................................          39
  Board Nominating Committee...............................................................................          39
  Directors................................................................................................          40
  Biographies..............................................................................................          40
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS.........................................................................................          42
  Biographies..............................................................................................          42
  Report of Human Resources and Compensation Committee.....................................................          43
  Executive Compensation...................................................................................          45
  Option Grants During 1995 Fiscal Year....................................................................          47
  Option Exercises During 1995 And Year End Option Values..................................................          49
  Human Resources and Compensation Committee Report on Option Repricing....................................          49
  Compensation of Directors and Stock Options for Non-Employee Directors...................................          50
  Executive Employment Agreements..........................................................................          51
STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE GRAPH..............................................................................          51
PROPOSAL 4 -- RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS........................          52
PROPOSALS FOR FUTURE MEETINGS..............................................................................          53
OTHER MATTERS..............................................................................................          53
  Form 10-K................................................................................................          53
Index to Financial Statements..............................................................................         F-1
Annex A -- Asset Purchase Agreement........................................................................         A-1
Annex B -- RCW Chapter 23B.13..............................................................................         B-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
   
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                             5000 EXECUTIVE PARKWAY
                                   SUITE 300
                          SAN RAMON, CALIFORNIA 94583
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
               PROXY STATEMENT FOR ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                           TO BE HELD AUGUST 19, 1996
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                  INTRODUCTION
 
   
    This  proxy statement,  which was first  mailed to shareholders  on July 24,
1996, is furnished in connection with  the solicitation of proxies on behalf  of
the  Board of Directors of VECTRA Technologies, Inc. (the "Company") to be voted
at the Annual Meeting (the "Meeting") of  the Shareholders of the Company to  be
held  at the offices of  VECTRA Fuel Services, L.L.C.,  6203 San Ignacio Avenue,
Suite 100, San Jose, California 95119 on August 19, 1996 at 10:00 A.M. (PDT) for
the purposes  set  forth  in  the accompanying  Notice  of  Special  Meeting  of
Shareholders.
    
 
    REVOCATION OF PROXIES.  Shareholders who execute proxies retain the right to
revoke  them at any time before  they are voted. A proxy  may be revoked: (i) by
written notice  to the  Corporate Secretary  of the  Company at  5000  Executive
Parkway,  Suite 500, San Ramon, California 94583;  (ii) by submission of a proxy
with a later date; (iii) by a written request delivered in person to return  the
executed  proxy; or (iv) by  attending the Meeting and  voting at the Meeting. A
shareholder's right to revoke his or her  proxy is not limited by or subject  to
compliance with a specified formal procedure, but written notice should be given
to  the Secretary of the Company at or  before the meeting so that the number of
shares represented by proxy can be recomputed.
 
    VOTING OF PROXIES.  When proxies are returned properly executed, the  shares
represented  thereby will  be voted,  and will be  voted in  accordance with the
shareholders' directions. Shareholders  are urged  to specify  their choices  by
marking  the appropriate box on  the enclosed proxy card;  if no choice has been
specified, the shares will be voted as recommended by the Board of Directors.  A
shareholder  may vote for, against,  or abstain from voting  on, any matter that
may properly come before the meeting.
 
    CUMULATIVE VOTING FOR  DIRECTORS.  The  Company's Articles of  Incorporation
entitle  shareholders  eligible to  vote to  cumulate votes  at any  election of
directors. The maximum number  of votes that a  shareholder may cast equals  the
number of shares of common stock owned by a shareholder multiplied by the number
of  directors (eight) to  be elected. Any  shareholder may cast  all votes for a
single director or may distribute them among the number of director nominees  as
the  shareholder may  see fit. The  proxy will grant  discretionary authority to
cumulate votes unless otherwise specified.
 
    QUORUM.  Shares represented  by proxies containing an  abstention as to  any
matter  will be  treated as  shares that  are present  and entitled  to vote for
purposes of determining a quorum. Similarly, shares held by brokers or  nominees
for  the accounts of others as to  which voting instructions have not been given
("Broker Non-Votes") will be treated as shares that are present and entitled  to
vote for purposes of determining a quorum.
 
    EFFECT  OF ABSTENTIONS  AND BROKER NON-VOTES.   Both  abstentions and Broker
Non-Votes with respect to Proposals 1 and 2 will have the practical effect of  a
vote cast against the proposals, since Proposal 1 must be approved by a majority
of  the  outstanding  shares  of  the Company's  common  stock  and  Proposal 2,
depending on the outcome of  Proposal 1, must be  approved by either a  majority
(if
<PAGE>
Proposal  1 is  adopted) or  two-thirds (if  Proposal 1  is not  adopted) of the
outstanding shares. Similarly, abstentions and Broker Non-Votes with respect  to
Proposal 3 will have no effect in the election of directors.
 
   
    RECORD  DATE.  Shareholders of  record at the close  of business on July 10,
1996 are entitled to vote at the Meeting on the basis of one vote for each share
of common stock held, except for cumulative voting in the election of directors.
On May 1, 1996, there were 7,833,527 shares of common stock outstanding.
    
 
    DISCRETIONARY AUTHORITY.  If any nominee for director is unable to serve  or
for  good cause will  not serve, or if  any matters not  specified in this Proxy
Statement come before the meeting, eligible shares will be voted as specified by
the named proxies pursuant to discretionary  authority granted in the proxy.  At
the time this Proxy Statement was printed, management was not aware of any other
matters to be voted on.
 
   
    SOLICITATION  OF PROXIES.   Proxies may be  solicited by officers, directors
and regular supervisory  and executive employees  of the Company,  none of  whom
will  receive any  additional compensation for  their services.  The Company has
retained the services of W.F.  Doring & Co., Inc.,  Jersey City, New Jersey,  in
connection  with  the solicitation  of  proxies. W.F.  Doring  & Co.,  Inc. will
solicit known  significant shareholders  (generally owners  of 1,000  shares  or
more)  and brokerage houses which hold the Company's common stock in street name
to vote and to return their proxies. W.F. Doring & Co., Inc. will be paid on the
basis of hourly fees for persons working on the account a total of approximately
$5,000.00  for  its  services,   together  with  reimbursement  for   reasonable
out-of-pocket  expenses incurred.  The cost of  solicitation of  proxies will be
borne by the Company.
    
 
    FORWARDING OF PROXY MATERIALS.  The Company will also arrange with brokerage
firms  and  other  custodians,  nominees   and  fiduciaries  to  forward   proxy
solicitation material to certain beneficial owners of the Company's common stock
and  the Company will  reimburse such brokerage  firms, custodians, nominees and
fiduciaries for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection
therewith.
 
   
    EXECUTIVE OFFICES.  The  principal executive office of  the Company is  5000
Executive  Parkway, Suite 300, San Ramon, California 94583. The phone number for
the Company is (510) 275-4500.
    
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
    The Company's Annual  Report on  Form 10-K (the  "1995 Form  10-K") for  the
fiscal  year  ending  December 31,  1995  has  been filed  under  the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended, with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission
("SEC") and the following items therein are incorporated herein by reference:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Item 1.    Business;
<S>        <C>
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data;
Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
            Results of Operations; and
Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
</TABLE>
 
    The  1995 Form 10-K was mailed to all  shareholders of the Company on May 1,
1996.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
          STOCK OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
    The following table sets forth certain information concerning the beneficial
ownership of the Company's common stock as of May 1, 1996 by (i) each person who
is known  by the  Company to  own beneficially  more than  five percent  of  the
Company's  common stock; (ii) the Company's Chief Executive Officer and the four
highest paid executive officers  of the Company other  than the Chief  Executive
Officer;  (iii) the Company's directors; and  (iv) all officers and directors of
the Company as a group.
 
    As  required  by  SEC  regulations,  beneficial  ownership  includes  shares
issuable upon the exercise of options that vest on or before July 1, 1996.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           NUMBER OF    PERCENT OF
NAME AND ADDRESS                                                                           SHARES(1)     CLASS(1)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>          <C>
OWNERS OF MORE THAN 5%
Combustion Engineering, Inc.............................................................    1,714,503(2)        21.9%
  501 Merritt 7
  Norwalk, Connecticut 06856
Heartland Advisors, Inc.................................................................    1,299,500(3)        16.6%
  Heartland Group, Inc.
  790 North Milwaukee Street
  Milwaukee, WI 53202
Orien Ventures..........................................................................      634,885(4)         8.1%
  5520 SW MacAdam Avenue, Suite 112
  Portland, Oregon 97201
Cable & Howse Ventures..................................................................      559,597(5)         7.1%
  Security Pacific Bank Plaza
  777-108th Avenue N.E., Suite 2300
  Bellevue, Washington 98004
DIRECTORS
J.E. (Ted) Ardell, III..................................................................       15,500(6)       *
Albert J. Baciocco, Jr..................................................................       25,000(7)       *
E. Linn Draper, Jr......................................................................       16,700(7)       *
Ray A. Fortney..........................................................................       33,500(8)       *
Fruzsina Harsanyi.......................................................................        4,500 10)       *
Elwood D. Howse, Jr.....................................................................      559,597(5)         7.1%
Edward J. Keith.........................................................................       40,500(6)       *
Roy Kirkorian...........................................................................      --             *
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Kristin L Allen.........................................................................       57,481(6)
Jeffrey W. Cummings.....................................................................       23,750(6)
Walter R. Bak...........................................................................        1,000(6)
Vince Franceschi........................................................................      --
Thomas B. Pfeil.........................................................................      --
All Directors and Officers as a group (13 persons)(1), (5), (9), (10)...................      777,528          9.9%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
NOTES  TO  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS,  DIRECTORS  AND
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS TABLES
 
*   Less than 1%.
 
(1) Represents beneficial ownership computed in accordance with Rule 13d-3 which
    includes shares deemed to be outstanding  for purposes of the percentage  of
    ownership  by the deemed owner or group  but not for purposes of determining
    the percentage of ownership of any other person or group.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
(2) Combustion Engineering, Inc. is  an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of  ABB
    Asea Brown Boveri Ltd., a Swiss company.
 
(3)  Heartland Advisors, Inc.  has sole dispositive power  with respect to these
    shares and sole voting power with respect to 21,000 shares, while  Heartland
    Group, Inc. has sole voting power with respect to 1,202,000 shares.
 
(4)  Includes 615,385 shares held by Orien II, L.P., and 17,500 shares which may
    be purchased  by Mr.  Anthony Miadich,  a former  director of  the  Company,
    within  60 days of May  1, 1996, pursuant to  outstanding stock options. Mr.
    Miadich may be deemed  a beneficial owner  of such shares  by reason of  his
    position  as a  partner in Orien  II, L.P.  Mr. Miadich shares  the power to
    dispose of  and vote  the shares  held by  that partnership  with the  other
    general  partner. Mr. Miadich disclaims  beneficial ownership of the 615,385
    shares owned by Orien II, L.P.
 
(5) Includes 520,625 shares held by CH Partners III and 18,472 shares held by CH
    Partners II and 10,500 shares which  may be purchased by Mr. Howse  pursuant
    to outstanding stock options within 60 days of May 1, 1996. Mr. Howse may be
    deemed  a beneficial owner of the shares owned  by CH Partners II and III by
    reason of his position as a general partner of such entities. Mr. Howse  has
    the sole power to vote 539,097 of these shares, including the shares held by
    CH Partners III and CH Partners II. Mr. Howse shares the power to dispose of
    the shares held by those partnerships with the other general partners.
 
(6)  Represents shares  which may be  purchased within  60 days of  May 1, 1996,
    pursuant to outstanding stock options.
 
(7) Includes 10,000 shares which may be purchased within 60 days of May 1, 1996,
    pursuant to outstanding stock options.
 
(8) Includes 12,500 shares which may be purchased within 60 days of May 1, 1996,
    pursuant to outstanding stock  options, 20,000 shares  owned by Mr.  Fortney
    and 1,000 shares owned by Mr. Fortney's parents. Mr. Fortney may be deemed a
    beneficial owner of such shares.
 
(9)  Includes a total of 157,250 shares which may be purchased within 60 days of
    May 1, 1996, pursuant to outstanding stock options.
 
(10) Represents shares which  may be purchased  within 60 days  of May 1,  1996,
    pursuant  to outstanding  stock options.  Does not  include 1,714,503 shares
    owned by Combustion Engineering, Inc., which is a wholly owned subsidiary of
    Asea Brown  Boveri,  Inc., of  which  Dr.  Harsanyi is  Vice  President  and
    Corporate  Officer, Public Affairs  and Corporate Communications,  but not a
    beneficial owner of such shares.
 
    On May 1, 1996,  Cede & Co.,  the nominee of  the Depository Trust  Company,
held  of record 4,315,216  shares or 55.1  percent of the  outstanding shares of
common stock, all of which were held for the accounts of member firms of the New
York Stock  Exchange,  the  American Stock  Exchange  and  various  institutions
participating in the facilities of the Depository Trust Company. The Company has
no  knowledge that any person, other than Heartland Advisors, Inc. and Heartland
Group, Inc., owns beneficially five percent or more of the outstanding shares of
common stock which are held in the name of Cede & Co.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
    The following summary of the matters to be voted upon at the Meeting is  not
a  complete statement  of all  facts material  to a  shareholder's decision with
respect to such matters. This summary  should be read only in conjunction  with,
and  is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the more detailed information
contained in the remainder of this Proxy Statement and the attached Annexes.
 
PROPOSAL 1.  AMENDMENT OF ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
 
    Under the Washington Business Corporation  Act (the "Act"), a merger,  share
exchange or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a company requires
the  approval  of  two-thirds  of all  the  votes  entitled to  be  cast  on the
transaction,  unless  the  articles  of  incorporation  provide  for  a   lesser
percentage.  Under the Company's existing articles of incorporation, approval of
Proposal  2  would  require  the  approval  of  holders  of  two-thirds  of  the
outstanding  common stock. Proposal 1 would  amend the articles of incorporation
so that, if Proposal 1 is adopted, the vote required to approve Proposal 2 would
be reduced from two-thirds  to a majority of  the outstanding common stock.  See
"Proposal 1".
 
    RECOMMENDATION   OF  THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS.    THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS
UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE SHAREHOLDERS APPROVE PROPOSAL 1.
 
PROPOSAL 2.  SALE OF ENGINEERING BUSINESSES
 
    THE SALE.  On May 23, 1996, the Company, its wholly owned subsidiary, VECTRA
Government Services, Inc. (the "Subsidiary"),  and Duke Engineering &  Services,
Inc.  ("Duke"  or the  "Buyer") entered  into an  Asset Purchase  Agreement (the
"Agreement") pursuant to  which Duke  agreed to purchase  the Company's  nuclear
engineering   services  business,  power   services  engineering  business,  and
government  services  engineering   business  (collectively,  the   "Engineering
Businesses").  The form of the  transaction is the sale  of substantially all of
the assets of  the Engineering Businesses,  including all of  the assets of  the
Subsidiary (collectively, the "Assets"), although Duke may elect to purchase the
stock  of the Subsidiary. A copy of the Agreement is attached as Annex A to this
Proxy Statement. See "The Agreement -- General."
 
    PURCHASE PRICE.  The purchase  price to be received  by the Company for  the
sale  of the Engineering Businesses is  $27,500,000 (the "Base Purchase Price"),
plus  or  minus   certain  balance  sheet   adjustments  (the  "Purchase   Price
Adjustment").  The Purchase Price Adjustment is the amount, if any, by which the
book value  of  certain  current  assets  (primarily  accounts  receivable)  and
tangible  property,  plant  and  equipment used  in  the  Engineering Businesses
(collectively, the "Valuation Assets") at the closing date (the "Closing  Date")
exceeds,  or  is  less  than,  the  sum of  $10,000,000  and  the  value  of the
liabilities to be assumed by  Duke. If the sale were  effective as of March  31,
1996,  the Company  estimates the purchase  price would  have been approximately
$30.7 million, subject to audit adjustments. Since the Purchase Price Adjustment
is based on a balance sheet at  the Closing Date, the purchase price will  vary.
See  "The  Agreement  --  Purchase  Price" and  "Notes  To  Unaudited  Pro Forma
Financial Information."
 
    ESCROWED FUNDS.  At  Closing, Buyer will deposit  not less than $1  million,
plus  the  amount of  any  estimated Purchase  Price  Adjustment payable  to the
Company upon  closing (if  any), into  an  escrow fund,  which amounts  will  be
payable  to the Company upon acceptance by the Buyer of an audited balance sheet
as of the Closing Date, subject to any adjustments determined by the audit.  See
"The Agreement -- Purchase Price."
 
    ASSUMPTION  OF LIABILITIES.   In addition to payment  of the purchase price,
the  Buyer  shall   assume  current  liabilities   (excluding  payroll   related
liabilities)  of the Company that are  related to the Engineering Businesses and
the  current  liabilities  (excluding   payroll  related  liabilities)  of   the
Subsidiary.  The Buyer  will also generally  assume the leases  for office space
occupied by  the Engineering  Businesses. See  "The Agreement  -- Assets  to  be
Acquired;  Assumed  Liabilities" and  "Notes  To Unaudited  Pro  Forma Financial
Information."
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    REASONS FOR ENGAGING IN  THE TRANSACTION.  In  recent periods, based on  the
Company's  financial performance, the Company has been under steadily increasing
pressure from its lenders to reduce its outstanding debt of approximately  $16.9
million  as of May 31, 1996 (including  amounts drawn on the Company's revolving
line of credit and  long term debt,  collectively, the "Bank  Debt") and to  pay
deferred  bank fees  of $1.45  million (the "Bank  Fees"). The  Company has been
unable to  refinance the  Bank  Debt and  Bank Fees  and  the lenders  have,  in
connection  with extensions or amendments of loan and credit agreements with the
Company, imposed new conditions in order to force the Company to pay in full the
outstanding principal amount of the Bank  Debt and the Bank Fees.  Specifically,
significant  penalties will apply if the Bank Debt and Bank Fees are not paid by
August 31, 1996, with payment due in full in any event no later than January  2,
1997.  The lenders have  indicated to the  Company that they  will not grant any
further extensions. While the sale of the Engineering Businesses represents  the
transfer  of most  of the Company's  employees and revenues,  the Board believes
that the negotiated purchase  price for the Assets  represents an optimal  value
for  the Engineering Businesses  and reluctantly has concluded  that the sale is
the only viable transaction that will allow the Company to pay off the Bank Debt
and Bank Fees at or prior to maturity, avoid incurring additional bank fees, and
allow the  Board to  consider  options for  the  two remaining  businesses.  See
"Proposal  2  -- Background  of the  Transaction," "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and 1995 Form 10-K  -
Item 7.
 
    USE  OF PROCEEDS.  The Company anticipates  paying the Bank Debt, Bank Fees,
transaction costs, and liabilities of the Engineering Businesses not assumed  by
the  Buyer from the proceeds of  the sale. If the sale  had been effective as of
March 31, 1996, the  Company estimates that the  aggregate purchase price  would
have  been approximately $30.7  million, subject to  audit adjustments. At March
31, 1996,  Bank  Debt, Bank  Fees,  transaction  costs and  liabilities  of  the
Engineering  Businesses not assumed by the  Buyer are estimated at approximately
$23.3 million. The Company incurred an additional $0.8 million in obligations to
the  Banks  during  April  1996  for  additional  fees  and  borrowing,  net  of
repayments.  After payment  of all  Bank Debt  and Bank  Fees and  other amounts
owing, net proceeds will be approximately $6 to $7 million. Net proceeds will be
reduced by the aggregate amount the  Company is required to pay to  shareholders
who  exercise  their  dissenters'  rights  under  Washington  law.  See  "Future
Direction of the  Company," "Pro  Forma Financial Information,"  and "Rights  to
Dissent."
 
    FUTURE OPERATIONS.  The Company is currently evaluating alternatives for its
two  remaining operating  businesses, providing dry  storage, transport systems,
and related services for spent nuclear fuel ("Fuel Services") and processing and
packaging low level radioactive wastes ("Waste Services" and, together with Fuel
Services, the "Remaining Businesses"). See 1995 Form 10-K -- Item 1. The Company
has for many months been exploring the sale of both of the Remaining Businesses;
however, the negotiations with  the companies that  expressed interest have  not
made  significant progress. To  date, the Company has  not reached any agreement
with prospective purchasers regarding the Remaining Businesses. As a result, the
Company is also examining the feasibility and viability of continuing operations
of one or both Remaining Businesses, either as stand-alone businesses or through
joint ventures  or  strategic  alliances  with other  companies.  The  Board  of
Directors  has  made no  decision  on the  sale  or continued  operation  of the
Remaining Businesses. It  is the  intent of the  Board of  Directors to  further
examine the alternatives with the goal of maximizing shareholder value. However,
there  can be no assurance  that the Remaining Businesses  can be sold at prices
that the Board of Directors believes reasonable, or that the Company can operate
the Remaining  Businesses  profitably, or  that,  if profitable,  the  Remaining
Businesses  will be sufficiently profitable to create shareholder value, or that
any strategic partner can be identified. Each shareholder should evaluate  these
risks in deciding whether to vote for the sale of the Engineering Businesses and
also  in deciding whether  to remain a  shareholder if the  sale is approved and
consummated in comparison with the risk to shareholder value if the sale is  not
approved  and the Bank Debt  cannot be refinanced or  timely repaid. See "Future
Direction of the Company."
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
    DETERMINATION OF THE PURCHASE PRICE.   The purchase price was determined  by
arms-length  negotiations. The Company  did not retain  an independent financial
advisor. See "Proposal 2 -- Background of the Transaction."
 
    CONDITIONS TO CLOSING.  The consummation of the transaction (the  "Closing")
is  subject to the satisfaction  of certain conditions on  or before the closing
date (the "Closing Date"), including without limitation the approval of VECTRA's
shareholders. See "The Agreement -- Closing Conditions."
 
    GUARANTEE OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE.  The  Company will transfer to the  Buyer,
and  the  Buyer will  collect, all  the accounts  receivable of  the Engineering
Businesses. The Company is obligated to pay the Buyer the uncollected amount  of
accounts receivable that are Valuation Assets that are not collected within five
months  after  the Closing  Date, less  any  amounts collected  by the  Buyer on
accounts receivable that are not Valuation Assets (accounts receivable more than
120 days past due),  and the Company  will receive back  an assignment from  the
Buyer  of such  uncollected accounts  receivable. See  "The Agreement  -- Mutual
Covenants."
 
    INDEMNIFICATION.   The Agreement  requires the  the Company  and the  Buyer,
subject  to certain limitations, to indemnify  and hold harmless each other from
and against certain damages. See "The Agreement -- Indemnification."
 
    EXCLUSIVITY.   Under  the  Agreement,  the Company  will  not,  directly  or
indirectly through any agents or representatives, solicit, initiate or encourage
any  proposal or offer from a third party to acquire either any capital stock or
other voting securities  of the  Company or  the Subsidiary  or any  substantial
portion  of  the  Assets,  or participate  in  any  discussions  or negotiations
regarding such a proposal or offer. However, this provision does not prevent the
Company's Board of  Directors from taking  any such actions  if required by  the
Board's  fiduciary duties under  Washington law. See  "The Agreement -- Negative
Covenants of the Company."
 
    BREAK-UP FEE.  If the Company's shareholders fail to approve Proposal 2, the
Company will be required to pay Duke a break-up fee of $500,000 if the Board  of
Directors  fails  to  recommend the  approval  of  the sale  of  the Engineering
Businesses to Duke, or recommends another transaction involving the sale of  the
Engineering Businesses, or if the Company effects another transaction within six
months. See "The Agreement -- Amendment and Termination; Break-Up Fee."
 
   
    CONFLICTS  OF  INTEREST.   John  R.  Holding, formerly  the  Company's chief
financial officer and  currently a consultant  to the Company,  will receive  as
compensation  for  his  services  in negotiating  the  sale  of  the Engineering
Businesses or any of the Company's businesses that are sold between April 1  and
August  15, 1996  a commission  equal to  one percent  (1%) of  the sales price;
provided that  the  aggregate  fee  payable to  Mr.  Holding  shall  not  exceed
$100,000. Under this arrangement, Mr. Holding will receive up to $84,269 for the
sale  of the Engineering Businesses. The Company also reimburses Mr. Holding for
his reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the sale of the businesses.
    
 
    OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES  AND COVENANTS.   The Company,  Subsidiary
and  Buyer made other  customary representations, warranties  and covenants. See
"The Agreement  --  Representations  and  Warranties  of  the  Company  and  the
Subsidiary,"  "-- Representations and Warranties of the Buyer," "-- Covenants of
the Company," "-- Covenants of Buyer," and "-- Mutual Covenants."
 
    AMENDMENT AND  TERMINATION.   The Agreement  may be  amended by  the  mutual
written  agreement  of the  the Company  and Buyer,  and shall  automatically be
terminated if  the Closing  has not  occurred by  September 30,  1996. See  "The
Agreement -- Amendment and Termination; Break-up Fee."
 
    ACCOUNTING   TREATMENT.    The  sale   of  the  Engineering  Businesses,  if
consummated, will be reported as a sale of assets. Based on the letter of intent
executed with Duke, the Company wrote down for financial statement purposes  the
goodwill   value   of   the   Engineering   Businesses   as   of   December  31,
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
1995. The  Company anticipates  a loss  on the  sale, primarily  due to  selling
expenses.  See "The Agreement -- Accounting Treatment," "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of  Financial Condition and  Results of Operations"  and 1995  Form
10-K - Item 7.
 
    FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX CONSEQUENCES.   The  proposed sale  of Assets  will not
result in any federal income tax  consequences to the Company's shareholders  in
their capacity as shareholders. The Company estimates that it will report a loss
for  tax purposes on the sale in an amount to be determined. The benefit of this
tax loss, if any, is dependent  on the Company's generation of future  earnings.
See "The Agreement -- U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences."
 
   
    REGULATORY  FILINGS.  Under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act
of 1976, as amended (the "HSR Act"), and the rules promulgated thereunder by the
Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC"),  certain transactions, including the  sale
of  the Engineering  Businesses, may not  be consummated  unless certain waiting
period requirements  have been  satisfied. The  Company and  Duke submitted  the
received  filings to  the FTC and  received early termination  of the applicable
waiting period. At any time before or after the Closing, the FTC, the Department
of Justice ("DOJ")  or others could  take action under  the antitrust laws  with
respect  to the sale of Assets, including  seeking to enjoin the consummation of
the sale or  seeking the  divestiture by the  Buyer of  all or any  part of  the
Assets. See "The Agreement -- Related Agreements and Filings."
    
 
   
    SHAREHOLDER APPROVAL.  The Act requires that a sale of "all or substantially
all"  of a corporation's property be approved by the corporation's shareholders.
While the sale of the Engineering Businesses under Proposal 2 may not constitute
a "sale of all or  substantially all" of the  Company's property as provided  in
the Act, the Board of Directors has determined to treat Proposal 2 as covered by
such  provisions of the Act. Accordingly, if  Proposal 1 is adopted and approved
by the shareholders,  the sale of  the Engineering Businesses  will require  the
approval  of shareholders owning a majority  of the Company's outstanding common
stock. If  Proposal 1  is not  adopted  and approved  by the  shareholders,  the
approval  of Shareholders owning  two-thirds (2/3) of  the Company's outstanding
common stock  is required  for  the sale  of  the Engineering  Businesses.  Four
shareholders,  who  collectively owned  at May  1, 1996  53.7% of  the Company's
outstanding shares, could ensure adoption of Proposals 1 and 2. Except for Cable
& Howse Ventures,  who intends  to vote  for Proposals 1  and 2,  none of  those
shareholders  have indicated to the  Company their respective voting intentions.
See "Stock  Ownership of  Certain  Beneficial Owners  and Management"  and  "The
Agreement -- Shareholder Vote."
    
 
    DISSENTERS'   RIGHTS.    Under  the  Washington  Business  Corporation  Act,
shareholders who perfect their dissenters' rights will have the right to receive
fair value for their shares upon Closing if the sale of Assets under Proposal  2
is  approved by the shareholders, unless the  Board of Directors approves a plan
to distribute all or substantially  all of the net proceeds  of the sale to  the
Company's  shareholders within one year after  the sale. See "Rights to Dissent"
and Annex B.
 
    RECOMMENDATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.   THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS  BELIEVES
THAT THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE PROPOSED SALE AS SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT
ARE  FAIR TO,  AND IN  THE BEST  INTERESTS OF,  THE COMPANY'S  SHAREHOLDERS, AND
UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE SHAREHOLDERS APPROVE THE SALE.
 
PROPOSAL 3.  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
 
    The Board of Directors  has nominated for  election to the  Board for a  one
year term all current directors.
 
PROPOSAL 4.  RATIFY SELECTION OF ACCOUNTANTS
 
    The  Board of  Directors is  seeking the  shareholders' ratification  of the
Board's decision to select Ernst &  Young LLP as independent public  accountants
for the fiscal year 1996.
 
    RECOMMENDATION   OF  THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS.    THE  BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS
UNANIMOUSLY RECOMMENDS THAT THE SHAREHOLDERS VOTE TO ELECT ALL DIRECTORS AND  TO
APPROVE PROPOSAL 4.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
                        FUTURE DIRECTION OF THE COMPANY
 
    The  Board  of  Directors  and  management  of  the  Company  are  currently
evaluating alternatives for the future direction of the Company. The Company has
been exploring the sale of both of the Remaining Businesses, but to date has not
reached any  agreement with  prospective purchasers.  The Company  is  currently
reviewing  the alternatives  of selling  the Remaining  Businesses or continuing
operations  of  one  or  both  Remaining  Businesses,  including  entering  into
strategic alliances for their expansion. If the Company continues the operations
of  the Remaining Businesses, the Company anticipates  it will incur a loss from
the Remaining Businesses through the remainder of 1996 as it reduces expenses to
bring them in line with the Remaining Businesses' sales and gross margins. There
can be  no assurance  that  the Company  can  operate the  Remaining  Businesses
profitably  in future periods, that any  strategic partner can be identified, or
that the Remaining Businesses can be sold at prices that the Board of  Directors
believes  reasonable. Each shareholder  should evaluate these  risks in deciding
whether to vote for the sale of the Engineering Businesses and also in  deciding
whether  to remain  a Shareholder  if the sale  is approved  and consummated, in
comparison with the risks  to shareholder value if  the sale of the  Engineering
Businesses  is not approved and the Bank  Debt is not repaid or refinanced prior
to maturity.
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The Company intends  to pay  all of  its Bank Debt  and Bank  Fees from  the
proceeds  of the sale of the Engineering  Businesses. Out of the estimated total
proceeds of $30.7 million from the  sale of Assets, approximately $18.4  million
will be used for the payment of Bank Debt (approximately $16.9 million) and Bank
Fees, as described in the following table:
 
             SUMMARY OF BANK DEBT AND BANK FEES AS OF MAY 31, 1996
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM                                                                      AMOUNT
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>
                                                                            (IN
                                                                        THOUSANDS)
Bank Debt as of May 31, 1996:
  Term loan..........................................................   $     5,493
  Credit agreement...................................................        11,420
                                                                       -------------
    Total Bank Debt..................................................        16,913
Bank Fees (deferred):
  Credit Agreement extension fee.....................................   $       100
  Tranche B closing fee..............................................           150
  Tranche C closing fee..............................................           125
  Extension, waiver, amendment fee -- Term loan......................           950
  Payment deferral fee -- Credit Agreement...........................           125
                                                                       -------------
    Total Bank Fees..................................................   $     1,450
                                                                       -------------
                                                                       -------------
  Total Due to Banks.................................................   $    18,363
                                                                       -------------
                                                                       -------------
</TABLE>
 
   
    In  addition, the Company  estimates the transaction  costs (including legal
and accounting  expenses, retention  and other  bonuses, allocated  expenses  of
employees  for the  transaction, and  travel and  other expenses  related to the
transaction) for the sale of the Engineering Business will be approximately $1.9
million. Liabilities of the Engineering Businesses  that are not assumed by  the
Buyer  (including severance expenses,  accrued vacation and  other payments) are
estimated to be approximately $3.7 million at March 31, 1996, which would result
in net proceeds on a  pro forma basis to the  Company of approximately $6 to  $7
million.
    
 
    In  the  event  that  any  shareholders  exercise  their  dissenters' rights
pursuant to  the procedures  specified under  Washington law  and the  Board  of
Directors  do not adopt  a plan to  distribute the net  proceeds to shareholders
within one year after the sale, the Company will be obligated to pay in cash  to
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
such  shareholders the fair value of their shares (as determined, ultimately, by
a judicial hearing), which amount,  if a significant percentage of  shareholders
exercise such rights, could be substantial. See "Rights to Dissent."
 
    On  January 2,  1997, the  indebtedness to the  lenders under  the Bank Debt
could amount to as much as  $17.2 million (assuming additional borrowings)  plus
deferred  fees of up to $2.4  million. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
    If the  Company  completes  the  sale  of  the  Engineering  Businesses  and
continues  the operations of the Remaining  Businesses, although there can be no
assurances, the Company believes that it  could secure new credit facilities  or
other  debt financing. If the Company  continues the operations of the Remaining
Businesses, the Company expects that it would need to invest approximately  $0.7
million  and $1.1 million annually in capital expenditures for Fuel Services and
Waste Services, respectively. The Company may consider paying to shareholders  a
dividend  of amounts remaining  after payment of the  fair value to shareholders
who exercise their dissenters' rights under Washington law and not needed (i) if
the Company  determines to  continue to  operate the  Remaining Businesses,  for
working  capital, (ii) if the Company  liquidates, for outstanding or contingent
obligations of  the Company  or,  (iii) if  the  Company enters  into  strategic
alliances  for the Remaining  Businesses, required follow-on  investments in the
strategic alliances. The Company cannot predict the amount of any dividend.  See
"Pro Forma Financial Information."
 
    The  following describes the two  fundamental alternatives for the Remaining
Businesses.
 
ALTERNATIVE A:  CONTINUED OPERATIONS OF THE COMPANY AFTER THE CLOSING
 
    DESCRIPTION OF  THE  BUSINESSES.    Fuel  Services,  located  in  San  Jose,
California,  is  a leading  provider of  systems  for the  dry storage  of spent
nuclear  fuel  based  on  its  NUHOMS-Registered  Trademark-  technology.   This
technology  has been selected  by seven nuclear utilities,  and is currently the
U.S. industry leader based on the number of utility customers and the amount  of
fuel  stored in  canisters. The  Company has  submitted for  regulatory approval
enhancements to this technology that will allow utilities to store fuel on  site
in NUHOMS canisters that are also licensed for transportation. If the license is
granted, which the Company expects during the third quarter of 1996, NUHOMS will
be  the  first canister-based  licensed technology  for both  transportation and
storage  in  the  United  States.  The  Company  believes  its  technology   has
applications  in the U.S.  Departments of Energy and  Defense spent nuclear fuel
storage markets. If the Company  continues to operate the Remaining  Businesses,
corporate operations, currently located in San Ramon, California, will likely be
combined  with the San Jose, California  Fuel Services operations and relocated.
See 1995 Form 10-K -- Item 1.
 
    Waste Services, with offices located  in Columbia, South Carolina,  provides
processing,  treatment,  packaging  and transportation  services  for  low level
radioactive and mixed  wastes. The  Company has developed  new technologies  for
Waste  Services'  processing  and  treatment  of  low  level  radioactive waste,
including the Company's reverse osmosis, and EnviroGlass-Registered  Trademark-,
its  vitrification technology for  reducing the volume  of low level radioactive
and mixed wastes. See 1995 Form 10-K -- Item 1.
 
    PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION.  The Remaining Businesses generated  losses
on  a pro  forma basis of  approximately $514  thousand in the  first quarter of
1996,  and  $18.1  million  in   1995.  The  Company  anticipates   implementing
significant streamlining of corporate operations and the Remaining Businesses to
reduce  costs and expenses and achieve  profitability. Following the sale of the
Engineering Businesses, the  Company would employ  approximately 100  personnel.
See  "Pro Forma Financial Information," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and 1995 Form 10-K -- Item 7.
 
    RISK FACTORS.   If the  Company continues  the operations  of the  Remaining
Businesses, the Company's business operations will be subject to numerous risks,
including the following:
 
    COMPETITION.   The  Remaining Businesses  will compete  with other companies
with substantially greater financial and  marketing resources than those of  the
Company. In recent years, Fuel Services
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
has  lost  market share,  while Waste  Services, which  competes in  a shrinking
market, does not provide  as comprehensive services as  its competitors who  can
both package and bury low-level wastes at their own licensed disposal sites.
 
    SIZE  DISADVANTAGES.   The  Company's  relatively small  size  following the
Closing  and  payment  of  Bank  Debt,  Bank  Fees,  retained  liabilities   and
transaction  costs (approximately  $30-32 million  in total  assets) could  be a
significant disadvantage  in  marketing its  services  and products  to  nuclear
utilities  because  the Company  may be  perceived as  not having  the financial
strength to support and warranty its products over the life of the products  (up
to 50 years in the case of NUHOMS).
 
    CONTINUING CAPITAL INVESTMENTS REQUIRED; WORKING CAPITAL
REQUIREMENTS.  Capital investment will be needed to maintain the competitiveness
of  and enhance the  technologies used by the  Remaining Businesses. The Company
may be unable to raise additional  capital to make such investments. Failure  to
make  such  investments  may  diminish  the  competitiveness  of  the  Remaining
Businesses,  especially  in  Waste  Services  where  the  Company  has  invested
substantial  amounts  in,  but  has  not  yet  brought  to  operational  status,
EnviroGlass-Registered Trademark-. See 1995  Form 10-K --  Item 1. In  addition,
the  Company will need sufficient working  capital to continue the business. The
availability of working capital, however, will be affected by numerous  factors,
including  the  number  of  shareholders who  exercise  dissenters'  rights, the
determination of  the  "fair value"  of  their shares,  the  Company's  decision
whether to pay, and the amount of, a dividend to the shareholders.
 
    GOVERNMENTAL  REGULATION.   The  markets in  which the  Remaining Businesses
compete are heavily regulated and require various types of governmental licenses
and permits. Denials of, or delays in obtaining, or changes in requirements for,
required licenses  or  permits  may adversely  affect  the  Company's  business,
operations   and  financial  results.  In  addition,  initiatives  by  the  U.S.
Government with respect  to spent  fuel storage (such  as the  1995 proposal  to
develop  a multipurpose canister for use by all utilities, which was canceled in
1996) have in  the past caused  significant customer confusion  and delayed  the
development and expansion of the market for Fuel Services' NUHOMS system.
 
    MANAGEMENT  AND RESTRUCTURING.  The  Company's management must significantly
reduce corporate expenses to bring them  in line with the Remaining  Businesses'
sales  and gross margins.  In 1995, the Company's  revenues were $123.5 million;
pro forma revenues for  the Remaining Businesses in  1995 would have been  $26.3
million,  a reduction of approximately  79%, while its pro  forma loss was $18.1
million. The Company will need to take major steps to streamline its  operations
in  order to reduce its expenses. In  addition, the Company must consolidate and
reassign management responsibilities.
 
    PAYMENTS  TO  DISSENTING   SHAREHOLDERS.    If   a  substantial  number   of
shareholders  dissent and demand  payment for their shares,  the Company may not
have sufficient cash to pay  such amounts, or to  pay such amounts and  continue
the Remaining Businesses.
 
ALTERNATIVE B:  SALE OF THE REMAINING BUSINESSES; LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY
 
    If  the Board of Directors determines  to sell the Remaining Businesses, the
Company would  proceed to  negotiate purchase  agreements for  the sale  of  the
Remaining  Businesses as  soon as practicable,  while continuing  to operate the
Remaining Businesses  in  the ordinary  course  of business  pending  sale.  The
Company  would  attempt  to negotiate  cash  purchase prices  for  the Remaining
Businesses. In this liquidation scenario,  the Company's bargaining position  is
likely  to  be  significantly  impaired,  so that  the  purchase  price  for the
Remaining Businesses may be adversely impacted.
 
    In this alternative, following sale of the Remaining Businesses, the Company
would pay outstanding creditors.  In addition, the Company  would likely form  a
liquidating  trust,  deposit  amounts  sufficient  to  pay  known  and  unknown,
contingent  and   noncontingent  obligations,   including  amounts   needed   to
decontaminate   or  otherwise  provide  for   the  decommissioning  or  disposal
obligations of  radioactive assets  remaining with  the Company  after any  such
sale,  as well as amounts  needed to fund continuing  obligations of the Company
under indemnity provisions of various agreements, including for example sale  of
the  Engineering Businesses,  sale of VECTRA  Technologies Ltd, and  any sale of
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
Fuel Services and/or Waste Services. The Company has not estimated the potential
amounts of any such reserves or costs. Following a determination by the Board of
the appropriate amount of reserves, the Company would pay to its shareholders  a
cash dividend of remaining cash (if any).
 
CONSEQUENCES OF FAILURE TO APPROVE PROPOSAL 2
 
    The  Board does not believe there are any viable alternatives to the sale of
the Engineering Businesses that would allow  the Company to pay timely the  Bank
Debt  and Bank Fees. If the shareholders do  not approve the sale of Assets, the
following will likely occur:
 
    - The Company will attempt  to sell Fuel Services  and/or Waste Services  as
      soon  as possible, but there  is little likelihood that  any sale could be
      completed by August  31, 1996 and  there is significant  risk that a  sale
      would not occur by January 2, 1997.
 
    - The Company will attempt to refinance the Bank Debt and Bank Fees, but the
      likelihood of achieving any refinancing is directly related to the ability
      of the Company to sell either or both Remaining Businesses.
 
    - If  the Bank  Debt and  Bank Fees  are not  paid by  August 31,  1996, the
      Company will be obligated to pay the lenders additional fees of  $600,000,
      payment  of which is  deferred until January 2,  1997, reprice warrants to
      purchase 830,060 shares of the Company's common stock from $2.94 per share
      to  $0.01  per  share  and  issue  to  the  lenders  rights  to   purchase
      approximately  550,000 shares of  the Company's common  stock at $0.01 per
      share. The Company would also likely defer $750,000 and $625,000  payments
      due  in September 1996 under the  Company's agreements with its lenders to
      January 2, 1997, by incurring fees of $150,000 and $100,000, respectively,
      payment of which is also deferred to January 2, 1997.
 
    - As a result of the most recent extensions and modifications in April 1996,
      the Bank Debt and Bank Fees are  due on January 2, 1997. The lenders  have
      indicated  to the Company that they will not grant any further extensions.
      If the Company is unable to  sell Fuel Services and/or Waste Services  and
      obtain  financing  to pay  the Bank  Debt, Bank  Fees and  additional fees
      payable to the lenders by  January 2, 1997, the  Company may have to  seek
      protection  under the reorganization provisions  of the federal bankruptcy
      laws. See "Proposal 2 -- Recommendation of the Board of Directors."
 
       PROPOSAL 1 -- TO AMEND THE COMPANY'S ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION TO
     PROVIDE THAT A MERGER, SHARE EXCHANGE OR SALE OF ALL OR SUBSTANTIALLY
      ALL OF THE ASSETS OF THE COMPANY REQUIRES A MAJORITY APPROVAL OF ALL
                       OUTSTANDING SHARES OF THE COMPANY
 
    Under the Washington Business Corporation  Act, a merger, share exchange  or
sale  of  all or  substantially  all of  the assets  of  a company  requires the
approval of two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the  transaction,
unless  the  articles  of incorporation  provide  for a  lesser  percentage. The
Company's existing  articles  of  incorporation  do not  provide  for  a  lesser
percentage.  Thus, unless  Proposal 1 is  adopted, approval of  Proposal 2 would
require the affirmative vote of holders of two-thirds of the outstanding  common
stock.
 
    Under  the Act, a public corporation can amend its articles of incorporation
by a majority vote of the shares entitled to vote. Consequently, if the  holders
of  a majority of the Company's common  stock approve Proposal 1, the percentage
voting requirement for  Proposal 2  can be  reduced, even  in the  absence of  a
two-thirds  vote approving Proposal  1. If holders  of a majority  of the common
stock approve the amendment to the articles of incorporation, the required  vote
to  approve Proposal  2 would be  reduced from  two-thirds to a  majority of the
outstanding common stock. If holders  of a majority of  the common stock do  not
approve  Proposal 1, the required vote to approve Proposal 2 would be two-thirds
of the outstanding common stock.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
       PROPOSAL 2 -- TO SELL THE NUCLEAR ENGINEERING BUSINESS, THE POWER
            SERVICES BUSINESS, AND THE GOVERNMENT SERVICES BUSINESS
 
   
    The following discussion outlines the material terms of the proposed sale by
the Company and the  Subsidiary of the Engineering  Businesses. The form of  the
transaction  is the sale of  substantially all of the  assets of the Engineering
Businesses, including all  of the assets  of the Subsidiary  (or at the  Buyer's
option,  the stock  of the  Subsidiary). This discussion  is not  intended to be
complete and is subject to, and qualified  in its entirety by reference to,  the
Asset Purchase Agreement by and among the Company, the Subsidiary, and the Buyer
attached  as Annex  A hereto (the  "Agreement"). Capitalized terms  used and not
otherwise defined in this  discussion will have the  same meaning as defined  in
the Agreement.
    
 
BACKGROUND OF THE TRANSACTION
 
   
    THE  COMPANY.   In early  January 1994, the  Company (then  known as Pacific
Nuclear Systems,  Inc.)  acquired the  business  and operations  of  ABB  Impell
Corporation,  ABB  Government Services  Inc., and  ABB  Impell Ltd.,  an English
limited liability company,  from affiliates of  ABB Asea Brown  Boveri Ltd.  The
Company paid $17.55 million in cash and issued 1,714,503 shares (valued at $8.17
per  share, a total of $14 million) of the Company's common stock. In connection
with the  acquisition, the  Company refinanced  its existing  debt and  obtained
financing  for the  acquisition and future  operations through  senior bank debt
from Banque Paribas and Banque Nationale de Paris (collectively, the "Banks") in
the form of a $15 million term loan and a $25 million revolving credit facility.
As additional  consideration,  the  Company  issued to  the  Banks  warrants  to
purchase  8.75% of the Company's then  outstanding common stock (830,060 shares)
at $8.17 per share, subsequently adjusted to 830,060 shares at $2.9375 per share
(the "Warrants"),  which Warrants  are subject  to further  adjustment in  price
based  on the timing of repayment of the Bank Debt. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of  Financial Condition and  Results of Operations"  and 1995  Form
10-K -- Item 7.
    
 
    PRINCIPAL  REASONS FOR THE SALE.  In  recent periods, based on the Company's
financial performance and its failure to comply with covenants contained in  the
Bank  Debt documents,  the Company has  been under  steadily increasing pressure
from  the  Banks  to  reduce  and   pay  in  full  the  outstanding  Bank   Debt
(approximately  $16.9 million at the date of  this Proxy Statement) and the Bank
Fees that total as of  the date of this Proxy  Statement $1.45 million that  the
Banks  have  required  the Company  to  pay  in connection  with  amendments and
extensions of the loan and credit  agreements with the Company. The Company  has
been  unable to refinance the Bank Debt  and the Banks have required the Company
to pay additional fees, reprice the Warrants and sell significant assets of  the
Company.  The  Company  has  been actively  seeking  purchasers  of  its various
businesses in the past  year, as reflected  by the sale  of the Company's  Plant
Services  business  to Westinghouse  Corporation  in 1995  and  the sale  of the
Company's United Kingdom operations to Amey, plc in April 1996.
 
    The Company engaged  Robertson Stephens  & Co. in  June 1995  to assist  the
Company  in selling the  Company's Waste Services  business, while the Company's
management sought  a  strategic partner  for  the Fuel  Services  business.  The
Company  has  had discussions  with a  number of  companies that  have expressed
interest in acquiring either Fuel  Services or Waste Services, but  negotiations
have not made significant progress and the Company has not reached any agreement
with any prospective purchaser.
 
    The  Board of Directors has concluded that the negotiated purchase price for
the Assets,  $27.5  million,  plus  or  minus  the  Purchase  Price  Adjustment,
represents  an optimal value for the Engineering Businesses. The Board made this
determination based upon its experience in acquiring the engineering  businesses
of  the Impell companies in 1993 and  its familiarity with the nuclear and power
engineering industry generally. In addition, the Board believes that the  number
of  potential  buyers is  limited due  to the  shrinking market  for engineering
services to nuclear utilities, which is reflected by the lack of interest  shown
in  the Company's informal discussions with major U.S. and international reactor
vendors, architect  and engineering  firms and  suppliers of  radioactive  waste
services and the
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
absence  of  other parties  in  approaching the  Company  to discuss  buying the
Engineering Businesses after  the Company  disclosed publicly its  need to  sell
assets  of the Company. The  Board of Directors also  believes that the purchase
price is an  attractive price considering  the pressure from  the Banks and  the
time  pressures in completing a  transaction. The Board believes  the sale is in
the best  interest of  the shareholders  because it  will allow  the Company  to
timely  pay  off the  outstanding Bank  Debt  and Bank  Fees and  retain options
regarding the  future  of  the  Remaining Businesses.  The  Board  of  Directors
believes  that, in the absence of payment in full, the Banks will not extend the
Bank Debt and if any extension is granted it is likely the Banks would  continue
to  impose and require payment of significant  fees for any extensions of credit
or other amendment  of the credit  agreements, which fees  adversely affect  the
Company's  profitability  and  reduce  shareholders'  equity.  See "Management's
Discussion and  Analysis of  Financial Condition  and Results  of Operations  --
Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
   
    INFORMATION  CONCERNING THE BUYER.  The  principal business of Duke consists
of providing  full-scope engineering,  technical  and professional  services  to
government,   utility,   industrial  and   other  business   clients  worldwide,
specializing in energy and  environmental projects. Headquartered in  Charlotte,
North Carolina, the Buyer was formed in 1987 and is an unregulated subsidiary of
Duke  Power Company, one  of the nation's largest  electric utilities. The Buyer
currently has approximately 700  employees serving clients  in 30 countries.  It
assists  clients with all  phases of hydroelectric,  nuclear and renewable power
generation projects, from conceptual  design through full life-cycle  operation.
The  Buyer  also  provides  power  delivery  and  energy  services  to  utility,
industrial, commercial  and  institutional clients.  Through  its  environmental
business   unit,  the  Buyer  offers  environmental  site  characterization  and
remediation planning as well as petroleum exploration and production  consulting
services. See "Proposal 2 -- Business Relationship with the Buyer."
    
 
   
    HISTORY OF THE TRANSACTION.  The Company engaged Robertson Stephens & Co. in
June  1995  to  assist  the  Company in  selling  the  Company's  Waste Services
business. In addition, the  Company's management undertook  to find a  strategic
partner for the Fuel Services business. The Company's Finance Committee met from
time  to time to review progress in  selling selected assets in order to satisfy
requirements imposed by the Banks.  During those meetings, management  discussed
with  the  Finance Committee  developments in  the  potential sale  or strategic
partnership of Fuel  Services and/or Waste  Services. In the  fall of 1995,  the
Finance  Committee also considered the possible sale of substantially all of the
Company and certain  informal exploratory discussions  were held with  companies
within  the nuclear industry. During the late fall of 1995, certain key managers
(not involved in the  efforts to sell  Fuel Services or  Waste Services) of  the
Company's  Engineering Businesses developed, in  consultation with legal counsel
and an  investment banker,  a  proposal to  purchase the  Company's  engineering
operations  (similar to the Engineering  Businesses but excluding the government
services business  and portions  of the  power services  business). The  Finance
Committee  at  its  February 8,  1996  meeting  reviewed the  possible  sale and
valuation of the  engineering operations. The  Finance Committee also  discussed
the  prospects for sale of Fuel Services  or Waste Services at prices sufficient
to pay the Bank Debt.  The Board at its meeting  on February 9, 1996  authorized
the  Finance Committee and  the Company's officers to  continue to negotiate for
the potential sale of  various segments of  the Company's businesses,  including
the  Engineering  Businesses. Representatives  of the  management group  and the
Finance Committee  met on  February 12,  1996. The  management group's  proposed
purchase  price was approximately $14.5 million,  subject to financing and other
contingencies. The  Finance Committee  did  not regard  the managers'  offer  as
adequate.  As  of  July  22, 1996,  other  than  the offers  from  Duke  and the
management group, the Company has received  no other offers for the  Engineering
Businesses or any substantial part thereof.
    
 
    At  the  February  9,  1996  Board  Meeting,  the  Finance  Committee  asked
individual directors to identify potential buyers of the Engineering  Businesses
or  the Company as a whole and to use their personal contacts to inquire whether
those  potential  buyers  would  be   interested  in  acquiring  the   Company's
Engineering  Businesses or  the Company  as a  whole. As  a result,  Dr. E. Linn
Draper, Jr.,  a  Director,  contacted  Mr.  R.B.  Priory,  President  and  Chief
Operating Officer of Duke Power Company.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
Mr.  Priory expressed interest and asked  that contacts be conducted through Mr.
John F. Norris, Jr., president and chief executive officer of Duke Engineering &
Services, Inc., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Duke Power Company.
 
    During the week of  February 12, 1996,  Mr. Norris and  Mr. Ray A.  Fortney,
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, discussed by telephone the
possible  purchase of the Engineering Businesses. Following the discussions, the
parties executed  a confidentiality  agreement  on February  14, 1996,  and  the
Company  thereafter  provided  the  Buyer with  a  business  plan  and financial
materials regarding the Company, including the Engineering Businesses.
 
    On March 5, 1996, Mr. Norris and  Mr. Wayne Henry, Senior Vice President  of
the  Buyer,  met with  Messrs. Fortney  and  Mr. John  R. Holding,  former chief
financial officer and now a consultant to the Company, at the Company's  offices
in  San  Ramon,  California.  The parties  discussed  the  Company's businesses.
Following clarification that Duke was interested in the Engineering  Businesses,
Messrs. Fortney and Holding answered questions concerning the business conducted
by  the various engineering  offices. The Company indicated  its belief that the
value of the Engineering Businesses was in "the low thirties" (in millions).  At
the  conclusion of  the meeting  Mr. Norris  reiterated the  Buyer's interest in
acquiring the Engineering  Businesses, subject to  obtaining authorization  from
Duke  Power Company. A few days later,  Mr. Norris called Mr. Fortney to confirm
that the Buyer was interested in pursuing discussions.
 
    Mr. Fortney then discussed the Buyer's interest in acquiring the Engineering
Businesses with  the members  of the  Finance Committee.  The Finance  Committee
members authorized Mr. Fortney and Mr. Holding to proceed with negotiations.
 
    On  March  14,  1996, Messrs.  Fortney,  Holding,  Norris and  Henry  met in
Charlotte, North Carolina at the Buyer's offices. The Company's  representatives
provided   additional   information  and   answered  questions   concerning  the
Engineering Businesses. The purchase  price was discussed  at the meeting,  with
the  Buyer offering $25 million. After further negotiations and discussions, the
parties reached tentative agreement on the purchase price of $27.5 million, plus
or minus a balance sheet adjustment. Other terms, including assumption of leases
for office space occupied by the Engineering Businesses, were also discussed and
an oral understanding reached. The parties  agreed to proceed with drafting  and
execution of a letter of intent and completion of due diligence by the Buyer.
 
    On  March  19, 1996,  Mr.  Robert Lilien,  in-house  counsel for  the Buyer,
contacted the Company's  legal counsel  and discussed  the terms  of a  proposed
letter  of intent. The parties exchanged drafts  of a proposed letter of intent.
The Company's Finance Committee approved the  execution of the letter of  intent
at  a meeting on March  20, 1996. The parties  executed the nonbinding letter of
intent dated  March 21,  1996. The  parties  announced in  a press  release  the
execution of the letter of intent on March 27, 1996.
 
    On March 27, the Buyer commenced its due diligence review of the Engineering
Businesses,  reviewing  all  aspects  of  the  businesses,  including contracts,
finance, human  resources, operations  and legal  matters. The  Buyer's  outside
legal  counsel submitted to the  Company's legal counsel an  initial draft of an
Asset Purchase Agreement on  April 18, 1996.  Legal counsel exchanged  comments,
drafts,  schedules  and related  agreements  over several  weeks,  and conducted
negotiations by  numerous  telephone conference  calls.  On May  23,  1996,  the
parties executed the Agreement, and, on June 4, 1996, the Buyer confirmed to the
Company satisfaction of the Buyer's due diligence review.
 
    DETERMINATION  OF THE PURCHASE PRICE.   The purchase price was determined by
arms-length negotiations between the parties.  As noted above, certain  managers
of  the Company's Engineering Businesses approached the Company with an offer to
purchase the Company's  engineering operations for  approximately $14.5  million
(without   assuming   accounts  payable),   subject   to  financing   and  other
contingencies. The negotiations with Duke  were based on the Company's  analysis
of  the operating profit from the Engineering Businesses. The Company proposed a
purchase price in  the low $30  millions based  on a multiple  of the  operating
profitability. Duke analyzed the after-tax income of the
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
Engineering Businesses, applied certain assumptions and its own operating model,
and  proposed a  price of  $25 million.  The parties  discussed their respective
analyses and reached  agreement on a  purchase price of  $27.5 million, plus  or
minus  a balance sheet adjustment, based  on the November 1995 unaudited balance
sheet provided to the  Buyer. After reaching agreement  on the price with  Duke,
the  Board decided  not to conduct  an auction  for the sale  of the Engineering
Businesses  since   the  Board   believed   that  protracted   publicity   would
significantly  diminish the value  of a services  business by diverting employee
attention and reducing profitability. In  addition, the Board believed that  the
Company  had  made informal  contact with  many of  the potential  purchasers in
discussions regarding purchase of all of  the Company or Fuel Services or  Waste
Services   and  had  not  received  interest  that  the  Engineering  Businesses
constituted a strategic fit for such parties. The Board believed that, with  the
public  announcement of the  letter of intent, other  interested parties, if any
existed, would likely have  contacted the Company. The  Board did not retain  an
independent  financial advisor, but instead relied on the Directors' collective,
long-term familiarity  with the  Engineering Businesses,  the analysis  done  in
connection  with and the terms  of the Impell acquisition  in January, 1994, the
industry in general and likely buyers, and the terms of the proposed  management
buy-out.  At its meeting on April 19, 1996, the Board confirmed the authority of
the Finance  Committee  to  approve the  final  form  of the  Agreement  and  to
authorize  the officers to execute  the Agreement on behalf  of the Company. The
Finance Committee  at  its  meeting  on  May  14,  1996  approved  the  proposed
transaction  in substantially the form  of the draft Agreement  at such date and
authorized  the  officers  to  finalize  certain  details  and  to  execute  the
Agreement. The Board reached a subjective judgment that the Company was unlikely
to  receive  a  superior  offer  to  the  Duke  offer.  The  Agreement provides,
nonetheless, that  the  Board  of  Directors could  consider  another  offer  if
required by its fiduciary duties under Washington law.
 
BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP WITH BUYER
 
    The  Buyer is an indirect, wholly-owned unregulated subsidiary of Duke Power
Company, a public utility based in North Carolina ("Duke Power"). Duke Power has
been a customer of the Company and its predecessors for approximately 10  years,
with  sales revenues  of $1.7  million, $1.5 million  and $1.4  million in 1995,
1994, and 1993, respectively. The Company sold Duke Power its NUHOMS dry storage
product for the Oconee Station in 1987.
 
    The Company has not done business directly with the Buyer.
 
RECOMMENDATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    On April  19, 1996,  the  Board unanimously  confirmed  the actions  of  the
Finance  Committee in  negotiating the sale  of the  Engineering Businesses and,
conditioned  upon  finalization   of  the  Agreement   in  form  and   substance
satisfactory  to the Finance  Committee and the  Company's officers, unanimously
recommended the proposed  transaction to  the Company's  shareholders for  their
approval as required under the Act.
 
    As  previously discussed, the Board's conclusion  to approve the sale of the
Engineering Businesses was based on the collective, subjective judgments of  its
individual  members, a majority of  whom have been directors  or officers of the
Company for over four years and three  of whom were either founders or  officers
of  Impell Corporation prior  to its acquisition  by Combustion Engineering Inc.
and the eventual  acquisition by  the Company. All  other members  of the  Board
concurred in this judgment. The factors considered at various meetings included,
without limitation, the following:
 
    - The  Company's need to  repay timely the  Bank Debt and  Bank Fees and the
      Company's  examination  of   and  inability  to   obtain  financing   from
      alternative sources.
 
    - The  results of the Company's efforts  in actively marketing Fuel Services
      and Waste Services leading  to the conclusion that  the prices offered  to
      date  for Fuel Services and Waste Services would not achieve the Company's
      objectives.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
    - The Duke  offer  being consistent  with  the Company's  valuation  of  the
      Engineering  Businesses and that  it would allow  timely repayment of Bank
      Debt and Bank Fees as well as options for the Remaining Businesses.
 
    - The Duke  offer  providing  an excellent  opportunity  for  the  Company's
      employees  and  responding  to  the  needs  of  the  Company's engineering
      customers, many of whom are customers of the Remaining Businesses.
 
    - The Duke  offer being  the  best opportunity  under the  circumstances  to
      maximize shareholder value.
 
    The Board did not find it practicable to, and did not, quantify or otherwise
attempt  to assign relative weights to the specific factors considered in making
its determination.
 
    The sale of the Engineering Businesses  will affect all shareholders in  the
same  way. The Board concluded  that the transaction is fair  to and in the best
interests of  all of  the  shareholders since  in  its judgment  the  negotiated
consideration represents optimal value for the Engineering Businesses.
 
    The Board also recognized the negative impact of the sale on the Company and
its  shareholders.  Following the  sale, the  Company's revenues,  employees and
customers will be dramatically  reduced, which could  limit the opportunity  for
the  Company to  generate acceptable,  if any,  operating income  in the future.
Further, if  the Company  continues  to operate  the Remaining  Businesses,  the
Company may be unable to cut its expenses sufficiently to operate profitably.
 
    The  Board considered these  various factors and concluded  that in its best
judgment the sale of the Engineering Businesses was, given the alternatives,  in
the best interest of shareholders.
 
   
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
    
 
   
    John  R.  Holding,  formerly  the  Company's  chief  financial  officer  and
currently a consultant  to the  Company, will  receive as  compensation for  his
services  in negotiating the  sale of the  Engineering Businesses or  any of the
Company's businesses  that  are sold  between  April 1  and  August 15,  1996  a
commission  equal to  one percent  (1%) of  the sales  price; provided  that the
aggregate fee  payable to  Mr. Holding  shall not  exceed $100,000.  Under  this
arrangement,  Mr. Holding  will receive $15,731  in connection with  the sale of
VECTRA Technologies  Ltd. and  up to  $84,269 for  the sale  of the  Engineering
Businesses.  The Company also reimburses Mr. Holding for his reasonable expenses
incurred in connection with the sale of the businesses.
    
 
RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
    The  Act  requires  that  a  sale  of  "all  or  substantially  all"  of   a
corporation's  property be approved by the corporation's shareholders. While the
sale of the Engineering Businesses under Proposal 2 may not constitute a sale of
"all or substantially all" of the Company's property as provided in the Act, the
Board of  Directors  has determined  to  treat Proposal  2  as covered  by  such
provisions  of the  Act. Accordingly,  shareholders who  oppose the  sale of the
Engineering Businesses may exercise their rights to dissent under the Act and be
paid the fair value of  their shares, unless the  Board of Directors approves  a
plan  to distribute all or substantially all of  the net proceeds of the sale to
the Company's  stockholders within  one  year after  the  sale. See  "Rights  to
Dissent."
 
    The rights of the holders of the Company's common stock will not change as a
result  of the sale of  assets. The Company has never  declared or paid any cash
dividends on its common stock.
 
MARKET ACTIVITY
 
   
    The closing price of  the Company's common stock  as reported on the  Nasdaq
Stock  Market, National Market System  on March 26, 1996,  the last business day
preceding the public announcement of the proposed sale of Assets, was $1.50.  On
July  22, 1996, the last day prior to  the printing of this Proxy Statement, the
closing price of the  Company's common stock was  $2.50. See "Market Prices  and
Per Share Data."
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                                 THE AGREEMENT
 
GENERAL
 
    The  Agreement  provides for  the  sale by  the  Company and  the Subsidiary
(collectively, the "Sellers")  of the Assets,  free and clear  of all liens  and
encumbrances.  The Assets include all accounts receivable, fixed assets, leases,
permits, proprietary rights  and software, customer  and other contracts,  books
and  records, prepaid  items, and  certain trademarks  (other than  "VECTRA" and
"Pacific Nuclear") that are currently used  in connection with or relate to  the
operation of any of the Engineering Businesses. Closing shall occur on such date
as  the parties  may agree  after satisfaction  or waiver  of the  conditions to
Closing. See "The Agreement -- Closing Conditions."
 
ASSETS TO BE ACQUIRED; ASSUMED LIABILITIES
 
    The  Assets  to  be  acquired  under  the  Agreement  include  all  accounts
receivable,  fixed  assets, leases,  permits,  proprietary rights  and software,
customer and  other  contracts,  books  and  records,  prepaid  items,  and  the
trademarks  "Government Services, Inc." and "Impell"  that are currently used in
connection with or relate to the operation of any of the Engineering Businesses,
except as  specifically excluded.  The specifically  excluded Assets  ("Excluded
Assets") include cash, marketable securities and short-term investments of cash;
intercompany  receivables; the office leases in San Ramon and Fort Worth (except
that these  offices will  be partially  subleased  to the  Buyer pursuant  to  a
separate  agreement); the names  "VECTRA" and "Pacific  Nuclear" and derivatives
and similar  names  (except that  the  Buyer may  use  these names  for  limited
purposes  during an initial 90-day  period); certain identified patents; certain
identified  contracts  ("Excluded  Contracts"),  and  certain  identified  other
assets.  The Excluded Contracts include contracts as to which the Sellers, after
exercising their best efforts,  have failed to  obtain all required  third-party
consents  to effect their  assignment to the  Buyer, whether or  not the Sellers
have identified such  contracts to  the Buyer; contracts  with various  business
services  providers; all  employment agreements; and  several customer contracts
that will remain in whole or in part with the Sellers. In the event that,  after
Closing, either Seller identifies any contract that it should have identified to
the  Buyer prior to  Closing, the Buyer will  have the option  whether or not to
take assignment of such contract.
 
    Certain liabilities of the  Sellers will be assumed  by the Buyer  ("Assumed
Liabilities").  The  Assumed  Liabilities  are the  current  liabilities  of the
Company related to the operation of  the Engineering Businesses and the  current
liabilities  of  the  Subsidiary;  and the  obligations  arising  under customer
contracts after  the  effective  date  of  the  Agreement,  subject  to  certain
exceptions.  Assumed  Liabilities  do not  include  the current  portion  of any
long-term indebtedness, liabilities relating to taxes (except sales or use taxes
due in  connection with  the transaction,  which  will be  paid by  the  Buyer),
liabilities   relating  to  breach  of   contract,  breach  of  warranty,  tort,
infringement  or  violation   of  law,   intercompany  payables,   environmental
liabilities,   liabilities  under  any  employee   benefit  plan,  arising  from
termination of any employee prior to Closing, or otherwise related to  employees
and  employee benefits, and certain other identified liabilities. See "Pro Forma
Financial Information -- Note 1."
 
PURCHASE PRICE
 
    The purchase  price to  be  received by  the Company  for  the sale  of  the
Engineering Businesses is $27,500,000 (the "Base Purchase Price"), plus or minus
an  adjustment  amount (the  "Purchase  Price Adjustment").  The  Purchase Price
Adjustment is the amount, if any, by which  the value of the assets used in  the
operation of the Engineering Businesses (the "Valuation Assets") exceeds the sum
of  $10,000,000 and the  value of the Assumed  Liabilities. The Valuation Assets
are defined  as  those Assets  that  are  used by  the  Sellers in  any  of  the
Engineering  Businesses  and  that  are  either  current  assets  or  equipment,
machinery,  furniture  and  fixtures  and  vehicles  (excluding  real   property
improvements  with  respect  to leases  that  the  Buyer is  not  assuming). The
Valuation Assets do not  include Excluded Assets  (other than certain  contracts
retained  by Sellers),  any intangible  assets, the  going concern  value of the
Engineering Businesses, rights relating to taxes, accounts receivable that  have
been outstanding for more than 120 days past the invoice date, and certain other
identified accounts receivable.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    The  final purchase price is as yet undetermined because it is based in part
on the actual  value of  the Valuation  Assets. Determining  the purchase  price
requires a balance sheet of the Engineering Businesses as of the date of Closing
("Closing  Balance Sheet"). Since  the Closing Balance  Sheet cannot be prepared
until after the Closing, the Buyer will pay an estimate of the purchase price at
Closing based on a balance sheet prepared as of a date approximately thirty days
before Closing ("Pre-Closing Balance Sheet"),  and the parties will "settle  up"
after  the preparation of  the Closing Balance  Sheet. Specifically, at Closing,
the parties will  estimate the  Purchase Price Adjustment  on the  basis of  the
Pre-Closing  Balance  Sheet. The  payment at  Closing will  consist of  the Base
Purchase Price of $27,500,000, less an escrowed holdback of $1,000,000 and  less
the  estimated  Purchase  Price  Adjustment,  if  the  estimated  Purchase Price
Adjustment is negative. If the estimated Purchase Price Adjustment is  positive,
that  amount  will be  escrowed  with the  holdback  amount. After  Closing, the
Closing Balance Sheet will be prepared  and, upon its approval by both  parties,
the  difference  between the  estimated amount  paid at  Closing and  the actual
purchase price will be paid to the appropriate party and the escrowed funds will
be released.
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
 
    The  Agreement  contains  certain  representations  and  warranties  of  the
Sellers,  including,  without  limitation, representations  and  warranties with
respect to  (i)  the Sellers'  due  organization, qualification,  and  corporate
authority  for the sale of the Assets;  (ii) possession of all required consents
and approvals of governmental authorities;  (iii) compliance with both  Sellers'
articles of incorporation and bylaws and applicable laws; (iv) possession of and
compliance  with  all  permits  necessary for  the  conduct  of  the Engineering
Businesses; (v) the  Sellers' good and  marketable title to  the Assets and  the
Assets'  sufficiency  for  the  conduct  of  the  Engineering  Businesses;  (vi)
compliance with  all  real  property  leases  of  the  Sellers;  (vii)  Sellers'
possession,  free  of all  undisclosed liens  and  encumbrances, of  rights with
respect to registered trademarks,  copyrights, and patents,  and the absence  of
undisclosed  claims  or  infringement  with  respect  thereto;  (viii)  Sellers'
possession, free  of all  undisclosed  liens and  encumbrances, of  rights  with
respect  to  all software  used in  the  Engineering Businesses,  including both
Sellers' proprietary  software and  software  owned by  third parties,  and  the
absence  of undisclosed  claims or infringement  with respect  thereto; (ix) the
absence of  undisclosed  liabilities;  (x)  the  identity,  enforceability,  and
assignability  of  and Sellers'  compliance with  all  contracts of  the Sellers
relating to the Engineering  Businesses; (xi) the  accuracy and completeness  of
the  financial  statements  for  all  periods required  to  be  provided  by the
Agreement; (xii) the  due maintenance of  books and records  of the  Engineering
Businesses;  (xiii) due payment  of all taxes; (xiv)  the absence of undisclosed
litigation involving either Seller; (xv) the nature of any employment agreements
and policies of the Sellers and of bonus and other obligations to employees, and
the Sellers' compliance  with employment  laws; (xvi)  Sellers' compliance  with
laws  and  plans  relating  to  employee  benefits;  (xvii)  Sellers'  insurance
policies; (xviii) the  absence of  undisclosed adverse changes  in the  business
relationships  of the  Sellers with  any of  their customers  or suppliers  as a
result of consummation of the  Agreement; (xix) compliance with laws  regulating
hazardous  materials and other environmental laws;  (xx) Sellers' conduct of the
Engineering Businesses in  the ordinary  course consistent  with past  practices
since  November 26,  1995; (xxi) the  absence of undisclosed  obligations to pay
commissions in connection with the sale of the Assets; and (xxii) the absence of
any material misstatements or omissions by either Seller in the Agreement or any
document furnished  to  the  Buyer  in connection  with  the  execution  of  the
Agreement.
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER
 
    The  Agreement also contains  certain representations and  warranties by the
Buyer including, without limitation, representations and warranties with respect
to (i) its due organization and  corporate authority for the acquisition of  the
Assets;  (ii) possession of all required  consents and approvals of governmental
authorities; (iii) compliance with Buyer's articles of incorporation and  bylaws
and applicable laws; (iv) the absence of undisclosed litigation involving Buyer;
(v) the absence of undisclosed obligations to pay commissions in connection with
the  sale of the Assets;  and (vi) the Buyer's  intention to offer employment to
substantially all of  the Sellers' employees  on the Closing  Date, unless  less
than  substantially all of  the Sellers' customer contracts  are assigned to the
Buyer, or any
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
significant customers  are unwilling  to  continue on  with  the Buyer,  or  the
operations,  financial condition or prospects  of the Engineering Businesses are
not substantially the same on  the Closing Date as they  are on the date of  the
Agreement.
 
COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
 
    The Agreement contains customary covenants by the Company and the Subsidiary
including  without limitation  the following: (i)  the Company  will conduct the
Engineering Businesses prior to Closing  in the ordinary course consistent  with
past  practice, with  all reasonable efforts  consistent with  past practices to
preserve  the  goodwill   of  the  Engineering   Businesses  and  the   Seller's
relationships  with customers, suppliers,  and others and  to keep available the
services of  its  officers and  employees;  (ii)  the Company  will  give  Buyer
reasonable access to the employees, books, records, offices and other facilities
and properties of the Subsidiary and, to the extent related to the Assets or the
Engineering  Businesses, of the Seller, permit  Buyer to perform inspections and
environmental assessments of the leased  real property, furnish Buyer  financial
and  operating  data,  and underlying  records  and workpapers  relating  to the
Engineering Businesses, including information  relating to intercompany  charges
and  information related to taxes,  as Buyer may request  to evaluate and assess
the accuracy of  Sellers' financial records;  (iii) the Sellers  will use  their
best  efforts (at no additional out-of-pocket  costs to Sellers) to assist Buyer
in hiring those employees  that Buyer desires to  employ; (iv) the Company  will
pay  to  those  employees of  the  Engineering Businesses  severance  or similar
obligations (if any) owing at Closing, included vacation leave accrued prior  to
the  close of business on  the Closing Date; (v)  the Company will terminate the
confidentiality obligations of  employees who become  employees of Duke,  except
with  respect to information relating to the Remaining Businesses (Fuel Services
and Waste Services); (vi) the Sellers will maintain or terminate their  employee
benefit plans in accordance with law and the terms of such plans, and will treat
former  employees who maintain 401(k) accounts with Sellers in the usual manner;
(vii) the Sellers will not use or license any proprietary rights transferred  to
the  Buyer,  nor  use  or  disclose  any  trade  secrets  or  other confidential
information for a period of five years following the Closing Date, or use any of
the trademarks being transferred to Buyer,  in any manner inconsistent with  the
transfer  of proprietary  rights under  the Agreement;  (viii) the  Sellers will
conduct lien searches in  jurisdictions where the Assets  are located; (ix)  the
Sellers will deliver by June 15, 1996 a schedule listing each of Seller's Assets
that  is tangible personal property with an original purchase price in excess of
$1,000, and an  updated schedule  of assets  that will  be shared  by Buyer  and
Sellers  after Closing; (x) the Sellers shall  provide evidence to the Seller of
the release of  all security  interests in  the Assets;  and (xi)  the Board  of
Directors  of  the Company  shall recommend  approval of  this Agreement  to its
shareholders and  use  all reasonable  efforts  to  obtain the  consent  of  its
shareholders  to the transaction, unless the  Board determines that such actions
would be contrary to the Board's fiduciary obligations under Washington law.
 
    In addition  to the  foregoing covenants,  the Sellers  are committed  to  a
transition  period  for  both  the  satisfaction  of  warranty  claims  and  the
performance of  quality  assurance  programs.  Regarding  warranty  claims,  the
Sellers  and the Buyer will immediately notify  the other of any claim or demand
arising because of the actual or asserted failure of either Seller adequately or
properly to  perform  the  services  rendered  in  connection  with  a  customer
contract.  The  Buyer will  have the  option  to perform  the work  or otherwise
satisfy the claim, and  the Company will  reimburse the Buyer  for the costs  of
such  work to the extent either Seller would  have been liable for such claim or
would have, pursuant to its customary practices prior to Closing, performed such
work without charge to the  customer. Regarding quality assurance for  customers
of  the Engineering Businesses,  for the period from  Closing through October 1,
1996, the Sellers shall allow the Buyer to perform work for such customers under
the applicable  quality assurance  programs in  effect between  the Sellers  and
customers  as of the  Closing Date. The  Sellers shall make  available copies of
these programs  and  allow  the Buyer  to  work  with customers  to  effect  the
transition to the Buyer's performance of such programs.
 
NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY
 
    Sellers  have  agreed that,  prior  to Closing,  except  as provided  in the
Agreement or pursuant to the prior consent of the Buyer, neither Subsidiary  nor
the Company, with respect to the Engineering
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
Businesses,   will  do  any  of  the   following:  (i)  amend  its  articles  of
incorporation or  bylaws  in  any  manner  that  would  affect  the  ability  to
consummate  the  transaction;  (ii)  grant  to  any  employee  any  increase  in
compensation other than increases in the ordinary course of business, or pay any
bonus, severance, or  termination payment;  (iii) incur in  connection with  the
Engineering   Businesses  liabilities  for  borrowed   money  or  guarantee  any
liabilities, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with  past
practice; (iv) incur any material change in overhead costs, backlog, or accounts
receivable  or payable;  (v) cancel  any indebtedness owing  to it  or waive any
claims or rights of substantial value;  (vi) change any method of accounting  or
accounting  practice or policy, including recognition  of income and profit with
respect to any contracts; (vii)  in connection with the Engineering  Businesses,
acquire or agree to acquire the stock of, merge or consolidate with, or purchase
a  substantial portion of the assets of  any person; (viii) sell, lease, license
or otherwise dispose of any of its Assets; (ix) take any action that would  make
any of the representations or warranties of either Seller untrue or incorrect or
result  in any of the conditions of the Agreement not being satisfied; (x) enter
into, cancel or modify any obligation or agreement or assume any liability other
than in the ordinary course  of business; (xi) take  any action with respect  to
any  employee benefit plan that could result in successor liability to Buyer; or
(xii) bill or collect any accounts receivable in advance of the ordinary  course
of business.
 
    The  Sellers have agreed not  to use or disclose  any trade secrets or other
confidential information in any manner that would compromise the value of  trade
secrets  or confidential  information transferred  to the  Buyer, and  they have
agreed not  to  use  the  names  "Government  Services,  Inc."  or  "Impell"  or
derivatives thereof.
 
    The  Company has also agreed  that, prior to the  Closing Date, it will not,
directly or indirectly, solicit,  initiate, or encourage  any proposal or  offer
relating  to the acquisition of any capital  stock or any substantial portion of
the Assets of either Seller (including  any acquisition structured as a  merger,
consolidation   or  share  exchange),  or  participate  in  any  discussions  or
negotiations, furnish information with respect  to, assist or participate in  or
facilitate  in any  other manner any  such acquisition.  The Agreement provides,
however, that nothing will prohibit the  Company from taking any actions if  its
Board  of Directors  determines that  such actions  are required  by the Board's
fiduciary duties under Washington law.
 
COVENANTS OF BUYER
 
    The Buyer has agreed that, of the employees hired from Sellers upon Closing,
it will not  terminate the employment  of any  number of such  employees to  the
extent  that, when combined with  the number of employees  that are not hired by
Buyer, such  termination would  result in  any liability  to Sellers  under  the
Worker  Adjustment  and  Retraining  Notification Act  of  1988  and regulations
thereunder (the "WARN Act"). The Buyer has also agreed to allow former employees
of the Sellers  to take  unpaid vacation  during the  remainder of  1996 to  the
extent  such vacation accrued during their employment with either Seller in 1996
and Sellers have paid the employee for such accrued vacation.
 
MUTUAL COVENANTS
 
    Both Buyer and Sellers  have agreed (i) to  use their reasonable efforts  to
fulfill  or perform all conditions and  obligations to be fulfilled or performed
by them in order to consummate the  transaction; (ii) to use their best  efforts
to  agree on an allocation of the purchase  price among the Assets and to report
the  transaction  for  income  tax  purposes  in  accordance  with  the   agreed
allocation;  (iii)  to  use their  reasonable  efforts to  obtain  all necessary
consents, approvals,  and  notices;  (iv)  to  hold  in  strict  confidence  all
documents  and information  provided by the  other party in  connection with the
Agreement except  to the  extent  such information  is  public knowledge  or  is
required  to be disclosed by securities laws; and (v) to negotiate in good faith
regarding the text, form, content, and timing of any news release regarding  the
transaction.
 
    Both  Buyer and  Sellers have  also agreed not  to solicit  the other side's
employees for a period of  two years commencing on the  Closing Date, and for  a
period of one year commencing on the Closing
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
Date  not to employ any person who has been an employee of the other during such
period. However,  the foregoing  restrictions  do not  prohibit the  Buyer  from
employing  any  person  identified  in  the  Agreement  as  an  employee  of the
Engineering Businesses.
 
    Regarding Sellers' accounts receivable that  are being transferred to  Buyer
under  the Agreement, the  parties have agreed  that the Buyer  shall attempt to
collect  such  accounts  pursuant  to   its  normal  collection  practices   and
procedures, which do not include filing suit or hiring collection agencies. Upon
Buyer's  request at any  time at least  five months after  the Closing Date, the
Company shall  pay  to  the  Buyer  the  uncollected  amount  of  such  accounts
receivable,  other than retention amounts relating  to projects on which work is
continuing, less any amounts collected by  the Buyer on any accounts  receivable
that  are not included  in the Valuation Assets  (i.e., accounts receivable that
have been outstanding for more than 120  days past the invoice date and  certain
other  identified  accounts  receivable). Thereafter,  on  Buyer's  request, the
Company shall pay to the Buyer the face amount of any retention account that  is
not  collected within  sixty days  after the completion  of the  work. The Buyer
shall assign back to the Company  all uncollected accounts receivable for  which
the Company has paid the Buyer under the foregoing provisions, and shall forward
to  the Company any amounts received by the Buyer on such accounts. If the Buyer
collects an amount  on the accounts  receivable that exceeds  the value of  such
accounts,  net of reserves, on the Closing Balance Sheet, the Buyer shall pay to
the Company the amount of such excess.
 
    The Sellers have agreed  to pay to  the Buyer, within  seven days after  the
Closing  Date, the total  amount of payments  that the Sellers  have received in
connection with the Valuation Assets (i.e., amounts received in connection  with
accounts  receivable) after the close  of business on the  effective date of the
Agreement through the  Closing Date, and,  after the Closing  Date, the  Sellers
shall  pay, within three business  days after receipt by  Sellers, the amount of
all such payments that  the Sellers receive. Likewise,  the Buyer has agreed  to
pay  to the Sellers, within seven days  after the Closing Date, the total amount
of  payments  that  the  Sellers  have  made  in  connection  with  the  Assumed
Liabilities  after the close of business on  the effective date of the Agreement
through the Closing  Date, and,  after the Closing  Date, the  Buyer shall  pay,
within  three business  days after  payment by Sellers,  the amount  of all such
payments made  by Sellers.  Upon Buyer's  request, the  Sellers are  to  provide
detailed  records  to Buyer  regarding  such payments  received  or made  by the
Sellers.
 
INDEMNIFICATION
 
    The Agreement provides that all representations, warranties, covenants,  and
agreements  of  the  parties survive  the  Closing,  and the  parties  agreed to
indemnify one another  as follows:  The Sellers  agreed to  indemnify the  Buyer
against  all  claims, losses,  costs,  and expenses,  including  attorneys fees,
arising out of  (i) any breach  of any covenant,  agreement, representation,  or
warranty,  if Buyer gives notice to Sellers  regarding the same within two years
after  the  Closing  Date;  (ii)  any  liability  relating  to  the  Engineering
Businesses  or the  Sellers that  is not  an Assumed  Liability, if  Buyer gives
notice within six  years after  the Closing Date  or the  applicable statute  of
limitations  has tolled during such six years; or (iii) any liability or alleged
liability arising out of any violation or alleged violation of any environmental
law in connection  with the  Remaining Businesses,  without regard  to when  the
Buyer  gives the Sellers  notice of such  liability. The Buyer  may not make any
claim  for   indemnification   in  connection   with   a  breach   of   Sellers'
representations  and  warranties  until  the cumulative  amount  of  the Buyer's
damages exceeds  $250,000,  but indemnification  for  other damages  is  not  so
limited.  The Buyer agreed to indemnify  the Sellers against all claims, losses,
costs, and expenses, including attorneys fees, arising out of any breach of  any
covenant,  agreement, representation or  warranty if Sellers  give notice of its
damages within two  years after the  Closing Date.  The Buyer may  not make  any
claim for indemnification in connection with a breach of Buyer's representations
and  warranties  until the  cumulative amount  of  the Sellers'  damages exceeds
$250,000, but indemnification for  other damages is not  so limited. Both  Buyer
and Sellers agreed to notify the other of damages resulting from the claims of a
third  party and agreed that each may  undertake the defense of such claims that
it would be required to indemnify,  under certain conditions, and that each  may
participate  in the defense of claims as to which it would be indemnified, under
certain conditions.
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
CLOSING CONDITIONS
 
    CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT  TO  OBLIGATIONS  OF  THE  COMPANY.    The   Company's
obligations under the Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver, at or
prior  to Closing, of each of the  following conditions: (i) the accuracy of the
Buyer's representations  and  warranties  as  of  the  Closing  Date;  (ii)  the
performance  by  the  Buyer of  all  its respective  obligations,  covenants and
conditions contained in the Agreement; (iii) the Company's having secured  Board
authority  and shareholder consent with respect to  the sale of the Assets; (iv)
expiration of all applicable waiting periods with respect to the HSR Act  filing
and no action having been instituted by the DOJ or the FTC; (v) agreement by the
parties  as to  the Pre-Closing  Balance Sheet and  the amount  of the estimated
Purchase Price Adjustment;  (vi) receipt  of the Closing  payment, as  described
above  (see "The Agreement -- Purchase Price");  and (vii) receipt of an opinion
in suitable form by counsel for the Buyer.
 
    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER.  The obligations of the  Buyer
are  subject to the satisfaction  or waiver, at or prior  to Closing, of each of
the following conditions:  (i) the  accuracy of the  Company's and  Subsidiary's
representations  and warranties as of the Closing; (ii) the material performance
by the  Company and  Subsidiary  of all  obligations, covenants  and  conditions
contained  in the  Agreement to be  performed at  or prior to  Closing (iii) the
Company's  having  received  requisite   Board  and  shareholder  authority   to
consummate the Agreement; (iv) expiration of all applicable waiting periods with
respect to the HSR Act filing and no action having been instituted by the DOJ or
the  FTC; (v) agreement by  the parties as to  the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and
the amount of the estimate Purchase Price Adjustment; (vi) receipt of a bill  of
sale  and assignment agreement in connection  with the conveyance of the Assets;
and (vii) receipt of an opinion in suitable form by counsel for the Company.
 
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION; BREAK-UP FEE
 
    The Agreement may be amended by the mutual written agreement of the  Company
and  the Buyer. The  Company is not presently  aware of any  reason to amend the
Agreement. The Agreement shall be terminated if the Closing has not occurred  by
September  30, 1996 or if certain other conditions occur. The Company must pay a
break-up fee of $500,000 in the event that the Agreement is terminated due to  a
failure  of the Company's shareholders to approve the sale of the Assets and any
of the following  conditions apply: The  Board of Directors  fails to  recommend
approval  of the sale, or the Board  recommends another transaction for the sale
of the  Engineering  Businesses,  or  the Company  consummates  any  such  other
transaction within six months after termination of the Agreement.
 
RELATED AGREEMENTS AND FILINGS
 
    ESCROW  AGREEMENT.  At Closing, the Company and the Buyer will enter into an
Escrow Agreement,  pursuant to  which Buyer  will at  Closing deposit  into  the
escrow  account  the  amount of  $1,000,000  plus the  estimated  Purchase Price
Adjustment, if it is a positive amount (the "Escrow"). Subject to adjustment  as
provided  in the Agreement, the  Escrow will be payable  to the Company upon the
parties' acceptance of the Closing Balance Sheet for the Engineering Businesses.
See "The Agreement -- Purchase Price."
 
    PREMISES SUBLEASE AGREEMENT.   At Closing,  the Company and  the Buyer  will
enter  into an  agreement pursuant  to which  the Buyer  will sublease  from the
Company, at the  Company's actual lease  cost per square  foot with no  mark-up,
such  portions of the offices  of the Company at  San Ramon, California and Fort
Worth, Texas as the Buyer may determine.
 
    TRANSITION SERVICES AND SHARED  ASSETS AGREEMENT.   At Closing, the  Company
and  the  Buyer will  enter into  an agreement  regarding the  interim operating
services to be  provided by the  parties to  each other in  connection with  the
transition  of  the Engineering  Businesses  after Closing.  The  agreement will
specify the scope and terms  of services to be provided  by either party to  the
other.  In addition, under this agreement, the Buyer will grant to the Company a
royalty-free, perpetual, non-exclusive license to  use certain software that  is
included  in the transferred Assets  and that the Company  desires to use in the
Remaining Businesses.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    REGULATORY FILINGS.  Under the HSR Act and the rules promulgated  thereunder
by  the FTC,  certain transactions,  including the  sale of  Assets, may  not be
consummated unless certain waiting period  requirements have been satisfied.  On
May  28, 1996 the Company  and Duke filed applicable  documents with the FTC and
requested early  termination  of the  waiting  period.  If the  request  is  not
granted,  the applicable waiting  period expires on  June 28, 1996.  At any time
before or after the Closing the FTC,  the DOJ or others could take action  under
the  antitrust laws  with respect  to the sale  of Assets,  including seeking to
enjoin the consummation of the sale or  seeking the divestiture by the Buyer  of
all or any part of the Assets acquired.
 
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
    The  sale of the Engineering Businesses, if consummated, will be reported as
a sale of assets and the loss to the Company on the sale will be reported on the
Company's statement of operations in 1996.
 
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    The proposed  sale of  Assets will  not  result in  any federal  income  tax
consequences   to  the  Company's  shareholders  as  shareholders.  The  Company
estimates that it will report a loss for  tax purposes on the sale in an  amount
to  be determined.  The benefit of  this tax loss,  if any, is  dependent on the
Company's generation of future earnings.
 
SHAREHOLDER VOTE
 
    The Washington Business  Corporation Act  requires that  a sale  of "all  or
substantially  all" of a corporation's property be approved by the corporation's
shareholders. While the sale of the Engineering Businesses under Proposal 2  may
not constitute a "sale of all or substantially all" of the Company's property as
provided  in the Act, the Board of  Directors has determined to treat Proposal 2
as covered by such provisions of the Act. Accordingly, if Proposal 1 is adopted,
pursuant to the Act, an affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares
of the Company entitled to vote is required to approve Proposal 2. If Proposal 1
is not approved, an affirmative vote of two-thirds of the outstanding shares  of
the  Company entitled to  vote is required  to approve Proposal  2. The Board of
Directors unanimously recommends a vote  to approve the proposed sale  described
in  Proposal 2. Unless  the proxy is  marked to indicate  that such authority is
expressly withheld, the persons named in  the enclosed proxy intend to vote  the
shares represented thereby "FOR" approval of Proposal 2.
 
                        PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The  following unaudited pro forma  condensed consolidated balance sheets as
of March  31,  1996  gives  effect  to the  proposed  sale  of  the  Engineering
Businesses  and  the  completed sale  of  VECTRA UK  as  if the  sales  had been
consummated on March 31,  1996. The following  unaudited pro forma  consolidated
statement  of operations  for the  fiscal year ended  December 31,  1995 and the
three months ended March 31, 1996 gives effect to the sales as if the sales  had
been  consummated  at the  beginning of  such periods.  The unaudited  pro forma
financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results that actually
would have occurred if the sale had taken place during such periods or that  may
be  attained in the future. The  unaudited pro forma financial statements should
be read in conjunction with the Company's consolidated financial statements  and
notes thereto. See "Index To Financial Statements" and 1995 Form 10-K.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
          PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (UNAUDITED)
                              AS OF MARCH 31, 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
                                                         -------------------------------------------------------
                                                          HISTORICAL                 PROPOSED DUKE
                                                              AS       ACCOMPLISHED   DISPOSITION
                                                          PREVIOUSLY   DISPOSITIONS   (SEE NOTES 2    PRO FORMA
                                                           REPORTED    (SEE NOTE 1)      AND 3)      AS ADJUSTED
                                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents............................   $    2,228    $      500    $     14,212    $  16,940
  Securities available for sale........................        1,031        --             --             1,031
  Accounts receivable..................................       21,133        (1,914)        (14,202)       5,017
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
   uncompleted contracts...............................        1,521        --              (1,040)         481
  Inventories..........................................        1,672          (263)        --             1,409
  Prepaids.............................................          931          (415)           (413)         103
                                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------
    Total Current Assets...............................       28,516        (2,092)         (1,443)      24,981
                                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------
Property, Plant and Equipment, at cost.................       21,788          (425)         (2,544)      18,819
  Less accumulated depreciation........................       (9,030)          208           1,610       (7,212)
                                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------
  Net Property, Plant and Equipment....................       12,758          (217)           (934)      11,607
Costs in excess of net assets of acquired businesses,
 net of accumulated amortization.......................       14,780        --             (14,780)      --
Licenses, patents and other intangibles, at cost, net
 of accumulated amortization...........................        1,207        --             --             1,207
Investments and long-term costs........................        3,203        --              (2,720)         483
Other assets...........................................           62        --             --                62
                                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------
    Total Assets.......................................   $   60,526    $   (2,309)   $    (19,877)   $  38,340
                                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------
                                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------
LIABILITIES
Current Liabilities
  Note payable to banks................................   $   12,389    $   (1,080)   $    (11,309)   $  --
  Accounts payable.....................................        9,276          (929)         (2,093)       6,254
  Accrued payroll and related expenses.................        7,062          (161)        --             6,901
  Other accrued liabilities (See Note 4)...............        6,567          (603)           (589)       5,375
  Accrued Duke selling expenses (See Note 5)...........       --            --               1,925        1,925
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
   uncompleted contracts...............................        2,582        --              (1,059)       1,523
  Long-term debt due within one year...................        4,827        --              (4,827)      --
                                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------
    Total Current Liabilities..........................       42,703        (2,773)        (17,952)      21,978
  Deferred lease incentive.............................          409        --             --               409
                                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------
    Total Liabilities..................................       43,112        (2,773)        (17,952)      22,387
                                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Common Stock.........................................       44,960                                     44,960
  Accumulated deficit (See Note 6).....................      (27,546)          464          (1,925)     (29,007)
                                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------
    Total Shareholders' Equity.........................       17,414           464          (1,925)      15,953
                                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity.............   $   60,526    $   (2,309)   $    (19,877)   $  38,340
                                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------
                                                         ------------  ------------  --------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
   
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
                   FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                     ------------------------------
                                                    HISTORICAL AS    ACCOMPLISHED    PROPOSED DUKE    PRO FORMA AS
                                                      PREVIOUSLY     DISPOSITIONS     DISPOSITION       ADJUSTED
                                                       REPORTED      (SEE NOTE 7)     (SEE NOTE 8)    (SEE NOTE 9)
                                                    --------------   -------------   --------------   ------------
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>
Revenue...........................................    $    24,497      $   (2,505)     $   (16,634)    $    5,358
Cost of sales.....................................         17,478          (1,678)         (12,151)         3,649
                                                    --------------   -------------   --------------   ------------
Gross profit......................................          7,019            (827)          (4,483)         1,709
Research and development expenses.................             17              (9)        --                    8
Selling, general and administrative expenses......          6,493            (600)          (3,678)         2,215
                                                    --------------   -------------   --------------   ------------
Operating income (loss)...........................            509            (218)            (805)          (514)
Interest expense, net.............................            463         --                  (463)       --
                                                    --------------   -------------   --------------   ------------
Income (loss) before income taxes.................             46            (218)            (342)          (514)
Provision for income taxes........................              6              (2)              (4)       --
                                                    --------------   -------------   --------------   ------------
Net income (loss).................................    $        40      $     (216)     $      (338)    $     (514)
                                                    --------------   -------------   --------------   ------------
                                                    --------------   -------------   --------------   ------------
Number of shares used to calculate net income
 (loss) per share.................................      7,833,527                                       7,833,527
                                                    --------------                                    ------------
                                                    --------------                                    ------------
Net income (loss) per share.......................    $      0.01                                      $    (0.07)
                                                    --------------                                    ------------
                                                    --------------                                    ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
   
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
                  FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                        HISTORICAL   ACCOMPLISHED                  PRO FORMA AS
                                                            AS       DISPOSITIONS  PROPOSED DUKE     ADJUSTED
                                                        PREVIOUSLY    (SEE NOTE     DISPOSITION     (SEE NOTE
                                                         REPORTED        10)       (SEE NOTE 11)       12)
                                                       ------------  ------------  --------------  ------------
<S>                                                    <C>           <C>           <C>             <C>
Revenue..............................................   $  123,501    $  (19,123)   $    (78,094)   $   26,284
Cost of sales........................................       89,444       (10,237)        (57,262)       21,945
                                                       ------------  ------------  --------------  ------------
Gross profit.........................................       34,057        (8,886)        (20,832)        4,339
Research and development expenses....................        3,257           (21)             (1)        3,235
Selling, general and administrative expenses.........       38,210        (4,059)        (20,388)       13,763
Write downs of property, plant and equipment and
 intangible assets...................................       14,319        --              (8,886)        5,433
                                                       ------------  ------------  --------------  ------------
Operating income (loss)..............................      (21,729)       (4,806)          8,443       (18,092)
Interest expense, net................................        3,105           (46)         (3,059)       --
Gain on sale of subsidiary...........................       12,731       (12,731)        --             --
                                                       ------------  ------------  --------------  ------------
Loss before income taxes.............................      (12,103)      (17,491)         11,502       (18,092)
Provision for income taxes...........................          110          (321)           (211)           --
                                                       ------------  ------------  --------------  ------------
Net income (loss)....................................   $  (12,213)   $  (17,170)   $     11,291    $  (18,092)
                                                       ------------  ------------  --------------  ------------
                                                       ------------  ------------  --------------  ------------
Number of shares used to calculate net income (loss)
 per share...........................................    7,840,038                                   7,840,038
                                                       ------------                                ------------
                                                       ------------                                ------------
Net income (loss) per share..........................   $    (1.56)                                 $    (2.31)
                                                       ------------                                ------------
                                                       ------------                                ------------
</TABLE>
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
   NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
               FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996, AND THE
                      FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
    1.   Reflects the April 1996 disposition of  VECTRA UK as if it had occurred
on March 31, 1996, including the disposition of the net sale proceeds to  reduce
Bank Debt and increase cash and the related effects upon retained earnings.
 
    2.   Pro forma adjustments related to  the pro forma condensed balance sheet
are computed assuming  the transaction was  consummated on March  31, 1996,  and
includes  adjustments that give effect to  events that are directly attributable
to the transaction and factually supportable  regardless of whether they have  a
continuing impact or are nonrecurring.
 
    3.   The cash balance reflects the  gross proceeds of $30.7 million based on
sales price of $27.5  million plus balance sheet  adjustments (as applicable  to
March  31,  1996) of  $3.2 million  less reduction  of Bank  Debt and  Bank Fees
amounting to $16.5 million  an amount based on  actual March 31, 1996,  balances
net of the pro forma adjustment for the VECTRA UK disposition). The cash balance
does  not reflect the payment of approximately  $3.7 million (based on the March
31, 1996,  balance sheet)  of engineering  employee related  liabilities  (i.e.,
payroll,  health, and  vacation) retained by  VECTRA from  the Duke disposition;
approximately $1.9  million liability  to be  accrued for  Duke related  selling
expenses;  and approximately $1.9 million of additional Bank Fees and borrowings
incurred in April 1996.
 
   
    4.   The Duke  related  adjustment for  other accrued  liabilities  includes
$214,000  liabilities transferred  to Duke  and $375,000  Bank Fees,  payment of
which was deferred until the close of the Duke transaction.
    
 
    5.  Accrued  Duke selling  expense liabilities are  approximated as  follows
($     in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Employee related expenses (including termination costs)............  $   1,091
Lease termination costs............................................        144
Legal fees.........................................................        200
Audit fees.........................................................         50
Purchase price adjustments.........................................        250
Other expenses.....................................................        190
                                                                     ---------
    Total Duke selling expense.....................................  $   1,925
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
   NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
               FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996, AND THE
                      FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
    6.  The loss on the sale to Duke is calculated as follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     TOTAL
                                                                                      (IN
                                                                                  THOUSANDS)
                                                                                 -------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
Proceeds:......................................................................   $    30,723
LESS: NET ASSETS OF DIVISIONS SOLD
Accounts receivable............................................................        14,202
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings.............................         1,040
Prepaid expenses...............................................................           413
Property and equipment, net....................................................           934
Investments and long-term prepaid..............................................        17,500
Accounts payable...............................................................        (2,093)
Other accrued liabilities......................................................          (214)
Billings in excess of costs....................................................        (1,059)
                                                                                 -------------
Net assets of divisions sold...................................................        30,723
                                                                                 -------------
Accrued selling expenses.......................................................         1,925
                                                                                 -------------
Gain (loss) on sale before income taxes........................................        (1,925)
                                                                                 -------------
Income tax expense (benefit)...................................................       --
                                                                                 -------------
Gain (loss) on sale............................................................   $    (1,925)
                                                                                 -------------
                                                                                 -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The  loss on the sale of the  Engineering Businesses is not reflected in the
pro forma condensed consolidated statements  of operations for the three  months
ended  March 31, 1996  or the fiscal year  ended December 31,  1995, but will be
reflected in the quarter in which the sale is consummated.
 
    7.  Reflects the April 1996 disposition  of VECTRA UK as if it had  occurred
at the beginning of 1996.
 
    8.   Pro forma adjustments related to Duke transaction are computed assuming
the transaction was consummated at the beginning of the fiscal period  presented
and  include  adjustments  that give  effect  to  events that  are  (i) directly
attributable to the transaction,  (ii) expected to have  a continuing impact  on
the  registrant, and (iii) factually supportable. Revenue and cost of sales were
determined on  an  individual  invoice  by  invoice  basis  as  related  to  the
Engineering  Businesses.  Research  and  development  and  selling,  general and
administrative expenses were determined  on an employee and  item basis for  the
Engineering  Businesses. All actual  interest incurred is  allocated to the Duke
adjustment, since the  effect of  the transaction is  to remove  all debt,  and,
consequently, the related interest.
 
    9.   Pro  forma historical  earnings are  not indicative  of possible future
performance. No assurances can be given, express or implied, that the  Remaining
Businesses   can  be  restructured  to  be  sufficiently  profitable  to  create
shareholder value.
 
    10. Reflects the June 1995 disposition of Plant Services and the April  1996
disposition  of VECTRA UK as if they had  occurred at the beginning of 1995; the
disposition of the net  sale proceeds to reduce  Bank Debt and increase  working
capital; and the related effects upon retained earnings.
 
    11.  Pro forma adjustments related to Duke transaction are computed assuming
the transaction was consummated  at the beginning of  the fiscal year  presented
and  includes  adjustments that  give  effect to  events  that are  (i) directly
attributable to the transaction,  (ii) expected to have  a continuing impact  on
the  registrant, and (iii) factually supportable. Revenue and cost of sales were
determined on
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
   NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
               FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996, AND THE
                      FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
an individual invoice by invoice basis as related to the Engineering Businesses.
Research and development and selling,  general and administrative expenses  were
determined  on  an  individual  invoice by  invoice  basis  for  the Engineering
Businesses. The $8.886,000 write down of  intangible assets related to the  1995
adjustment  of the carrying value  of costs in excess  of net assets of acquired
businesses as a reflection of the Duke transaction. All actual interest incurred
is allocated to the Duke adjustment, since  the effect of the transaction is  to
remove all debt, and, consequently, the related interest.
 
    12.  Pro forma  historical earnings  are not  indicative of  possible future
performance. No assurances can be given, express or implied, that the  Remaining
Businesses   can  be  restructured  to  be  sufficiently  profitable  to  create
shareholder value. The $3.2 million  research and development expense; the  $5.4
million  write down  of property, plant  and equipment and  intangible assets; a
$1.2 million  establishment  of an  allowance  for decommissioning;  and  higher
levels   of   corporate  overhead   expenses  before   streamlining  contributed
significantly to the pro forma net loss in 1995.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                        MARKET PRICES AND PER SHARE DATA
 
    The  Company's common stock  is traded over-the-counter  on The Nasdaq Stock
Market, National Market System, under the symbol VCTR.
 
    The following table sets forth the range of the high and low bid prices  for
the  Company's Common Stock for  the years 1994 and 1995  by quarter and 1996 to
date, as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERIOD                                         HIGH     LOW
- ---------------------------------------------  ----     ---
<S>                                            <C>      <C>
1994
First Quarter................................  10 1/4   7  1/2
Second Quarter...............................  8 1/4    3  3/4
Third Quarter................................  4 7/8    3  3/8
Fourth Quarter...............................  3 7/8    2  1/2
1995
First Quarter................................  3 1/2    2  7/8
Second Quarter...............................  3 3/8    2  3/8
Third Quarter................................  3 25/32  2  5/8
Fourth Quarter...............................  2 7/8    1  7/8
1996
First Quarter................................  2 7/8    1  3/8
Second Quarter...............................  3 3/8    2  1/4
Third Quarter (through July 22, 1996)........  2 5/8    2  1/8
</TABLE>
    
 
    At  May 1, 1996, the Company had 7,833,527 shares of Common Stock issued and
outstanding and  323 known  shareholders of  record. The  Company has  not  paid
dividends  on  its Common  Stock and  does not  expect to  pay dividends  in the
foreseeable future.
 
    The following table sets  forth certain unaudited  historical and pro  forma
per  share financial information for  the three months ended  March 31, 1996 and
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995. The following information should be
read in conjunction with  and is qualified in  its entirety by the  consolidated
financial  statements of the Company and  notes thereto. See "Index to Financial
Statements" and the pro forma financial  statements and notes thereto set  forth
under "Pro Forma Financial Information."
 
    Book value per share at March 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
Historical..........................................................  $    2.22
Pro forma...........................................................       2.04
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    THREE
                                                                   MONTHS
                                                                    ENDED        FISCAL YEAR
                                                                  MARCH 31,    ENDED DECEMBER
                                                                    1996          31, 1996
                                                                 -----------  -----------------
<S>                                                              <C>          <C>
Income (loss) per share from continuing operations:
  Historical...................................................   $    0.01       $   (1.56)
  Pro forma....................................................       (0.07)          (2.31)
  Cash dividends declared per share............................     None            None
</TABLE>
 
                               RIGHTS TO DISSENT
 
GENERAL
 
    Each  shareholder has  the right  to dissent from  the proposed  sale of the
Engineering Businesses  and  to  obtain  payment  of  the  fair  value  of  such
shareholder's  shares,  unless  the  Board  of  Directors  approves  a  plan  to
distribute all or  substantially all  of the  net proceeds  of the  sale to  the
shareholders  within one year after the  sale. These dissenters' rights, and the
procedures required to exercise such rights,  are specified in the Revised  Code
of    Washington   ("R.C.W.")   Chapter    23B.13,   a   copy    of   which   is
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
attached as  Annex B.  Shareholders of  the Company  who assert  such rights  in
compliance  with R.C.W. Ch. 23B.13 are entitled to judicial determination of the
fair value of their shares of the Company and to payment in cash of such  value.
The  procedural requirements for exercising dissenters' rights are not satisfied
simply by refusing to execute the proxy or  to vote at the Meeting or by  voting
"No" at the Meeting. ANY SHAREHOLDER WHO WISHES TO DISSENT AND TO OBTAIN PAYMENT
FOR  SUCH SHAREHOLDER'S  SHARES (1)  MUST FILE  WITH THE  COMPANY, PRIOR  TO THE
MEETING, A WRITTEN NOTICE  OF INTENTION TO DEMAND  THAT THE SHAREHOLDER BE  PAID
FAIR  VALUE FOR THE SHAREHOLDER'S SHARES IF THE PROPOSED SALE IS EFFECTUATED AND
(2) MUST REFRAIN FROM  VOTING THE SHAREHOLDER'S SHARES  IN APPROVAL OF THE  SALE
(WHETHER THROUGH THE PROXY OR IN PERSON AT THE MEETING). A SHAREHOLDER WHO FAILS
TO TAKE EITHER ACTION FORFEITS SUCH SHAREHOLDER'S DISSENTERS' RIGHTS.
 
    The term "fair value" of the shares means their value immediately before the
effective date of the corporate action to which the dissenter objects, excluding
any  appreciation or depreciation in anticipation of the corporate action unless
such exclusion would be inequitable. A record shareholder may assert dissenters'
rights as to fewer than all the shares registered in the shareholder's name only
if the shareholder dissents with respect to all shares beneficially owned by any
one person and notifies the Company in  writing of the name and address of  each
person  on whose behalf the shareholder asserts dissenters' rights. A beneficial
shareholder may assert dissenters' rights as  to shares held on such  beneficial
shareholder's   behalf  if  the  beneficial   shareholder  (1)  submits  to  the
corporation the record  shareholder's written  consent to the  dissent no  later
than  the time  the beneficial shareholder  asserts dissenters'  rights, and (2)
does so with  respect to  all of  the shares of  which such  shareholder is  the
beneficial  shareholder or over  which such shareholder has  power to direct the
vote.
 
    The following is a  summary of the principal  steps that a shareholder  must
take  to  exercise  dissenters' rights.  This  summary  does not  purport  to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety  by reference to R.C.W. Ch. 23B.13,  a
copy  of which is  attached hereto as  Annex B. Failure  to take any  one of the
required steps may terminate a shareholder's dissenters' rights under R.C.W. Ch.
23B.13. BECAUSE OF THE  COMPLEXITY OF THE  PROCEDURES IN EXERCISING  DISSENTERS'
RIGHTS,  ANY  SHAREHOLDER WHO  WISHES TO  EXERCISE SUCH  RIGHTS SHOULD  SEEK THE
ADVICE OF LEGAL COUNSEL.
 
REQUIREMENTS FOR PERFECTING DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
    In order to exercise dissenters' rights with respect to the proposed sale of
Assets, a shareholder must satisfy all of the following requirements:
 
        (1) The shareholder  must file with  the Company, prior  to the vote,  a
    written  notice of intention to demand  payment for the shareholder's shares
    if the proposed sale is effectuated.
 
        (2) The shareholder must refrain  from voting such shareholder's  shares
    in approval of the proposed sale of Assets, either in person or by executing
    the proxy.
 
        (3)  Upon approval of the sale of Assets, a shareholder who has complied
    with the preceding two requirements will  receive from the Company a  notice
    stating   the  procedures   for  demanding  payment   and  depositing  share
    certificates. The  dissenting shareholder  must demand  payment and  deposit
    share  certificate(s)  in  compliance with  the  procedures set  out  in the
    notice.
 
        (4) Within thirty days  of the later  of (a) the  effective date of  the
    sale  of Assets or (b) the date  the payment demand is received, the Company
    shall remit  to  the dissenting  shareholder  the amount  that  the  Company
    estimates  to be the  fair value of the  shareholder's shares, plus interest
    accrued from  the effective  date  to the  date  of payment,  together  with
    certain  financial and other  information. If the  dissenting shareholder is
    not satisfied with the payment, the shareholder must within thirty (30) days
    of the date of payment provide to the Company the shareholder's own estimate
    of the fair value of the  shares and applicable interest and demand  payment
    for the deficiency.
 
        (5)  If the dissenting shareholder does not file such an estimate within
    thirty (30) days  after the  Company mailed the  remittance, the  dissenting
    shareholder shall be entitled to no more than the amount remitted.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    If  the Company and the dissenting shareholder are unable to agree as to the
fair value of  the shareholder's shares,  the Company must  petition a court  of
competent  jurisdiction in  King County,  Washington, within  sixty days  of the
dissenting shareholder's demand for payment, to determine the fair value of  the
shares  and interest. If  the Company does  not file this  petition, the Company
will pay each dissenter whose demand remains unsettled the amount demanded.
 
    Under Washington law, the term "fair value" of the shares means their  value
immediately  preceding the effective  date of the sale  of Assets, excluding any
appreciation or depreciation in  anticipation of the  sale unless the  exclusion
would be inequitable. Interest is payable from the effective date of the sale of
Assets  until the  date of payment,  at the  average rate currently  paid by the
Company on its  principal bank loans  or, if none,  at a rate  that is fair  and
equitable under all the circumstances.
 
    If  the Company files a  petition to determine the  fair value of the shares
and the court awards a judgment in excess of the amount previously determined by
the Company  to  be the  fair  value of  the  shares plus  interest,  then  each
dissenter  made a party to the proceeding is entitled to judgment for the amount
by which the court finds the fair value of the dissenter's shares plus  interest
exceeds  the amount paid by the Company. The costs of any proceeding determining
the fair value of the shares, including the costs of appraisers appointed by the
court, will be determined by the court and assessed against the Company,  except
that  the court may assess such costs against  all or some of the dissenters, in
amounts the court finds equitable, to the extent the court finds the  dissenters
acted arbitrarily, vexatiously, or not in good faith in demanding payment.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    The  Company operates in one business  segment, which is the nuclear market.
In this market, the Company provides high level and low level radioactive  waste
systems and services; and specialized engineering services to commercial nuclear
power  plants  worldwide  and  to  the  DOE  in  the  U.S.  The  Company  offers
technology-based solutions  for  the  maintenance and  operation  of  commercial
nuclear  power plants through: (1) the handling, transportation, and dry storage
of high level radioactive material; (2) the packaging and transportation of  low
level radioactive waste; and (3) engineering analysis of mechanical, electrical,
and operational systems and procedures.
 
    As  of December  31, 1995, the  Company leased  approximately 250,675 square
feet of office and warehouse space which constitutes most of its facilities.  It
owns  facilities  comprising 3,600  square  feet. Combustion  Engineering, which
subleases to the Company the San Ramon, California office, has agreed, effective
July 1, 1996,  to terminate  the sublease. In  addition, if  the transaction  is
approved,  the Buyer  would assume approximately  197,776 square  feet of office
space and Management believes the Company's facilities following the sale of the
Engineering Business  will be  adequate and  suitable for  its needs,  but  will
continue to periodically review its leased facilities for economic optimization.
 
    The  Company  will  lease approximately  52,899  square feet  of  office and
warehouse space. See "The Agreement -- Related Agreements and Filings."
 
   
    At December 31, 1995, the Company had 872 employees. Since December 31, 1995
through May 30, 1996, the number  of Company employees has been reduced  through
layoffs  or  attrition by  94  (net). The  Company  expects the  Buyer  to offer
employment to  substantially  all  of  the  629  employees  of  the  Engineering
Business.  The Company expects the  Remaining Businesses to employ approximately
100 persons. The Company expects to terminate approximately 28 persons following
the sale of the Engineering Business.
    
 
    For additional  information,  please refer  to  1995 Form  10-K  distributed
previously  to each  shareholder of the  Company, which  described the Company's
business prior to the divestiture of the Engineering Businesses.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
    FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
                        MARCH 31, 1996 AND APRIL 2, 1995
 
    This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of  Operations  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and
uncertainties.  The Company's actual  results may differ  significantly from the
results discussed in  the forward-looking statements.  Factors that might  cause
such  a  difference include,  but are  not  limited to,  those discussed  in the
Company's 1995 Form 10-K. In addition, each shareholder is referred to the  1995
Form  10-K previously mailed to each shareholder for the Management's Discussion
and Analysis of  Financial Condition  and Results  of Operations  for the  Three
Years Ending December 31, 1995.
 
ACQUISITION AND DIVESTITURES
 
    Effective  April 26, 1996,  the Company sold all  of the outstanding capital
stock of its wholly owned subsidiary, VECTRA Technologies Ltd. ("VECTRA UK"), to
Amey plc. The sale price was  approximately $1.9 million. The net proceeds  were
approximately   $1.6  million   after  paying   expenses  associated   with  the
transaction. The net proceeds were used to reduce the Company's revolving credit
facility by $1.1 million and the balance  was added to working capital. For  the
three months ended March 31, 1996, VECTRA UK generated revenues of approximately
$2.5 million and operating income of approximately $0.2 million.
 
    Effective  June 30,  1995, the Company  sold all of  the outstanding capital
stock of  its wholly  owned subsidiary,  Plant Services,  Inc., to  Westinghouse
Electric  Corporation. The sale price was  $17.4 million after final adjustments
including environmental remediation  and earnout provisions.  The proceeds  from
the  sale were used to reduce notes payable and long-term debt payable to banks,
pay retained liabilities, and pay expenses associated with the transaction.  For
the  six  months  ended June  30,  1995,  Plant Services  generated  revenues of
approximately $11 million and operating income of approximately $4 million.
 
    In September 1995, the  Company sold its 10%  ownership in Recytec  America,
Inc.  to Recytec, S.A. for $1.15 million  resulting in a loss of $156,000, which
includes selling,  general and  administrative expense.  These shares  had  been
issued  to VECTRA in connection  with the sale of  Alaron Corporation to Recytec
S.A. in August 1991.
 
    On January 6, 1994, the Company's shareholders approved the purchase of  all
of  the stock of  ABB Impell Corporation,  ABB Government Services  Inc. and ABB
Impell Ltd. (the "Impell  Companies") from affiliates of  ABB Asea Brown  Boveri
Ltd.  of Zurich, Switzerland. The acquisition, effective as of midnight December
31, 1993, was completed on January 7, 1994, and was accounted for as a  purchase
in  1994. The purchase price of $32.3 million, together with the direct costs of
the acquisition were allocated to the  fair market value of the assets  acquired
and  liabilities  assumed. The  seller received  $14.0  million in  common stock
(1,714,503 shares) and the remainder of the purchase price in cash.
 
    Immediately following the acquisition, the Company commenced integration  of
the  U.S. commercial engineering services of  the predecessor companies into one
organizational unit.  Operations  were combined  and  are managed  as  a  single
entity.  Due to  this integration, management  is unable to  assess the separate
performance of  the  Impell Companies'  domestic  engineering services  (or  the
Company's  engineering  services prior  to  the acquisition)  compared  to prior
periods.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    REVENUES.  Total revenues decreased  $14.2 million (36.6%) to $24.5  million
in  the  three month  period ended  March 31,  1996, from  $38.7 million  in the
comparable period  in  1995.  The  decrease  in  revenues  for  the  quarter  is
attributable  to  the  sale  of  the Plant  Services  operations  in  June 1995;
decreased activity in nuclear engineering; and lower sales in the fuel  services
operations  relating to the completion of a large contract during 1995. Revenues
may significantly differ from period to
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
period as a result of  varying contractual terms that  relate to the timing  and
amount  of progress payments for some of the Company's multi-year, multi-million
dollar contracts. This variability is expected to continue in future periods.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Total gross profit remained relatively consistent in the 1996
and 1995 periods, 28.7%  and 29.0% , respectively.  Excluding the effect of  the
Plant  Service operations that were sold in June 1995, gross profit increased to
28.7% in the  first quarter of  1996 from 25.4%  in the first  quarter of  1995.
Gross  profit increased  in all  areas, but  the increase  was strongest  in the
Company's Waste Services  and Fuel  Services operations. Each  of the  Company's
contracts is negotiated independently and varies as to profitability and, due to
changes   in  the  mix  of  contracts,  the  Company's  gross  profit  may  vary
significantly from quarter to quarter. The timing and actual performance by  the
Company  in  fulfilling  its major  contracts  also affect  the  Company's gross
profit.
 
    EXPENSES.  The Company's overhead expenses decreased $3.7 million (36.4%) to
$6.5 million  in the  first quarter  of 1996  from $10.2  million in  the  first
quarter of 1995. The primary cause of this reduction in overhead expenses was an
approximate  $2.6 million  decrease in general  and administrative  expense as a
result of lower staff levels and other cost cutting measures. Overhead  expenses
decreased  approximately  $0.6 million  as a  result  of the  sale of  the Plant
Services operations in  June 1995. Amortization  expense decreased $0.5  million
primarily  as  a result  of  the Company's  write  off of  intangible  assets in
December 1995  based  upon negotiations  regarding  the potential  sale  of  the
Company's engineering operations.
 
    NET  INCOME.  Net income decreased  $0.1 million to approximately $40,000 in
the first quarter  of 1996  from $163,000  in the  first quarter  of 1995.  This
decrease  is primarily due to reductions in revenue offset by curtailed overhead
costs, as  indicated above,  and to  reduced interest  expense reflecting  lower
levels of bank debt.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Net  cash provided by operating activities  decreased to $0.2 million in the
three months ended March 31,  1996 from $1.4 million  in the three months  ended
April  2, 1995. This $1.2 million decrease  is primarily the result of decreased
net cash provided by  operating activities in  1996 as a  result of reduced  net
income,  as detailed above,  and lower levels  of depreciation and amortization,
non-cash items reflected in  the calculation of net  income, due to asset  sales
and  write-offs in the last three quarters of 1995. Operating working capital in
1996 reflects  an  approximate  aggregate $0.3  million  shortfall  of  accounts
receivable  reductions  keeping  pace  with increased  levels  of  inventory and
overall reductions in the level of accounts payable.
 
    Accounts receivable and billings balances differ from period to period as  a
result  of varying  contractual terms  that relate to  the timing  and amount of
progress payments for  some of  the Company's  multi-year, multi-million  dollar
contracts. This variability is expected to continue in future periods.
 
    The $0.8 million cash used by investing activities in the first three months
of  1996 was primarily the result of capital expenditures for equipment acquired
to fulfill new contracts won by the Company's Waste Services operations.
 
    The Company's loan  covenants with  Banque Paribas and  Banque Nationale  de
Paris  (the "Banks") restrict  capital expenditures to a  maximum amount of $3.3
million during 1996. The majority of the Company's capital expenditures in  1996
are  expected to be incurred for equipment used for processing radioactive waste
volume reduction  and  dewatering  systems in  its  Waste  Services  operations.
Additionally,  the Company's Fuel Services  operations have capital requirements
primarily for licenses  and high-level  waste transportation  equipment and  the
Company's  engineering  services  operations  have  modest  capital requirements
mainly for computer  equipment. The  Company anticipates  that it  will need  to
devote  significant capital resources to technology development in the future in
order  to  remain  competitive  and  make  significant  investments  in  capital
equipment to increase its revenue. The Company anticipates that much of its 1996
capital equipment acquisitions will be
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
financed  through cash flows  from then new,  concurrent customer contracts. The
Company had contractual capital acquisition commitments of approximately $40,000
as of March 31, 1996, and expects to fund these commitments from cash  generated
through operations.
 
    In  the first quarter of 1996, the Company  had no funds used or provided by
financing activities. As  detailed below,  the Company has  negotiated with  its
Banks  to defer principal payments in the first and second quarter of 1996 under
its term loan agreement.
 
    TERM LOAN.  The Company borrowed $15.0 million from the Banks on January  6,
1994,  maturing on December 31, 1998 (the  "Term Loan"). In connection with this
loan, the Company paid the Banks a  $375,000 closing fee and issued warrants  to
the  Banks to purchase 830,060 shares of the Company's common stock at $8.17 per
share, exercisable  through  January  7, 1999  (the  "Original  Warrants").  The
agreement  with the Banks specifies  certain negative, affirmative and financial
covenants including, without limitation, covenants with respect to  debt/capital
ratio,  interest  coverage, fixed  charge coverage  and  minimum net  worth, and
restrictions on dividends and activities of the Company.
 
    In September 1995, the Company failed to meet certain measures of  financial
performance  as required by  covenants contained in the  Term Loan agreement and
received a waiver of  the Term Loan's  financial covenants and  a waiver of  the
scheduled  September 30 and December  31, 1995 principal payments. Additionally,
the Banks acquired  the rights  to reprice the  Original Warrants  to $0.01  per
share  if, among other things,  all obligations to the  Banks were not repaid in
full by March  31, 1996.  Also at  this time, the  Banks made  available to  the
Company  an additional $3.0  million facility associated with  the Term Loan for
capital expenditures ("Tranche B"). Tranche B was initially scheduled to  mature
on  March 31, 1996 and provided for  warrants expiring September 20, 2000, equal
to a maximum (based on the Company's usage and repayment of this facility) of 6%
of the Company's outstanding common stock at $0.01 per share. By the end of  the
fourth  quarter of 1995, the  Company had fully used  this facility by borrowing
$3.0 million  and then  repaying $1.1  million obtained  from the  final  escrow
payment  from the Plant Services sale,  resulting in a balance outstanding under
Tranche B of  $1.9 million at  March 31, 1996.  Based on this  usage, the  Banks
acquired  the rights  to warrants  to purchase  392,431 shares  of the Company's
common stock at $0.01 per share.
 
    In December 1995, the Banks made available to the Company an additional $1.0
million working  capital  facility  associated  with the  Term  Loan  which  was
scheduled to mature on March 31, 1996 ("Tranche C"). Tranche C had an associated
fee  of  $125,000,  payment of  which  is  deferred, and  provided  for warrants
expiring December 26, 2000, equal to a maximum (based on the Company's usage and
repayment of this facility) of 2%  of the Company's outstanding common stock  at
$0.01  per share. The Company did not  use this facility through March 31, 1996.
At December  31, 1995,  the Banks  had acquired  the rights  to purchase  78,335
shares  of the Company's common stock at $0.01 per share, and such warrants were
valued at $107,000. Warrants for another 78,335 shares of common stock at  $0.01
are due to the Banks if the loan is used and not repaid by a specific date.
 
    In  March 1996,  the Banks  extended the  due date  of the  borrowings under
Tranche B and Tranche C through April 15, 1996.
 
    In April  1996, the  Banks extended  the due  date of  the borrowings  under
Tranche  B and Tranche C through January  2, 1997; waived the scheduled March 31
and June 30, 1996  Term Loan principal payments;  reset the financial  covenants
for  the quarters ending December 31, 1995,  through the terms of the loans; and
restored the Original  Warrants to  an exercise price  of $2.94  per share.  For
these  actions,  the Banks  required  a fee  of  $950,000, payment  of  which is
deferred until January  2, 1997.  If, among  other things,  the Company's  total
obligation  to the  Banks is  not repaid  in full  before August  31, 1996, this
agreement contains maximum penalties of $600,000 which will also be deferred  to
January  2, 1997. This will also trigger  the repricing of the Original Warrants
to $0.01  per share  and issuing  the Banks'  rights to  purchase  approximately
550,000 shares of the Company's common stock at $0.01 per share. The Company may
also    elect   to    defer   the    $750,000   payment    due   September   30,
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
1996, to January 2, 1997,  by incurring a fee of  $150,000, payment of which  is
deferred.  The  Company  anticipates that  the  proceeds  from the  sale  of the
Engineering Businesses will be sufficient to avoid these penalties.
 
    REVOLVING CREDIT  AGREEMENT.   The  Company  entered into  a  $25.0  million
revolving credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with the Banks on January 6,
1994, which originally matured on December 31, 1995. Borrowings under the Credit
Agreement  are limited by the lesser of  a percentage of eligible trade accounts
receivable (the "Borrowing  Base") or the  maximum amount of  the facility.  The
amount  of funds available is subject  to fluctuation of accounts receivable. In
October 1994, the maximum amount of the facility was reduced to $22.5 million.
 
    In June 1995, utilizing a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the Plant
Services operations,  the  Company  repaid  $6.6  million  of  the  amount  then
outstanding  under  the  Credit  Agreement. The  maximum  amount  of  the Credit
Agreement was  reduced  to $12.5  million  and the  Banks  were paid  a  fee  of
$100,000.
 
    In  December 1995, the Credit Agreement's maturity was extended to March 31,
1996, in consideration for an amendment fee of $125,000, of which the payment of
$100,000 was deferred.
 
    In March 1996,  the Credit Agreement's  maturity was extended  to April  15,
1996.
 
    In  April 1996, the  Credit Agreement's maturity was  extended to January 2,
1997 and  its applicable  interest  rate was  increased by  approximately  three
percentage  points to the  Banks' prime rate  plus 1.5% and  the Eurodollar rate
option was eliminated. If the Company does not reduce the outstanding balance of
the Credit Agreement and its  maximum amount by a  minimum of $1.0 million  from
the  sale  of assets  by  May 31,  1996, this  agreement  contains a  penalty of
$200,000, payment of  which is  also deferred:  The Company  complied with  this
requirement by remitting $1.0 million of the sale proceeds of VECTRA UK on April
30,  1996. Additionally, the Company has  the requirement of either reducing the
amount outstanding and  maximum amount of  the Credit Agreement  by $600,000  by
June  30,  1996,  or incurring  a  fee of  $100,000,  payment of  which  is also
deferred. Similarly, the Company  may elect to defer  a $625,000 payment due  on
September  15, 1996, to January 2, 1997, by incurring a fee of $100,000, payment
of which is deferred. For these actions, the Company incurred a fee of $125,000,
payment of which is deferred until January 2, 1997.
 
  SUMMARY OF INTEREST, FEES (PAID & DEFERRED) AND WARRANTS ISSUED TO THE BANKS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         NUMBER OF    AMOUNT
ITEM                                                                          NOTE        SHARES      ($000)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----     -----------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>
Interest Paid, Inception to April 15, 1996...............................                   na       $   4,054
Fees Billed, Inception to April 15, 1996.................................          (1)      na           1,865
Fees Deferred, Inception to April 15, 1996...............................          (2)      na           1,450
Warrants exercisable at $2.9375..........................................          (3)      830,060        822
Warrants exercisable at $0.01............................................          (3)      470,917      1,232
                                                                                        -----------  ---------
    Total................................................................                 1,300,977  $   9,423
                                                                                        -----------  ---------
                                                                                        -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
NOTES:
 
(1) Includes fees paid to the Banks and the Banks' attorneys and accountants.
 
(2) Fees deferred until the earlier of the liquidation of all obligations to the
    Banks or January 2, 1997.
 
(3) Warrants valued by management using Black Scholes valuation model with April
    9, 1996, market data.
 
    On January 2, 1997, the  indebtedness to the Banks  under the Term Loan  and
revolving  Credit Agreement, which could amount to as much as $18.2 million plus
deferred fees of up to $2.4 million, will become due.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
    The Company  believes that  cash and  cash equivalents  at March  31,  1996,
together  with cash generated from operations will  be adequate to meet its cash
needs through December 31, 1996. Management is committed to decreasing costs  in
order  to bring the Company  to profitable operations and  will continue to make
substantial expense reductions in 1996.
 
                      PROPOSAL 3 -- ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
 
    The presently authorized size of the  Company's Board of Directors is  eight
directors.
 
    Six regular meetings and two special meetings of the Board of Directors were
held  in 1995. In addition, the Company has three standing committees: the Audit
and Finance Committee, the  Human Resources and  Compensation Committee and  the
Board  Nominating Committee. In 1995, each director attended at least 75% of the
aggregate number  of meetings  of the  Board of  Directors and  meetings of  the
committees  of the Board on  which he or she served.  The present members of the
Audit and Finance Committee are Roy  Kirkorian (Chairman), Elwood D. Howse,  Jr.
and Albert J. Baciocco, Jr.; the members of the Human Resources and Compensation
Committee  are J.E. (Ted)  Ardell, III (Chairman);  Dr. E. Linn  Draper, Jr. and
Fruzsina M. Harsanyi; and the members of the Board Nominating Committee are  Dr.
E. Linn Draper, Jr., (Chairman), J.E. (Ted) Ardell, III and Elwood D. Howse, Jr.
 
AUDIT AND FINANCE COMMITTEE
 
    The  Audit  and  Finance Committee  makes  recommendations to  the  Board of
Directors concerning the selection, engagement and termination of the  Company's
independent   public  accountants  and  reviews   with  the  independent  public
accountants and the Board of  Directors the scope and  status of the audit,  the
fees for services to be performed by the firm, and the results of the audit when
completed.   The  Audit   and  Finance   Committee  establishes   and  maintains
communication between the  Board and the  Company's independent accountants  and
financial management personnel. The Audit and Finance Committee also reviews and
discusses  with management and the Board of Directors such matters as accounting
policies,  internal  controls,  and  procedures  for  preparation  of  financial
statements. The committee met four times as an Audit Committee and four times as
an Audit and Finance Committee in 1995.
 
HUMAN RESOURCES AND COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
 
    The  functions  of the  Human Resources  and  Compensation Committee  are to
review the Company's Human Resources Development and Administration Programs, to
review the Company's policies and programs relating to compensation arrangements
for officers  of the  Company,  to make  awards  under the  Company's  incentive
compensation  plan,  to  make recommendations  to  the Board  of  Directors with
respect to  officers' and  directors'  compensation and  to  serve as  the  plan
administrator  of the  Company's stock option  plans. The committee  met once in
1995.
 
BOARD NOMINATING COMMITTEE
 
    The function of the Board Nominating Committee is to recommend to the  Board
of Directors possible candidates for election as directors. The Board Nominating
Committee  was established  in June, 1995.  The Board  Nominating Committee will
consider nominees for directors recommended by the shareholders. See  "Proposals
for  Future  Meetings" for  the  procedures to  be  followed by  shareholders in
submitting recommendations.
 
    The Board of Directors consists of eight directors and all directors are  to
be elected at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    The  Board of Directors has unanimously  approved the following nominees for
director positions, all of whom are currently directors:
 
       J.E. (Ted) Ardell, III
       Albert J. Baciocco, Jr.
       E. Linn Draper, Jr.
       Ray A. Fortney
       Fruzsina M. Harsanyi
       Elwood D. Howse, Jr.
       Edward J. Keith
       Roy Kirkorian
 
    Unless otherwise instructed, it is the intention of the persons named in the
accompanying form  of  proxy to  vote  shares  of common  stock  represented  by
properly  executed proxies  for the  nominees. Although  the Board  of Directors
anticipates that all of the nominees will be available to serve, it is  intended
that  the proxies  will be  voted for  the election  of a  substitute nominee or
nominees designated by the Board of  Directors. Information with respect to  the
right  to  cumulate votes  for  the election  of  directors is  set  forth under
"Introduction" at the beginning of this Proxy Statement.
 
    The following table lists the names and ages of the nominees. For the nature
and amount of  their beneficial ownership  of common stock,  and the amount  and
nature  of the  ownership of  the Company's  common stock  by all  directors and
officers as  a group,  see  "Security Ownership  of Certain  Beneficial  Owners,
Directors and Executive Officers."
 
DIRECTORS
 
    The  following table  lists as  of May  1, 1996  the names  and ages  of the
directors:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               POSITIONS HELD
          NAME             AGE                (DIRECTOR SINCE)
- -------------------------  ---   -------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>   <C>
Edward J. Keith            60    Chairman of the Board, Director (1994)
Roy Kirkorian              51    Vice Chairman of the Board, Director (1995)
J.E. (Ted) Ardell, III     56    Director (1992)
Albert J. Baciocco, Jr.    65    Director (1989)
E. Linn Draper, Jr.        54    Director (1986)
Ray A. Fortney             50    Director, President and CEO (1994)
Fruzsina Harsanyi          53    Director (1995)
Elwood D. Howse, Jr.       56    Director (1983)
</TABLE>
 
    In February 1995, the  Board of Directors amended  the bylaws to remove  the
staggered  election of board  members, so beginning at  the 1995 Annual Meeting,
all directors are elected annually.
 
BIOGRAPHIES
 
    Mr. Keith  was elected  Chairman  of the  Board in  June  1995. He  is  also
Chairman  of the  Board of  Directors of  The Failure  Group, a  consulting firm
specializing in  the analysis  and  prevention of  engineering failures,  and  a
former Director of Inlex Corporation, which provides computer automation systems
to  libraries.  From  1969 until  1983,  Mr.  Keith served  as  Chairman  of the
principal operating subsidiary, Executive Vice President and Director of  Impell
Corporation.  Mr. Keith was  also the co-founder  of the Commercial  Bank of San
Francisco. He is a licensed professional engineer and structural engineer in the
state of California. Mr. Keith received his B.S. and M.S. in Engineering in 1961
and 1964, respectively, from the University of California, Berkeley.
 
    Mr. Kirkorian was elected to the Board of Directors in August 1995, and  was
elected Vice Chairman in October 1995. Mr. Kirkorian, is an active partner in El
Rancho  Farms and  is currently  active in  various Sand  Hill Financial Company
capital investments. He was President of C.P. National
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
(NYSE)  and  former President  of Contel  Corp.'s  Contel Business  Systems. Mr.
Kirkorian received  his B.S.  degree  in Business  Administration in  1967  from
California  State  Polytechnic  University  and his  J.D.  degree  from Hastings
College in 1970. He has been a  member of the Cal Poly Business School  Advisory
Board since 1988.
 
    Mr.  Ardell is a general partner with Technology Partners, a venture capital
firm, and a Director of  a number of private companies.  From 1968 to 1971,  Mr.
Ardell  was with Bechtel Power Corporation. From 1971 to 1984, he was a Director
of Impell Corporation and held  various other positions with Impell  Corporation
and  its principal operating subsidiary; and from 1984 to 1986, he was President
and Chief Executive Officer of Impell Corporation. From 1961 to 1968, he  served
in  the U.S. Navy  nuclear submarine force.  Mr. Ardell is  a registered nuclear
engineer in California and received a  B.S. degree in Engineering from the  U.S.
Naval Academy in 1961.
 
   
    Mr.  Baciocco  is President  of The  Baciocco Group,  Inc., a  technical and
management consulting  practice, providing  service in  the areas  of  strategic
planning,  technical  investment  and  application  and  business  planning  and
development. He is a Director of  Honeywell, Inc., and Ashton Technology  Group,
Inc.  He retired from the U.S. Navy as a  Vice Admiral in 1987 after 34 years of
service which included over 18 years of experience in the direct supervision  of
nuclear power plant operations and maintenance, and over seven years in the most
senior  executive positions  in the Navy's  R&D organization. Mr.  Baciocco is a
member of the Army  Science Board and  the Naval Studies  Board of the  National
Research Council. In addition, he serves on the Boards of Directors of Oak Ridge
Associated  Universities, the  Research Development  Foundation for  the Medical
University of  South  Carolina,  and  the Board  of  Visitors  to  the  Software
Engineering  Institute, Carnegie Mellon University.  He received his B.S. degree
in Engineering from the  U.S. Naval Academy in  1953 and has completed  graduate
level studies in the field of nuclear engineering.
    
 
    Dr.  Draper is Chairman of the  Board, President and Chief Executive Officer
of American Electric Power  Inc. (AEP) and the  American Electric Power  Service
Corporation.  He also holds the positions of  Chairman of the Board of Directors
and Chief Executive Officer of various affiliates of AEP. From 1979 to 1992, Dr.
Draper served  in various  executive positions  with Gulf  States Utilities,  an
electric utility company, serving from 1987 to 1992, as Chairman, President, and
Chief  Executive Officer. Both AEP  and Gulf States Utilities  have been and are
customers of the Company. Dr. Draper is  a Member of the Board of Directors  and
the  Executive Committee of the Nuclear Energy Institute and the Edison Electric
Institute. He received his B.A. degree in 1964 and his B.S. degree in 1965, both
in Chemical Engineering, from Rice University.  He received his Ph.D. degree  in
Nuclear  Engineering from  Cornell University  in 1970.  He is  a member  of the
National Academy of Engineering.
 
    Mr. Fortney was appointed as President  and Chief Executive Officer in  July
1994.  Prior to his  appointment, he served  as Executive Vice  President of the
Company from August 1993,  and was President  of the Cygna  Group of ICF  Kaiser
Engineers,  an engineering consulting  firm, and a Senior  Vice President of ICF
Kaiser from 1992  to 1993. He  previously served as  Vice President and  General
Manager   of  the  Power   Services  Business  at   Combustion  Engineering  and
ABB/Combustion Engineering  from  1988 through  1990,  and President  and  Chief
Executive  of Impell Corporation from 1986 to  1988. Mr. Fortney is a registered
professional engineer in over  10 states. He received  his B.S. degree from  the
U.S. Naval Academy in 1967, his M.S.M.E. degree from Stanford University in 1972
and attended the Stanford University Business School Executive Program in 1989.
 
    Dr.  Harsanyi was elected to the Board  in June 1995. She is Vice President,
Public Affairs and  Corporate Communications,  and a Corporate  officer of  Asea
Brown  Boveri Inc.  ABB is a  Connecticut-based company,  providing products and
services for  power generation,  transmission and  distribution, and  industrial
processes.  She joined the Company  in 1980 after working  for two years for the
Continental Group  and prior  to  that for  the  U.S. Government.  Dr.  Harsanyi
received  B.A.  and  M.A. degrees  in  International  Relations and  a  Ph.D. in
Government from the American University. She has served as an adjunct  professor
of   International  Business  at  Georgetown   University's  School  of  Foreign
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
Service and  is  a member  of  the Business-Government  Relations  Council,  the
Council  for Excellence in  Government, the Bryce  Harlow Foundation, the Public
Affairs Council, and Georgetown University's Landegger Program Advisory Board.
 
    Mr. Howse served  as Chairman of  VECTRA's Board  from 1991 to  1995. He  is
President  of  Cable &  Howse  Ventures, a  venture  capital management  firm he
co-founded in  1977. He  is also  a general  partner of  CH Partners  II and  CH
Partners  III, major shareholders  of the Company, and  a Director of OrthoLogic
Corporation and Applied Microsystems Corporation.  From 1970 to 1974, he  served
as  Treasurer of Data Science Ventures, a venture capital firm, and from 1974 to
1976, as the Chief  Financial Officer for Seattle  Stevedore and Miller  Produce
companies. Mr. Howse served in the U.S. Navy nuclear submarine force until 1968.
Mr.  Howse received his B.S. degree in Engineering in 1961 and his M.B.A. degree
in 1970, both from Stanford University.
 
                               EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The following table, as  of May 1,  1996, sets forth  the names, titles  and
ages  of the  Company's executive officers.  All executive  officers serve until
removed by the Board of Directors:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
       NAME          AGE                     POSITIONS
- -------------------  --- --------------------------------------------------
<S>                  <C> <C>
Ray A. Fortney       50  President and Chief Executive Officer
Thomas B. Pfeil      49  Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and
                          Secretary
Kristin L. Allen     46  Vice President
Walter R. Bak        41  Vice President
Jeffrey W. Cummings  44  Vice President
Vincent Franceschi   37  Vice President
</TABLE>
 
BIOGRAPHIES
 
    Mr. Fortney's biography is included with the directors.
 
    Mr. Allen  was appointed  to his  current position  in April  1992 upon  the
Company's  acquisition  of his  firm,  Semper Technologies,  Inc.,  a management
consulting firm for  utilities. He co-founded  Semper in 1990.  From 1979  until
1990  he was with Advanced Technology  Engineering Systems, Inc. and its parent,
Advanced Technology, Inc.,  an engineering  and management  consulting firm  for
nuclear  utilities  and government  agencies  holding progressively  more senior
positions. From 1972 to 1979 he served in the U.S. Navy nuclear submarine  force
and  taught at the U.S. Naval Academy.  He is a registered professional engineer
in the Commonwealth of Virginia. Mr.  Allen received his B.S. degree in  Nuclear
Engineering  from the University of Virginia in 1972 and his M.S. degree in High
Energy Physics from the Naval Postgraduate School in 1973.
 
    Mr. Bak was appointed  to Vice President,  Business Development, in  October
1995.  Mr. Bak has held  the positions of Manager,  Power Services, and Manager,
Fuel Services, with  VECTRA prior to  his current assignment.  Mr. Bak has  been
involved  in  managing businesses  in  the commercial  nuclear,  government, and
non-nuclear sectors of Impell since 1987.  Mr. Bak is a registered  professional
engineer  in California. He  received his M.S. degree  in Civil Engineering from
the University of California,  Berkeley, in 1978, and  his B.S. degree in  Civil
Engineering from the University of Notre Dame in 1977.
 
    Mr.  Cummings  was appointed  to  his current  position  in June  1992, with
responsibility initially for the Company's Chicago office consisting of over 220
engineering professionals.  Since  that  time,  he has  assumed  roles  as  Vice
President, Marketing and Business Development and most recently, Vice President,
Nuclear  Engineering. Prior to  his appointment, Mr.  Cummings served in various
positions of  increasing  responsibility  after joining  the  Company  in  1985,
including  General  Manager, Chicago  Operations. Mr.  Cummings received  a B.S.
degree in Operations Analysis in 1973 from the U.S. Naval Academy and a M.S.  in
Operations Research in 1974 from the U.S. Naval Post Graduate School.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
    Mr.  Franceschi  was  appointed  to his  current  position  in  January 1994
following the Company's acquisition of  ABB Impell Corporation ("Impell").  From
1989  until  his appointment,  Mr. Franceschi  was the  Manager of  projects for
Impell's Western Region.  From 1980  to 1989  Mr. Franceschi  served in  various
positions  of increasing responsibility,  including Manager, Systems Engineering
and Manager of  Business Development  for the DOE  market. Mr.  Franceschi is  a
registered  professional engineer in California. He  received his B.S. degree in
Civil Engineering from the  University of California, Berkeley  in 1980 and  his
M.B.A. from Saint Mary's College in 1994.
 
    Mr.  Pfeil was appointed  Vice President, Finance  and Secretary in February
1996 and Chief Financial Officer in April 1996. From 1992 until his appointment,
Mr. Pfeil served as a director and officer of several start-up manufacturing and
small sales  businesses.  From  1985  to  1992,  Mr.  Pfeil  served  in  various
positions, including Corporate Controller and Chief Financial Officer during the
restructuring  and  turnaround  of  WorldCorp Inc.  and  its  predecessor, World
Airways Inc. Prior to 1985, he served  for twelve years in various positions  of
increasing  responsibility with  Baker Hughes, a  multi-national manufacturer of
oil field equipment and  provider of related  engineering services. He  received
his  M.B.A.  and  B.S.  degree  in  Business  Administration  (Accounting)  from
California State University, Los Angeles.
 
REPORT OF HUMAN RESOURCES AND COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
 
    The Human Resources and Compensation Committee ("Committee") of the Board of
Directors is  composed entirely  of  outside directors  and is  responsible  for
establishing  compensation policies that apply to executives and managers of the
Company, including executive officers. All  decisions by the Committee  relating
to the compensation of the Company's executive officers are reviewed by the full
Board, except for decisions about awards under the Company's stock option plans,
which are made solely by the Committee.
 
    PHILOSOPHY.   The philosophy of the Company's executive compensation program
is that  compensation of  executive  officers, and  in  particular that  of  the
President,   should  be  directly  and   materially  linked  to  both  operating
performance of  the  Company  and  to the  interests  of  the  shareholders.  In
implementing  this  philosophy,  the Company's  policies  integrate  annual base
compensation  with  incentive  awards  based  upon  corporate  performance   and
individual  initiatives and performance. Measurement of corporate performance is
primarily  based  on  Company-wide   goals,  while  measurement  of   individual
initiatives   is  primarily  based  on   review  of  individual  and  operations
performance goals.
 
    In years  in which  performance goals  are achieved  or exceeded,  executive
compensation  tends to  be higher  than in years  in which  performance is below
expectations. Annual cash  compensation, together with  grants of stock  options
and  incentive  compensation,  is  designed  to  attract  and  retain  qualified
executives and to  ensure that such  executives have a  continuing stake in  the
long-term  success of  the Company.  Annual increases  may also  be necessary at
times, without  reference  to performance,  to  adjust the  Company's  executive
salaries to remain competitive with salaries paid by comparable companies.
 
    The  Company's executive  compensation program  is composed  of base salary,
annual cash incentive compensation, long-term incentive compensation in the form
of stock  options and  various benefits,  including medical  and profit  sharing
plans generally available to employees of the Company.
 
    BASE  SALARY.  Base  salary levels for the  Company's executive officers are
set in the context  of the Company's total  compensation philosophy which is  to
align  executive interests with the shareholders  and make a significant portion
of their compensation opportunity  contingent upon achieving performance  goals.
Executive  base salaries are generally targeted  near the median of companies in
the power and environmental services markets and the service segment of  general
industry  companies  of  comparable  revenue size.  These  companies,  which are
selected with the help of a  compensation consultant retained by the  Committee,
differ  from  the  broader group  of  companies  included in  the  Piper Jaffray
Hazardous Remediation Disposal Index  used in the  stock performance graph  that
follows this report.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
Competitive  data taken from  available private and  published survey sources is
reviewed annually for this purpose. In determining individual salary levels, the
Committee takes  into  account  the executive  officer's  experience,  scope  of
responsibility, performance level, and relative impact on the Company's success.
In 1994, on an overall basis, executive officers' base salaries were targeted at
or  slightly  below  the  median  in  the  most  recent  survey.  There  were no
significant changes for 1995.
 
    ANNUAL INCENTIVE COMPENSATION.  The annual incentive compensation plan is  a
key  element in the Company's  pay for performance system  and is the vehicle by
which executive officers can increase their total compensation. Annual incentive
compensation constitutes that portion of executive compensation that is at  risk
and   is  dependent  on  achievement   of  individual  and  Company  performance
objectives. The Company's objectives, which are not specifically weighted, are a
combination of operating, financial, and strategic goals (such as profitability,
revenue growth, productivity, and cash flow) that are considered to be  critical
to  the Company's short and long-term financial success and its ability to build
shareholder value. The Committee  establishes Company-wide and individual  goals
annually with the President. The President develops individual performance goals
for  the other executives, which goals are approved by the Committee. The amount
of the awards paid to executive officers at the end of the year varies depending
upon the  performance  against  the established  Company-wide,  operations,  and
individual  goals. In determining the size  of the awards, no single performance
factor or  formula  is  used  because the  Committee  believes  that  the  rigid
application   of   quantitative   performance  measures   would   eliminate  the
consideration  of   qualitative   factors  critical   to   long-term   strategic
performance.  Determination  of awards  for  the President  and  other executive
officers, however,  emphasize  overall  Company  performance.  The  Company-wide
performance  goals included budgeted  levels of revenue  growth, net income, and
other strategic goals. The Committee determined that because the primary goal of
net income was not met in 1994 or 1995, none of the Company's executive officers
would receive any annual incentive compensation for 1994 or 1995.
 
    The cash compensation  for directors  for 1995  was reinstated  to the  1993
levels: $8,000 annual fee and a $750 meeting and committee meeting fee, together
with the automatic annual grant of options for 2,000 shares for each director on
the first day of business in January.
 
    STOCK OPTIONS.  The Company's stock option plans are the long-term incentive
for  executive officers  and key  employees. The  Committee believes  that stock
options provide a strong  incentive for executives  to build shareholder  value.
The Committee awards stock options to the President and, upon the recommendation
of  the President, to other executive officers. Individual grants are based upon
competitive practices of companies in  the service markets described above,  the
amount  of stock  options previously  granted to  the executive,  and individual
performance as evaluated by the Committee.
 
    The Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of  1993 places a limit on the  amount
of certain types of compensation for each of the executive officers which may be
tax  deductible by the  Company beginning in 1994.  The Internal Revenue Service
recently issued proposed regulations on  the deductibility limit. The  Company's
policy  is, primarily, to design and administer compensation plans which support
the achievement of long-term strategic objectives and enhance shareholder  value
and,  to the extent possible, to maximize the proportion of compensation expense
that is tax  deductible by the  Company. It is  anticipated the new  regulations
will not result in a limitation for the Company to fully deduct all compensation
expense. The Company will continue to monitor these proposed regulations.
 
                                          J.E. (Ted) Ardell, III, Chairman
                                          E. Linn Draper, Jr.,
                                          Fruzsina Harsanyi
                                          Members of the Human Resources and
                                          Compensation Committee, for fiscal
                                          1995
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following tables set forth compensation paid by the Company for services
rendered  in the Company's last three  completed fiscal years ended December 31,
1995, to  the  Company's chief  executive  officer  and the  four  highest  paid
executives whose total compensation exceeded $100,000.
 
                         SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE (1)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         LONG-TERM
                                                     ANNUAL COMPENSATION               COMPENSATION
                                         --------------------------------------------     AWARDS
                                                                       OTHER ANNUAL    -------------
                                            SALARY         BONUS       COMPENSATION      OPTIONS/       ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION     YEAR          ($)           ($)            ($)            SARS(#)      COMPENSATION
- ----------------------------  ---------  -------------  -----------  ----------------  -------------  --------------
<S>                           <C>        <C>            <C>          <C>               <C>            <C>
Ray A. Fortney                     1995     201,000                      17,574(2)          173,000        2,276(3)
 President and CEO                 1994     194,074                                          68,000
                                   1993      78,890(4)
John R. Holding                    1995     150,749                      60,000(12)           6,000        3,265(3)
 Former Vice President, CFO        1994     138,219                      32,377(5)           41,000
 and Secretary                     1993      68,750(6)                   69,563(7)           25,000
Lynne M. Heitman                   1995     146,543(8)                   55,000(12)          25,000       25,577(9)
 Former CFO                        1994     125,000
                                   1993      76,667(11)
Kristin L. Allen                   1995     125,865                                          36,000
 Vice President                    1994     124,431
                                   1993     125,000
Walter R. Bak                      1995     112,062                       3,600(10)          34,000
 Vice President                    1994     110,485
Jeffrey W. Cummings                1995     130,650                            (13)          46,000
 Vice President                    1994     118,688                      28,492
Vincent Franceschi                 1995     114,810                      17,605(2)           36,000
 Vice President                    1994     110,255
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
NOTES TO SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
 (1)  None of  the named executives  received compensation  reportable under the
    Restricted Stock Awards or Long-Term Incentive Plan Payouts columns.
 
 (2) One time payment of accrued  vacation balances reflecting change in  policy
    whereby officers do not accrue vacation.
 
 (3) Matching contribution to the 401(k) and retirement plan.
 
 (4)  For the period August 9, 1993,  the date Mr. Fortney's employment with the
    Company began, through December 31, 1993.
 
 (5) Reimbursement of federal income tax differential of $22,336 attributable to
    relocation cost reimbursement, and payment of accrued vacation of $10,041.
 
 (6) For the period June  16, 1993, the date  Mr. Holding's employment with  the
    Company began, through December 31, 1993.
 
 (7)  Reimbursement  of $24,670  moving expenses  and  $44,893 closing  costs in
    connection with the purchase of a home in the Puget Sound region.
 
 (8) For the period January 1, 1995  to November 18, 1995, the date Ms.  Heitman
    terminated employment with the Company.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
 (9) Payment of outplacement fee of $8,750 and severance of $16,827.
 
(10) Payment of car allowance.
 
(11)  For the period March 22, 1993,  the date Ms. Heitman's employment with the
    Company began, through December 31, 1993.
 
(12) Relocation/Retention payments.
 
(13) One time payment  of accrued vacation (see  note 2) and $19,000  employment
    contract buyout.
 
OPTION GRANTS DURING 1995 FISCAL YEAR
 
    The  following table provides information related  to options granted to the
named executive officers during 1995.
 
                     OPTIONS/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                            INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                        VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                         --------------------------------------------------------    ANNUAL RATES OF
                                                         % OF TOTAL                                    STOCK PRICE
                                                          OPTIONS/                                   APPRECIATION FOR
                                           OPTIONS/     SARS GRANTED     EXERCISE OR                   OPTION TERM
                                             SAR        TO EMPLOYEES     BASE PRICE    EXPIRATION  --------------------
NAME                                     GRANTED (2)   IN FISCAL YEAR    ($/SH.)(3)       DATE      5% ($)     10% ($)
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  ---------------  -------------  ----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>
Ray A. Fortney.........................     18,000(4)          5.0%            4.50       2/16/05     11,644     71,027
                                            80,000(5)         22.1%            4.50       6/13/00     --         34,874
                                            45,000(5)         12.4%            4.50       6/13/00     --         19,617
                                            30,000(6)          8.7%            2.75      12/01/00     23,377     53,238
Kristin L. Allen.......................      6,000(4)          1.7%            4.50       2/16/05      3,881     23,757
                                            30,000(6)          8.3%            2.75      12/01/00     23,377     53,238
John R. Holding........................      6,000(4)          1.7%            4.50       2/16/05      3,881     23,757
Walter R. Bak..........................      5,000(4)          1.4%            4.50       2/16/05      3,250     19,800
                                             4,000(4)          1.1%            4.50       2/16/05      2,600     15,840
                                            25,000(6)          6.9%            2.75      12/01/00     19,481     44,365
Jeffrey W. Cummings....................      6,000(4)          1.7%            4.50       2/16/05      3,881     23,757
                                            20,000(6)          5.5%            3.25       7/31/00     24,835     50,172
                                            20,000(6)          5.5%            2.75      12/01/00     15,585     35,492
Vincent Franceschi.....................      6,000(6)          1.7%            4.50      02/16/05      3,881     23,757
                                             5,000(4)          1.4%            4.50      02/16/05      3,250     19,797
                                            25,000(6)          6.9%            2.75      12/01/00     19,481     44,365
Lynne M. Heitman.......................     10,000(4)          2.8%            4.50      06/13/00     --          4,359
                                            15,000(4)          4.1%            4.50      06/13/00     --          6,539
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
NOTES TO OPTIONS/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR TABLE
 
(1) The potential realizable value portion  of the table illustrates value  that
    might  be realized  upon exercise  of the  options immediately  prior to the
    expiration of  their  term,  assuming  the  specified  compounded  rates  of
    appreciation  on the  Company's common stock  over the term  of the options.
    These numbers do  not take into  account certain provisions  of the  options
    providing   for  cancellation   of  the  option   following  termination  of
    employment.
 
(2) Options to acquire shares of common stock.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
(3) The option exercise price may be paid in shares of common stock owned by the
    executive officer, in cash, or in any other form of valid consideration or a
    combination of any of  the foregoing, as determined  by the Human  Resources
    and Compensation Committee in its discretion.
 
(4)  This represents the  re-pricing of previously issued  options, with a cliff
    vest date of January 1, 1998.
 
(5) Options are exercisable January 1, 1998.
 
(6) Options are exercisable with respect to 25% of the shares covered thereby on
    the anniversary of the exercise date in 1996, 1997, 1998 and 1999.
 
OPTION EXERCISES DURING 1995 AND YEAR END OPTION VALUES
 
    The following table provides information related to options exercised by the
named executive officers during the 1995 fiscal year and the number and value of
options held at fiscal year end. The Company does not have any outstanding stock
appreciation rights ("SARs").
 
      AGGREGATE OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN 1995 AND YEAR END OPTION/SAR VALUE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED        VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                OPTIONS/SARS AT DECEMBER   IN-THE- MONEY OPTIONS/SARS
                                    SHARES                            31, 1995 (#)         AT DECEMBER 31, 1995($)(1)
                                  ACQUIRED ON       VALUE      --------------------------  --------------------------
NAME                             EXERCISE (#)   REALIZED ($)   EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
- -------------------------------  -------------  -------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                              <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Ray A. Fortney.................       --             --            12,500        210,500       --            --
Kristin L. Allen...............       --             --            23,250         43,750       --            --
Walter R. Bak..................       --             --             1,000         34,000       --            --
Jeffrey W. Cummings............       --             --            23,750         47,250       --            --
Vince Franceschi...............       --             --                 0         36,000       --            --
John R. Holding................       --             --            21,250         44,750       --            --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
NOTE TO AGGREGATE OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN 1995 AND YEAR END OPTION/SAR VALUE
 
(1) The closing price for the Company's  common stock as reported by the  Nasdaq
    Stock  Market on  December 31,  1995, was  $2.25. Since  the option exercise
    price for each  officer is higher  than the market  price for the  Company's
    Common Stock, no value is reported in the table.
 
HUMAN RESOURCES AND COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT ON OPTION REPRICING
 
    In  February  1995, the  Committee recommended  and  the Board  of Directors
approved (as  required  by the  1993  Stock Option  Plan)  a program  for  those
incentive stock options granted in 1994 to employees formerly with Impell and in
lieu of cash bonuses for 1994 performance. Under the repricing program which was
announced  to the employees in  March 1995, the options  held by employees still
employed by the Company can be repriced at the employees' option at an  exercise
price  of $4.50 per share. The then current market price was $3.00 per share. In
consideration of the price change, the vesting schedule would be changed from an
eighteen months "cliff vesting" and proportional vesting over four years to 100%
"cliff vesting"  at  January  1,  1998. The  Committee  debated  the  merits  of
repricing  incentive  options, noted  its  general opposition  to  repricing and
concluded that on balance the interests of the shareholders would best be served
by reinforcing the incentive to the employees with an exercise price within near
term achievable levels and in turn receiving an extension of the vesting  period
to encourage continuity with the Company.
 
   
                             J.E. (Ted) Ardell, III, Chairman
                             E. Linn Draper, Jr.
                             Fruzsina Harsanyi
                             Members of the Human Resources and
                             Compensation Committee, for fiscal 1995
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                           TEN-YEAR OPTION REPRICINGS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 NUMBER OF
                                                SECURITIES
                                                UNDERLYING      MARKET PRICE OF                          NEW
                                               OPTIONS/SARS    STOCK AT TIME OF   EXERCISE PRICE AT   EXERCISE
      NAME            POSITION       DATE        REPRICED          REPRICING      TIME OF REPRICING     PRICE
- -----------------  --------------  ---------  ---------------  -----------------  -----------------  -----------
<S>                <C>             <C>        <C>              <C>                <C>                <C>
Kristin Allen      Vice President    2/16/95         6,000              3.13               9.50            4.50
Walter Bak         Vice President    2/16/95         5,000              3.13               9.25            4.50
                                     2/16/95         4,000              3.13               9.50            4.50
Jeffrey Cummings   Vice President    2/16/95         6,000              3.13               9.50            4.50
Ray Fortney        President and     2/16/95        18,000              3.13               9.50            4.50
                    CEO
                                     6/13/95        80,000              3.00               6.25            4.50
                                     6/13/95        45,000              3.00               6.25            4.50
Vincent            Vice President    2/16/95         5,000              3.13               9.25            4.50
 Franceschi                          2/16/95         6,000              3.13               9.50            4.50
Lynne Heitman      Former CFO        6/13/95        15,000              3.00               6.13            4.50
                                     6/13/95        10,000              3.00               9.00            4.50
John Holding       Former CFO        2/16/95         6,000              3.13               9.50            4.50
 
<CAPTION>
 
                     LENGTH OF ORIGINAL
                    OPTION TERM REMAINING
                    AT DATE OF REPRICING
      NAME                 (YEARS)
- -----------------  -----------------------
<S>                <C>
Kristin Allen                     4
Walter Bak                        4
                                  4
Jeffrey Cummings                  4
Ray Fortney                       4
 
                                  4
                                  4
Vincent                           4
 Franceschi                       4
Lynne Heitman                     4
                                  4
John Holding                      4
</TABLE>
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND STOCK OPTIONS FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
 
    During  1995, Directors of the Company, other  than Mr. Fortney, were paid a
fee of $750 for  each Board of  Directors meeting they  attended, $750 for  each
committee meeting they attended, and a monthly retainer of $889 for the Chairman
of  the Board and  $667 for all  others. Mr. Fortney  received compensation as a
member  of  the  management  of  the  Company  as  indicated  in  the   "Summary
Compensation Table." The Chairman of the Board received stock options for 47,000
shares  and the  Vice Chairman  of the Board  received stock  options for 50,000
shares. All other members of the  Board received stock options for 2,000  shares
except one who received 4,500.
 
    Each  present director of the Company who  is not an employee of the Company
is an "Eligible  Director" for the  grant of options  under the Company's  stock
option  plans,  which plans  contain  a provision  for  annual non-discretionary
option grants to all non-employee directors. On the first trading day of January
of each year, each individual, who is on such date an eligible director, will be
granted a nonqualified option to purchase  2,000 shares of the Company's  common
stock  at 100% of the fair market value of  the stock on the date of such grant.
The grants for 1995 were made on January 3, 1995, at an option price of $3.125.
 
EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    The Company has executed Executive Employment Agreements with its  President
and  Vice President  Messrs. Fortney  and Allen  (for purposes  of the following
discussion, each an "Executive"). The terms of the agreements, summarized below,
are substantially identical, except where noted and with respect to base salary,
which is disclosed under Compensation.
 
    Each Executive's employment continues until terminated pursuant to the terms
of the agreement.  Each Executive  may be  terminated by  the Company  if he  is
disabled  for more than 90  days, subject to payment  of disability amounts, and
for cause, which  includes the failure  to follow reasonable  directives of  the
Board  of Directors,  gross malfeasance or  flagrant disloyalty  to the Company,
criminal conduct involving moral turpitude, or deficiency in job performance.
 
    The Company may  also terminate  each Executive's  employment without  cause
upon sixty days notice. Each Executive has the right to terminate his employment
for  good  reason,  which  includes  material  breach  by  the  Company  of  its
obligations,  reduction  of  base  salary   or  alteration  of  his  duties   or
responsibilities  without his consent, geographic relocation of the Executive or
a change in control of the Company.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
    If the termination by the Company is  for cause or by the Executive  without
good reason, salary ceases upon termination. If the termination is without cause
by  the Company  or for  good reason by  the Executive,  each Executive receives
severance payments equal to a  minimum 70% of base salary  (100% if more than  8
years  of  service  with the  Company)  for 12  months  or until  the  time that
Executive is employed on a full-time basis by another employer, plus payment  of
the prorated portion of incentive bonus that he would have received. Mr. Fortney
receives severance payments equal to 100% of base salary for 12 months.
 
    Each  Executive  also  agreed to  refrain  from engaging  in  other business
activities in  the  nuclear  utility  service industry  while  employed  by  the
Company. If the Executive terminates his employment without good reason (but not
for  any other type of termination), the Executive is required to refrain for 12
months from  competing with  the  Company or  its  subsidiaries on  any  pending
contract,  proposal or bid on which the Executive participated while an employee
or with  respect  to which  the  Executive has  confidential  information.  Each
Executive  also agreed to maintain  the confidentiality of information belonging
to, used by,  or in  the possession  of the  Company relating  to its  business,
except information available in the public domain.
 
COMPLIANCE WITH SEC REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
 
   
    Officers  and  directors  of  the  Company  and  greater  than  ten  percent
shareholders are required to  report to the  Securities and Exchange  Commission
(the  "Commission") on a timely basis  their beneficial ownership of and certain
changes to their beneficial ownership  of the Company's stock. The  Commission's
rules require the Company to disclose any reporting obligations that came to the
Company's  attention  during the  past  fiscal year  based  on a  review  of the
applicable filings with the  Commission that report  such changes in  beneficial
ownership.  The Company believes that during  the fiscal year ended December 31,
1995, its directors,  executive officers  and principal  shareholders filed  all
required forms.
    
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
                         STOCK PRICE PERFORMANCE GRAPH
 
    The  graph below compares  the Company's five-year  cumulative return on its
common stock to the similar returns for  (a) all stocks traded under the  Nasdaq
Stock   Market   Composite   and   (b)  the   Piper   Jaffray   Hazardous  Waste
Remediation/Disposal Index of 38 stocks (including the Company) of companies  in
the hazardous waste and environmental services industry.
 
EDGAR REPRESENTATION OF DATA POINTS USED IN PRINTED GRAPHIC
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             PIPER JAFFRAY     VECTRA         NASDAQ STOCK MARKET - COMPOSITE
<S>        <C>                <C>        <C>
12/31/90               100.0      100.0                                      100.0
12/31/91               105.9       91.8                                      156.8
12/31/92                92.1       91.8                                      181.1
12/31/93                69.5      138.8                                      207.8
12/31/94                51.0       53.1                                      201.1
12/31/95                41.2       36.7                                      281.4
</TABLE>
 
             PROPOSAL 4 -- RATIFICATION OF SELECTION OF INDEPENDENT
                          CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
    The  Board of  Directors is  seeking the  shareholders' ratification  of the
Board's decision to select Ernst &  Young LLP as independent public  accountants
of  the company for the  fiscal year 1996. The  proposal must receive more votes
for than against  after it is  determined that  a quorum is  represented at  the
Shareholders'  Meeting. See "Introduction" for  information regarding the effect
of abstentions and broker non-votes.
 
    If the proposal is  not adopted, the  adverse vote will  be considered as  a
direction  to  the  Board  of  Directors  to  select  other  independent  public
accountants for the  following year. Because  of the difficulty  and expense  of
making  any substitution of accountants so long after the beginning of the year,
it is contemplated that the appointment for  the year 1996 will be permitted  to
stand unless the Board of Directors finds other good reason for making a change.
 
    A  representative of  Ernst &  Young LLP  is expected  to be  present at the
annual meeting to respond  to appropriate questions and  to make a statement  if
desired.
 
    During  1995  Ernst &  Young LLP  provided the  Company with  audit services
including the  audit  of  the  annual financial  statements,  filings  with  the
Securities  and Exchange Commission  and consultation regarding  various tax and
accounting matters.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
    THE BOARD  OF  DIRECTORS  RECOMMENDS  THAT THE  SHAREHOLDERS  VOTE  FOR  THE
PROPOSAL  TO RATIFY  THE SELECTION  OF ERNST &  YOUNG LLP  AS INDEPENDENT PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS.
 
                         PROPOSALS FOR FUTURE MEETINGS
 
    The 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders of VECTRA Technologies, Inc. will be
held in April, 1997. Any  shareholder who would like  to nominate a director  or
submit  a proposal for inclusion in the  Company's proxy and proxy statement for
the 1997 annual meeting may do so by submitting a written proposal which must be
received at the principal executive offices  of VECTRA Technologies, Inc. on  or
before  December 30,  1996. Any  proposal received after  that date  will not be
considered for inclusion.
 
                                 OTHER MATTERS
 
    The Board of Directors has no knowledge  of any other matter which may  come
before  the meeting  and does not  intend to  present any other  matters. If any
matters properly come before the meeting or any adjournment thereof, the persons
named  as  proxies  will  have  discretionary  authority  to  vote  the   shares
represented by the accompanying proxy in accordance with their best judgment.
 
FORM 10-K
 
    A  COPY OF THE COMPANY'S ANNUAL REPORT ON  FORM 10K FOR FISCAL 1995 AS FILED
WITH THE  SECURITIES AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION IS  AVAILABLE WITHOUT  CHARGE  BY
CONTACTING:
 
Chief Financial Officer
VECTRA Technologies, Inc.
5000 Executive Parkway
Suite 500
San Ramon, CA 94583
 
                                          BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
                                          THOMAS B. PFEIL CORPORATE SECRETARY
 
   
DATED: San Ramon, California,
July 22, 1996
    
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
                     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          PAGE
                                                                                                       -----------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 1996, and December 31, 1995....................   F-2 & F-3
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1996, and April
 2, 1995.............................................................................................      F-4
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the Three Months Ended March 31, 1996, and April
 2, 1995.............................................................................................      F-5
Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................      F-6
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      1995
                                                     MARCH 31,    ------------
                                                       1996
                                                    -----------
                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>
Current Assets
    Cash and cash equivalents.....................   $  2,228       $  2,834
    Securities available for sale.................      1,031          1,274
    Accounts receivable, net of allowance ($785 in
     1996 and $785 in 1995).......................     21,133         21,065
    Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
     billings on uncompleted contracts............      1,521          1,665
    Refundable income tax prepayments.............     --                600
    Inventories...................................      1,672          1,176
    Prepaid expenses..............................        931            720
                                                    -----------   ------------
        Total Current Assets......................     28,516         29,334
                                                    -----------   ------------
Property, Plant and Equipment, at cost
    Land..........................................         94             94
    Buildings.....................................        359            359
    Machinery and equipment.......................      8,742          8,707
    Construction in progress......................     10,002          9,011
    Furniture and fixtures........................      2,591          2,587
                                                    -----------   ------------
        Total Property, Plant and Equipment.......     21,788         20,758
    Less accumulated depreciation.................      9,030          8,614
                                                    -----------   ------------
        Net Property, Plant and Equipment.........     12,758         12,144
                                                    -----------   ------------
Costs in excess of net assets of acquired
 businesses, net of accumulated amortization......     14,780         14,780
Licenses, patents and other intangibles, at cost,
 net of accumulated amortization..................      1,207          1,200
Investments and long-term prepaid costs...........      3,203          3,305
Other assets......................................         62             66
                                                    -----------   ------------
        Total Assets..............................   $ 60,526       $ 60,829
                                                    -----------   ------------
                                                    -----------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
     See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
               CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
                                  LIABILITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      1995
                                                                  ------------
                                                     MARCH 31,
                                                       1996
                                                    -----------
                                                    (UNAUDITED)
Current Liabilities
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>
    Note payable to banks.........................   $ 12,389       $ --
    Accounts payable..............................      9,276         10,762
    Accrued payroll and related expenses..........      7,062          6,011
    Other accrued liabilities.....................      6,567          6,742
    Billings in excess of costs and estimated
     earnings on uncompleted contracts............      2,582          2,288
    Long-term debt due within one year............      4,827         --
                                                    -----------   ------------
        Total Current Liabilities.................     42,703         25,803
                                                    -----------   ------------
 
Long-term debt....................................     --             17,216
Deferred lease incentive..........................        409            424
Commitments and contingencies.....................     --             --
                                                    -----------   ------------
        Total Liabilities.........................     43,112         43,443
                                                    -----------   ------------
 
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
    Class A Preferred Stock, 4,100,000 shares
     authorized, none issued and outstanding......     --             --
    Common Stock, $0.01 par value, 30,000,000
     shares authorized;
     7,833,527 shares issued and outstanding in
     1996
     7,833,527 shares issued and outstanding in
     1995.........................................     44,960         44,960
    Accumulated deficit...........................    (27,546)       (27,574)
                                                    -----------   ------------
        Total Shareholders' Equity................     17,414         17,386
                                                    -----------   ------------
        Total Liabilities and Shareholders'
         Equity...................................   $ 60,526       $ 60,829
                                                    -----------   ------------
                                                    -----------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
     See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                                        MARCH 31,      APRIL 2,
                                                                                          1996           1995
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>            <C>
Revenues............................................................................  $      24,497  $      38,651
Operating costs.....................................................................         17,478         27,450
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Gross profit........................................................................          7,019         11,201
Research and development expenses...................................................             17             29
Selling, general and administrative expenses........................................          6,493         10,214
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Operating income....................................................................            509            958
Interest expense, net...............................................................            463            755
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Income before income taxes..........................................................             46            203
Provision for income taxes..........................................................              6             40
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Net income..........................................................................  $          40  $         163
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Net income per share................................................................  $        0.01  $        0.02
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
Number of shares used to calculate net income per share.............................      7,833,527      7,888,445
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
     See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
                 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                             ----------------------
                                                                                              MARCH 31,   APRIL 2,
                                                                                                1996        1995
                                                                                             -----------  ---------
<S>                                                                                          <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income...............................................................................   $      40   $     163
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and Amortization..........................................................         514       1,589
    Increase (decrease) in cash from changes in operating working capital:
      Accounts receivable and billings.....................................................         970      (6,374)
      Inventories and prepaid expenses.....................................................        (707)       (480)
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses................................................        (610)      6,545
                                                                                             -----------  ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities..................................................         207       1,443
                                                                                             -----------  ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  (Decrease) increase in securities available for sale.....................................         231        (129)
  Capital expenditures.....................................................................      (1,048)     (2,274)
  Decrease in other assets.................................................................           4           6
                                                                                             -----------  ---------
Net cash used in investing activities......................................................        (813)     (2,397)
                                                                                             -----------  ---------
Cash flow from financing activities:
  Repayment of long-term debt..............................................................      --            (750)
                                                                                             -----------  ---------
Net cash used in financing activities......................................................      --            (750)
                                                                                             -----------  ---------
Net decrease in cash.......................................................................        (606)     (1,704)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period...........................................       2,834       3,427
                                                                                             -----------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.................................................   $   2,228   $   1,723
                                                                                             -----------  ---------
                                                                                             -----------  ---------
Cash paid for interest.....................................................................   $     430   $     594
Cash paid for income taxes.................................................................   $  --       $  --
</TABLE>
 
     See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
              NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
1.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION
    The  accompanying unaudited  condensed consolidated  financial statements of
VECTRA Technologies,  Inc. ("VECTRA"  or the  "Company") have  been prepared  in
accordance  with generally accepted accounting  principles for interim financial
information  and  with  the  instructions  to  Article  10  of  Regulation  S-X.
Accordingly,  they do not include all  of the information and footnotes required
by generally accepted accounting  principles for complete financial  statements.
In  the opinion of  management, all adjustments considered  necessary for a fair
presentation have been included.  Operating results for  the three month  period
ended  March 31, 1996, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be
expected for  the full  year. The  unaudited consolidated  financial  statements
should  be read  in conjunction with  the consolidated  financial statements and
footnotes thereto included in the Company's 1995 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
2.  EARNINGS PER SHARE
    Net income per  share is based  upon the weighted  average number of  common
shares  outstanding during each period plus the dilutive effect of stock options
and warrants. Net income per share on a fully diluted basis was the same as  the
primary income per share.
 
3.  INDEBTEDNESS TO BANKS
    At  March 31,  1996, the  Company had both  a revolving  credit facility and
long-term loans with banks. These facilities originally carried an interest rate
equal to the banks' base rate plus 1.0% to 1.5% or the Eurodollar rate plus 2.0%
to 2.5%. The  Eurodollar option  has been  eliminated for  the revolving  credit
facility effective March 31, 1996.
 
    On  April 15,  1996, the  Company entered  into amendments  to its revolving
credit facility and term loan agreements with the Banks. Under these amendments,
all outstanding borrowings under  the revolving credit  facilities and the  term
loan  agreements will be due on January 2, 1997. These amendments also establish
new financial covenants for 1996. As  a result of these amendments, the  Company
incurred additional bank fees of approximately $1.1 million due January 2, 1997,
or  upon repayment  of the  outstanding borrowings.  The Company  also agreed to
issue warrants to the Banks  to purchase up to  6% of the Company's  outstanding
common  stock on a  fully diluted basis  at $0.01 per  share, reprice previously
earned warrants to purchase 830,060 shares of common stock from $2.9375 to $0.01
per share and pay  fees to the bank,  deferred until January 2,  1997, of up  to
$600,000  in  the event  that  the Company  does  not achieve  certain financial
milestones in  1996. The  Company may  elect  to defer  a $750,000  payment  due
September  30, 1996, to January 2, 1997, by  paying a fee of $150,000. Under the
revolving credit facility,  the Company may  elect to defer  a revolving  credit
facility  $600,000 payment due on June 30, 1996, to January 2, 1997, by paying a
fee of $100,000. In addition, the Company may elect to defer a $625,000  payment
due  on September 15, 1996, to January 2, 1997, by paying a fee of $100,000. The
amendments also specify that any proceeds from the sale of operations be used to
repay indebtedness to the Banks
 
    As of April 15,  1996, the Company has  reserved 1,300,977 shares of  common
stock  for warrants earned by  the Banks, and in the  future, the Company may be
obligated to issue to the Banks warrants  to purchase up to an additional 8%  of
the Company's fully diluted shares of outstanding common stock.
 
4.  CONTINGENCIES
    The  Company is self-insured  for general liability risk  for $1 million per
occurrence and  $2 million  in the  aggregate. Coverage  above the  self-insured
limits  is provided  for under  an umbrella  policy with  a commercial insurance
company. The Company's  general liability risk  insurance excludes  professional
errors  and omissions. Such insurance is  purchased on a contract specific basis
as required by
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
        NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
4.  CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
the customer.  As of  March  31, 1996,  the  Company has  accrued  approximately
$613,000  for unreported  and/or potential losses.  Actual self-insurance losses
may differ from  such estimates and  such differences could  be material to  the
financial statements.
 
    The   radioactive   materials  handled   by  the   Company  are   the  legal
responsibility of the  Company's utility  customers. The Company  does not  take
title  to such materials. In the event of an accident or incident involving such
material, the Company  is covered  under insurance  carried by  and provided  to
operators of nuclear plants or transporters of nuclear materials.
 
5.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    Effective  April 26, 1996,  the Company sold all  of the outstanding capital
stock of its wholly owned subsidiary, VECTRA Technologies Ltd. ("VECTRA UK"), to
Amey, plc. The sale price was approximately $1.9 million. The net proceeds  were
approximately   $1.6  million   after  paying   expenses  associated   with  the
transaction. The net proceeds were used to reduce the Company's revolving credit
facility by $1.0 million and the balance  was added to working capital. For  the
three months ended March 31, 1996, VECTRA UK generated revenues of approximately
$2.5 million and operating income of approximately $0.2 million.
 
                                      F-7

<PAGE>


                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

                         ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                          Monday, August 19, 1996


The undersigned hereby appoints Ray A. Fortney and Thomas B. Pfeil as proxies, 
each with the power to appoint his substitute, and hereby authorizes each of 
them to represent and vote, and for the election of directors to cumulate votes
at their discretion, all the shares of common stock of VECTRA Technologies, 
Inc. which the undersigned would be entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders to be held at the offices of VECTRA Fuel Services, L.L.C., 6203 
San Ignacio Avenue, Suite 100, San Jose, California, on  August 19, 1996 
at 10 a.m. local time, and at any and all adjournments thereof. THE BOARD OF 
DIRECTORS RECOMMENDS A VOTE "FOR" ALL PROPOSALS.


_______________________________________________________________________________
                             FOLD AND DETACH HERE  


<PAGE>

                                                         Please mark 
                                                         your votes as
                                                         indicated in
                                                         this example    /X/

                                                FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
Proposal 1. To amend the Company's              / /      / /        / /
articles of incorporation to provide 
that a merger, share exchange or sale 
of all or substantially all of the assets 
of the Company requires a majority 
approval of all outstanding shares of the 
Company.

                                                FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
Proposal 2. To consider and act upon            / /      / /        / /
a proposal to sell substantially all 
of the properties of the Company and 
all of the properties (or the stock) 
of VECTRA Government Services, Inc., 
a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, 
pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement 
dated May 23, 1996 among the Company, 
VECTRA Government Services, Inc., and 
Duke Engineering & Services, Inc.

                                                FOR    WITHHOLD
Proposal 3. The election as Directors of               VOTE FOR
the nominees listed below (except as            / /       / /
marked to the contrary).

J.E. (Ted) Ardell, III      Albert J. Baciocco, Jr.
E. Linn Draper, Jr.         Ray A. Fortney
Fruzsina M. Harsanyi        Elwood D. Howse, Jr.
Edward J. Keith             Roy Kirkorian
(INSTRUCTION: TO WITHHOLD YOUR VOTE FOR ANY INDIVIDUAL NOMINEE, 
WRITE THAT NOMINEE'S NAME IN THE SPACE PROVIDED BELOW. TO DIRECT A 
SPECIFIC ALLOCATION OF VOTES, INDICATE THE NUMBER OF VOTES TO BE 
VOTED FOR A SPECIFIC NOMINEE AFTER HIS NAME. THE PROXIES MAY ACCUMULATE 
THE REMAINDER OF THE VOTES AT THEIR DISCRETION.
________________________________________________________________________

                                                FOR    AGAINST    ABSTAIN
Proposal 4. To ratify the selection             / /      / /        / /
of Ernst & Young LLP as independent 
public accountants for 1996.


Proposal 5. In their discretion, upon 
such other business as may properly 
come before the meeting. 

THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF 
DIRECTORS WHO RECOMMEND A VOTE FOR EACH 
OF THE PROPOSALS.

This proxy, when properly executed, will be 
voted and will be voted in the manner directed 
on this proxy card. IF NO SPECIFICATION IS MADE, 
THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED FOR EACH OF 
THE PROPOSALS WITH AUTHORITY TO CUMULATE VOTES 
AND FOR THE ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.

PLEASE COMPLETE, DATE, SIGN, AND MAIL THIS PROXY 
PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED SELF-ADDRESSED 
POSTAGE-PREPAID ENVELOPE.


Signature(s) _____________________________________   Dated ____________, 1996

IMPORTANT -- When shares are held by joint tenants, both should sign. When 
signing as an attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, 
please give full title as such. If a corporation, please sign in full 
corporate name by the president or other authorized officer. If a partnership, 
please sign in partnership name by an authorized person.

_______________________________________________________________________________
                           FOLD AND DETACH HERE  
<PAGE>
   
                                                                         ANNEX A
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
                                    BETWEEN
 
                       DUKE ENGINEERING & SERVICES, INC.
 
                                      AND
 
                           VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
                                      AND
 
                        VECTRA GOVERNMENT SERVICES, INC.
 
                            DATED AS OF MAY 23, 1996
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   PAGE
                                                                                                                   -----
<S>        <C>                                                                                                  <C>
Background Statement..........................................................................................           1
Statement of Agreement.....................................................................................              1
 
                                                        ARTICLE I
 
GLOSSARY OF DEFINITIONS AND TERMS.............................................................................           1
 
                                                       ARTICLE II
 
CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS.....................................................................................           7
 2.1       Purchase of Assets.................................................................................           7
 2.2       Included Assets....................................................................................           7
 2.3       Excluded Assets....................................................................................           7
 2.4       Assumption of Liabilities..........................................................................           8
           (a)  Assumed Liabilities...........................................................................           8
           (b)  Retained Contracts............................................................................           9
           (c)  No Other Assumed Liabilities..................................................................           9
 2.5       Optional Stock Purchase............................................................................           9
 2.6       Additional Transactions............................................................................          10
           (a)  Premises Sublease Agreement...................................................................          10
           (b)  Transition Services and Shared Assets Agreement...............................................          10
 2.7       Unscheduled Contracts..............................................................................          10
 
                                                       ARTICLE III
 
PURCHASE PRICE; ADJUSTMENTS AND PAYMENT.......................................................................          11
 3.1       Purchase Price.....................................................................................          11
 3.2       Purchase Price Adjustment..........................................................................          11
           (a)  Generally.....................................................................................          11
           (b)  Valuation Assets Defined......................................................................          11
 3.3       Rules for Valuing Valuation Assets and Assumed Liabilities.........................................          12
           (a)  Valuation Assets..............................................................................          12
           (b)  Assumed Liabilities...........................................................................          12
 3.4       Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and Closing Payment Adjustment...........................................          12
           (a)  Delivery of Pre-Closing Balance Sheet.........................................................          12
           (b)  Closing Payment Adjustment....................................................................          12
           (c)  Determination of the Closing Payment Adjustment...............................................          13
 3.5       Closing Payment and Deposit........................................................................          13
 3.6       Closing Balance Sheets.............................................................................          13
           (a)  Delivery of Closing Balance Sheets............................................................          13
           (b)  Determination of the Purchase Price Adjustment................................................          13
 3.7       Post-Closing Payment...............................................................................          14
           (a)  Calculation...................................................................................          14
           (b)  Payment from Escrow...........................................................................          14
           (c)  Additional Payments...........................................................................          14
 
                                                       ARTICLE IV
 
THE CLOSING; EFFECTIVE TIME AND DATE..........................................................................          14
 4.1       Closing............................................................................................          14
 4.2       Closing Date.......................................................................................          14
 4.3       Effective Time.....................................................................................          14
 4.4       Effective Date.....................................................................................          15
</TABLE>
 
                                       i
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   PAGE
                                                                                                                   -----
<S>        <C>                                                                                                  <C>
                                                         ARTICLE V
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS.................................................................          15
     5.1   The Sellers........................................................................................          15
           (a)  Organization and Foreign Qualification........................................................          15
           (b)  Compliance....................................................................................          15
           (c)  Shares and Ownership of the Subsidiary........................................................          15
     5.2   Authority Relative to this Agreement...............................................................          15
     5.3   Consents and Approvals; No Violations..............................................................          16
     5.4   Permits............................................................................................          16
     5.5   Assets.............................................................................................          16
           (a)  Title.........................................................................................          16
           (b)  Sufficiency...................................................................................          16
           (c)  Location......................................................................................          17
     5.6   Real Property......................................................................................          17
           (a)  Leased Real Property..........................................................................          17
           (b)  Subleased Real Property.......................................................................          17
           (c)  Lease Agreement...............................................................................          17
           (d)  No Other Real Property........................................................................          17
           (e)  Litigation....................................................................................          17
           (f)  Compliance....................................................................................          17
           (g)  Condition of Real Property....................................................................          17
     5.7   Proprietary Rights Generally.......................................................................          17
     5.8   Liabilities........................................................................................          19
     5.9   Contracts..........................................................................................          19
     5.10  Financial Statements...............................................................................          20
     5.11  Books and Records..................................................................................          20
     5.12  Taxes and Tax Returns..............................................................................          21
     5.13  Litigation.........................................................................................          21
     5.14  Labor and Employment Matters.......................................................................          21
     5.15  Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA......................................................................          22
           (a)  Liabilities...................................................................................          22
           (b)  Multiemployer Plans...........................................................................          22
     5.16  Insurance..........................................................................................          22
     5.17  Business Relationships.............................................................................          22
           (a)  Generally.....................................................................................          22
           (b)  Purchases and Sales from or to One Party......................................................          22
     5.18  Environmental Matters..............................................................................          22
     5.19  Absence of Changes or Events.......................................................................          23
     5.20  Commissions........................................................................................          23
     5.21  Full Disclosure....................................................................................          23
 
                                                        ARTICLE VI
 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER................................................................             24
 6.1       Organization and Qualification.....................................................................          24
 6.2       Authority Relative to this Agreement...............................................................          24
 6.3       Consents and Approvals; No Violations..............................................................          24
 6.4       Litigation.........................................................................................          24
 6.5       Commissions........................................................................................          24
 6.6       Intent to Hire.....................................................................................          24
</TABLE>
 
                                       ii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   PAGE
                                                                                                                   -----
<S>        <C>                                                                                                  <C>
                                                        ARTICLE VII
 
COVENANTS OF THE SELLERS......................................................................................          25
     7.1   Operation of the Businesses........................................................................          25
     7.2   Access to Information..............................................................................          26
     7.3   Employees..........................................................................................          26
     7.4   Intellectual Property..............................................................................          27
           (a)  No Inconsistent Uses..........................................................................          27
           (b)  Nondisclosure.................................................................................          27
           (c)  Trade Names...................................................................................          27
           (d)  Retained Trade Names..........................................................................          27
     7.5   Searches Relating to Encumbrances..................................................................          28
     7.6   Stockholders' Meeting..............................................................................          28
     7.7   Exclusivity........................................................................................          28
     7.8   Tangible Assets Schedule...........................................................................          29
     7.9   Update of Shared Assets Schedule...................................................................          29
     7.10  Warranty Claims....................................................................................          29
     7.11  Notice to Tax Authorities..........................................................................          29
     7.12  Release of Liens...................................................................................          30
     7.13  Quality Assurance Program Transition...............................................................          30
 
                                                       ARTICLE VIII
 
COVENANTS OF THE BUYER.....................................................................................             30
 8.1       Employee Matters...................................................................................          30
           (a)  Termination Matters...........................................................................          30
           (b)  Accrued Vacation..............................................................................          30
 
                                                       ARTICLE IX
 
MUTUAL COVENANTS..............................................................................................          31
 9.1       Consummation of Agreement..........................................................................          31
 9.2       Allocation of Purchase Price.......................................................................          31
           (a)  Preliminary Allocation........................................................................          31
           (b)  Final Allocation..............................................................................          31
           (c)  Tax Reporting.................................................................................          31
 9.3       Consents and Authorizations........................................................................          31
 9.4       Confidentiality....................................................................................          31
 9.5       Publicity..........................................................................................          32
 9.6       Solicitation of Employees..........................................................................          32
 9.7       Accounts Receivable; Inactive Contracts............................................................          32
           (a)  Collection by Buyer...........................................................................          32
           (b)  Guaranty......................................................................................          32
           (c)  Assignment....................................................................................          32
           (d)  Post-Assignment Receipts......................................................................          32
           (e)  Collections in Excess of Cost.................................................................          33
           (f)  Records of Receipts...........................................................................          33
           (g)  Inactive Contracts............................................................................          33
 9.8       Payments for Interim Accounts......................................................................          33
 
                                                        ARTICLE X
 
CLOSING CONDITIONS............................................................................................          33
10.1       Mutual Conditions..................................................................................          33
</TABLE>
 
                                      iii
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   PAGE
                                                                                                                   -----
<S>        <C>                                                                                                  <C>
    10.2   Conditions to the Obligations of the Sellers.......................................................          34
    10.3   Conditions to the Obligations of the Buyer.........................................................          35
 
                                                        ARTICLE XI
 
TERMINATION...................................................................................................          36
    11.1   Termination........................................................................................          36
    11.2   Procedure and Effect of Termination or Failure to Close............................................          37
 
                                                        ARTICLE XII
 
INDEMNIFICATION............................................................................................             37
12.1       Survival of Representations........................................................................          37
12.2       The Sellers' Agreement to Indemnify................................................................          37
12.3       Buyer's Agreement to Indemnify.....................................................................          39
12.4       Bulk Sales Laws....................................................................................          40
 
                                                      ARTICLE XIII
 
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS......................................................................................          40
13.1       Arbitration........................................................................................          40
13.2       Expenses...........................................................................................          40
13.3       Amendment and Modification.........................................................................          40
13.4       Waiver of Compliance; Consents.....................................................................          40
13.5       Notices............................................................................................          41
13.6       Set-off............................................................................................          42
13.7       Binding Agreement..................................................................................          42
13.8       Governing Law......................................................................................          42
13.9       Jurisdiction and Venue.............................................................................          42
13.10      Counterparts.......................................................................................          42
13.11      Interpretation.....................................................................................          42
13.12      Entire Agreement...................................................................................          42
 
                                                        EXHIBITS
 
Exhibit A        Escrow Agreement
 
Exhibit B        Opinion of Counsel to Buyer
 
Exhibit C        Opinion of Counsel to Sellers
</TABLE>
 
                                       iv
<PAGE>
                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
    THIS  ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of May 23, 1996,
is  by  and  between  DUKE  ENGINEERING  &  SERVICES,  INC.,  a  North  Carolina
corporation  (the "Buyer"); VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES,  INC., a Washington corporation
("VECTRA"); and VECTRA  GOVERNMENT SERVICES, INC.,  a Delaware corporation  (the
"Subsidiary").
 
                              BACKGROUND STATEMENT
 
    VECTRA,  through its  nuclear engineering  and power  services divisions, is
engaged  in  the  business  of  providing  systems  engineering  and   analysis,
structural  engineering  and  analysis,  nuclear  engineering,  and  design  and
analysis of  instrumentation,  electrical  and mechanical  systems  for  nuclear
facilities  (the  "Nuclear  Engineering  Business")  and  of  providing  similar
services  for  non-nuclear  facilities  (the  "Power  Services  Business").  The
Subsidiary  is  engaged  in  the  business  of  providing  engineering analysis,
operations support, environmental support,  engineering and design services  for
the   United  States  Department  of  Energy  and  its  prime  contractors  (the
"Government Services  Business"  and,  together  with  the  Nuclear  Engineering
Business  and the Power Services Business,  the "Businesses"). The Buyer desires
to acquire and  assume, and  VECTRA and the  Subsidiary desire  to transfer  and
assign  to the Buyer, substantially all of the assets relating to the Businesses
and certain liabilities  associated with the  Businesses, all on  the terms  and
subject  to the conditions  set forth in this  Agreement. Following the purchase
and  sale  contemplated  hereby,  VECTRA  will  retain  business  operations  in
connection  with spent fuel  and high level  wastes, transportation packaging of
high level  radioactive  material, and  processing  and disposal  of  low  level
radioactive  waste, as well as related  corporate functions (the "Fuel and Waste
Business").
 
                             STATEMENT OF AGREEMENT
 
    In consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein  contained,
the  receipt  and  sufficiency of  which  are hereby  acknowledged,  the parties
hereto, for themselves, their successors and assigns, agree as follows:
 
                                   ARTICLE I
 
                       GLOSSARY OF DEFINITIONS AND TERMS
 
    DEFINED TERMS.  As  used in this Agreement,  the following terms shall  have
the meanings indicated below.
 
    1.1   "ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE" means,  with respect to any  Person, any and all
amounts due  and owing  to that  Person, as  the term  "accounts receivable"  is
understood  under GAAP,  including, without  limitation, in  the case  of either
Seller, all such amounts described for  such Person in the Financial  Statements
as   accounts  receivable,  notes  receivable,  or  receivables  from  officers,
employees or shareholders.
 
    1.2  "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Person, each of the Persons that
directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, owns or controls, or
is controlled by or under common control  with, such Person. For the purpose  of
this  Agreement, "control" means the possession,  directly or indirectly, of the
power to  direct or  cause the  direction of  management and  policies,  whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
 
    1.3  "ASSETS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.2 of this Agreement.
 
    1.4   "ASSUMED LIABILITIES" means  those specifically identified Liabilities
of the Sellers relating to the Businesses that are to be assumed by the Buyer as
provided in SECTION 2.4 of this Agreement.
 
    1.5  "BALANCE SHEET OF  THE BUSINESSES" means, as of  any date, a pro  forma
balance sheet of the Assets and the Liabilities prepared in accordance with GAAP
as  at such date, presenting the Assets and the Liabilities of the Businesses as
if such assets and liabilities were the only assets and liabilities of a single,
stand-alone  business   entity  (excluding   intercompany  and   interdivisional
accounts).
 
    1.6  "BASE PURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.1.
<PAGE>
    1.7   "BUSINESS DAY"  means any day  excluding Saturday, Sunday  and any day
that shall be a legal holiday in either North Carolina or California.
 
    1.8  "BUSINESSES" has  the meaning assigned to  such term in the  Background
Statement to this Agreement.
 
    1.9    "BUYER" means  Duke Engineering  & Services,  Inc., a  North Carolina
corporation.
 
    1.10  "CLOSING" means the closing of the transactions contemplated herein.
 
    1.11  "CLOSING BALANCE SHEETS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.6(A).
 
    1.12  "CLOSING  DATE" means the  day on which  the Closing is  to occur,  as
identified more specifically in SECTION 4.2 of this Agreement.
 
    1.13  "CLOSING PAYMENT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.5.
 
    1.14   "CLOSING  PAYMENT ADJUSTMENT"  has the  meaning set  forth in SECTION
3.4(B).
 
    1.15  "CODE"  means the  Internal Revenue Code  of 1986,  together with  the
regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time.
 
    1.16   "CONTRACT" means and shall include (a) any legally binding obligation
or agreement to which VECTRA  is a party that relates  to any of the  Businesses
and (b) any legally binding obligation or agreement to which the Subsidiary is a
party,  in  each  case  whether  or not  reduced  to  writing,  and specifically
including without limitation any note, bond, mortgage, lease of real or personal
property, license and other instrument.
 
    1.17  "COPYRIGHT"  means the legal  right provided by  the Copyright Act  of
1976, as amended, to the expression contained in any work of authorship fixed in
any tangible medium of expression.
 
    1.18  "DISPUTES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 13.1.
 
    1.19  "EFFECTIVE DATE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 4.4.
 
    1.20  "EMPLOYEES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 7.3.
 
    1.21   "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" means any  federal, state or local law, statute,
ordinance, common law, rule,  regulation, permit, directive, license,  approval,
guidance,  interpretation,  order, or  other legal  requirement relating  to the
protection of  safety,  human health  or  the environment,  including,  but  not
limited   to,  any  requirement  pertaining   to  the  manufacture,  processing,
distribution,  use,  treatment,  storage,  disposal,  transportation,  handling,
reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation or remediation of materials that
are  or may  constitute a  threat to  human health  or the  environment. Without
limiting the  foregoing, each  of the  following is  an Environmental  Law:  the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.
Section  9601 ET  SEQ.), the  Hazardous Material  Transportation Act  (49 U.S.C.
Section 1801 ET  SEQ.), the Resource  Conservation and Recovery  Act (42  U.S.C.
Section  6901  ET SEQ.),  the  Federal Water  Pollution  Control Act  (33 U.S.C.
Section 1251 ET SEQ.), the Clean Air  Act (42 U.S.C. Section 7401 ET SEQ.),  the
Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. Section 2601 ET SEQ.), the Safe Drinking
Water  Act (42 U.S.C. Section 300f ET  SEQ.), the Occupational Safety and Health
Act (29  U.S.C. Section  651 ET  SEQ.), and  the Atomic  Energy Act  (42  U.S.C.
Section  2011 ET SEQ.), as such  laws have been or are  in the future amended or
supplemented, and each similar  federal, state or local  statute, and each  rule
and regulation promulgated under such federal, state and local laws.
 
    1.22   "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended, and  any  successor  statute  of  similar  import,  together  with  the
regulations  thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References
to sections of ERISA shall be construed also to refer to any successor sections.
 
    1.23  "ESCROW AGREEMENT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.5(B).
 
    1.24  "EXCLUDED ASSETS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
    1.25  "EXCLUDED CONTRACTS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.3(E).
 
    1.26  "FINAL PURCHASE PRICE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.1.
 
    1.27  "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS"  means a pro forma  statement of income of  the
Businesses  for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1995 and the Balance Sheet of
the Businesses as at December 31, 1995, each prepared in accordance with GAAP as
if the Businesses  were owned and  operated by a  single business entity  during
such  fiscal year, but excluding any tax  liabilities and assets relating to the
Businesses and excluding any long-term  indebtedness relating to the  Businesses
(including any current portion thereof).
 
    1.28    "FIXED ASSETS"  means,  in addition  to  the items  included  in the
following sentence,  (a)  with  respect  to  VECTRA,  all  equipment  (including
computer   hardware  and  data  processing  and  telecommunications  equipment),
machinery, furniture  and furnishings,  fixtures, tools  and vehicles  owned  by
VECTRA  and used in connection with any  of the Businesses; and (b) with respect
to  the  Subsidiary,  all  equipment  (including  computer  hardware  and   data
processing   and   telecommunications  equipment),   machinery,   furniture  and
furnishings, fixtures, tools and vehicles  owned by the Subsidiary. In  addition
to  the foregoing, the term "FIXED  ASSETS" also includes each Seller's contract
rights in such equipment  (including computer hardware  and data processing  and
telecommunications  equipment), machinery, furniture  and furnishings, fixtures,
tools and vehicles that is leased by either Seller from any third party.
 
    1.29  "FUEL AND WASTE BUSINESS" has the meaning set forth in the  Background
Statement to this Agreement.
 
    1.30   "GAAP" or "GENERALLY  ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES" means generally
accepted accounting  principles  as  recognized by  the  American  Institute  of
Certified  Public  Accountants, as  in effect  from  time to  time, consistently
applied and  maintained on  a consistent  basis for  the applicable  Person  (or
Persons  on a  consolidated basis,  as the  case may  be) throughout  the period
indicated and  consistent  with  such Person's  (or  Persons')  prior  financial
practices.
 
    1.31   "GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY"  means any nation,  province, state or other
political subdivision thereof, and  any agency, natural  person or other  entity
exercising  executive, legislative, regulatory or administrative functions of or
pertaining to government.
 
    1.32  "HAZARDOUS MATERIAL" means any  substance or material meeting any  one
or  more of the following criteria: (i) it is or contains a substance designated
as a  hazardous  waste,  hazardous  substance,  hazardous  material,  pollutant,
contaminant  or toxic substance  under any Environmental Law;  (ii) it is toxic,
explosive, corrosive, reactive,  ignitable, infectious, radioactive,  mutagenic,
dangerous  or otherwise hazardous; (iii) its  presence at some quantity requires
investigation, notification or remediation under any Environmental Law or common
law; (iv) it constitutes a danger, a nuisance, a trespass or a health or  safety
hazard  to persons or property;  or (v) it is  or contains, without limiting the
foregoing,  asbestos,   polychlorinated   biphenyls,   petroleum   hydrocarbons,
petroleum  derived  substances  or waste,  crude  oil or  any  fraction thereof,
nuclear fuel or waste, natural gas or synthetic gas.
 
    1.33  "HSR ACT"  means the Hart-Scott-Rodino  Antitrust Improvements Act  of
1976, as amended, and regulations thereunder.
 
    1.34   "INVENTORY"  means, with  respect to  any Person,  all inventories of
goods, materials and supplies of such Person that are held for sale to customers
in the ordinary course of the Businesses.
 
    1.35     "KNOW-HOW"  means   ideas,  designs,   concepts,  compilations   of
information,  methods,  techniques,  procedures and  processes,  whether  or not
patentable.
 
    1.36  "LEASED REAL PROPERTY" has the meaning set forth under the  definition
of "REAL PROPERTY."
 
    1.37    "LIABILITIES" means  all liabilities  or  obligations of  any nature
whatsoever, whether absolute  or contingent, due  or to become  due, accrued  or
unaccrued, known or unknown, direct or consequential or otherwise.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    1.38    "LICENSED  SHARED  ASSETS"  has the  meaning  set  forth  in SECTION
2.6(B)(I)(A).
 
    1.39   "MATERIAL  ADVERSE EFFECT"  means  any effect  that  is or  could  be
materially  adverse to the assets, financial condition, results of operations or
prospects of any of the Businesses.
 
    1.40  "PATENT"  means any patent  granted by the  U.S. Patent and  Trademark
Office,  or  by the  comparable agency  of  any other  country, and  any renewal
thereof, and any rights arising under any patent application filed with the U.S.
Patent and Trademark Office  or the comparable agency  of any other country  and
any rights which may exist to file any such application.
 
    1.41     "PERMITS"  means  the  aggregate  of  (a)  all  licenses,  permits,
authorizations,  registrations,  certificates   of  occupancy,  franchises   and
approvals  of  any nature  issued  by any  Governmental  Authority to  VECTRA or
otherwise obtained by VECTRA  from any Governmental Authority  that are held  by
VECTRA  as of the date of this Agreement and that in any fashion are required in
connection  with,  or  otherwise  relate  to,  the  conducting  of  any  of  the
Businesses;  and  (b)  all  licenses,  permits,  authorizations,  registrations,
certificates of occupancy, franchises and approvals of any nature issued by  any
Governmental Authority to the Subsidiary or otherwise obtained by the Subsidiary
from  any Governmental Authority that are held  by the Subsidiary as of the date
of this Agreement, except that Permits shall not include security clearances  or
similar matters imposed by the United States Department of Defense or the United
States Department of Energy.
 
    1.42   "PERMITTED LIENS" means: (i) liens  for current taxes not yet due and
payable, (ii) liens arising in the ordinary course of business for sums not  yet
due  and payable, but not involving any  borrowed money or the deferred purchase
price for property or services and (iii) liens set forth in SCHEDULE 1.42.
 
    1.43   "PERSON"  means  an  individual,  partnership,  corporation,  limited
liability company, trust, decedent's estate, joint venture, joint stock company,
association,   unincorporated  organization,  Governmental  Authority  or  other
entity.
 
    1.44  "PLAN" means any  employee pension, retirement, profit-sharing,  stock
bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, stock option, employee stock ownership,
hospitalization,  medical,  dental, vacation,  insurance, sick  pay, disability,
severance or other plan, fund, program, policy, contract or arrangement, whether
arrived at  through  collective  bargaining  or  otherwise,  providing  employee
benefits  (including but not limited to any "employee benefit plan" as that term
is defined in  Section 3(3) of  ERISA and any  employee benefit plan  that is  a
"cafeteria  plan" as described in Section  125 of the Code) currently maintained
or previously maintained  at any  time since January  1, 1994  by, sponsored  in
whole  or in  part by, or  contributed to by  either Seller, for  the benefit of
employees, retirees, dependents, spouses, directors, independent contractors  or
other  beneficiaries, whether created in writing,  through an employee manual or
similar document, or orally.
 
    1.45  "POST-CLOSING PAYMENT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.7.
 
    1.46   "PRE-CLOSING BALANCE  SHEET" has  the meaning  set forth  in  SECTION
3.4(A).
 
    1.47   "PREMISES  SUBLEASE AGREEMENT" has  the meaning set  forth in SECTION
2.6(A).
 
    1.48  "PROPRIETARY RIGHTS" means  Copyrights, Trademarks, Trade Secrets  and
Patents.
 
    1.49   "PROPRIETARY SOFTWARE" has the meaning set forth under the definition
of "SOFTWARE."
 
    1.50   "PURCHASE PRICE  ADJUSTMENT" has  the meaning  set forth  in  SECTION
3.2(A).
 
    1.51    "REAL  PROPERTY"  means, collectively,  (a)  any  land,  building or
premises in which VECTRA  has a fee, leasehold  or other ownership interest  and
that  is  used in  connection  with any  of the  Businesses;  and (b)  any land,
building or  premises in  which the  Subsidiary has  a fee,  leasehold or  other
ownership  interest. That  portion of  the Real Property  that is  leased by the
Sellers is referred to herein
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
as the "LEASED REAL PROPERTY." That portion of the Leased Real Property relating
to the office  premises leased by  VECTRA pursuant to  the agreements listed  on
SCHEDULE 5.6(B) is referred to herein as the "SUBLEASED REAL PROPERTY."
 
    1.52   "RETAINED  CONTRACTS" means  the Contracts  (other than  the Excluded
Contracts) as to  which (a) the  Sellers, after exercising  their best  efforts,
have  failed  to  obtain  all  required  third-party  consents  to  effect their
assignment to the Buyer  and (b) the  Buyer shall have  notified the Sellers  in
writing  of  the  Buyer's  election  that the  Contract  be  deemed  a "Retained
Contract" for purposes of this Agreement.
 
    1.53  "RETAINED TRADE NAMES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 7.4(D).
 
    1.54   "SELLERS" means,  collectively, VECTRA  and the  Subsidiary (each,  a
"SELLER").
 
    1.55   "SELLERS' DISCLOSURE LETTER" means  a document that discloses certain
exceptions and qualifications  to certain  provisions in  this Agreement,  which
identifies  by section number the section to which each such disclosure relates,
and is delivered by the Sellers to the Buyer and accepted by the Buyer prior  to
the  execution of this Agreement,  subject to such additional  changes as may be
mutually agreed by the parties.
 
    1.56  "SELLERS' KNOWLEDGE" means the knowledge of John Holding or John  Dong
or  any of  the following employees  of the  Sellers: Ray A.  Fortney, Thomas B.
Pfeil, Jeffrey W. Cummings, Carol Peterson, Sharon Scharringhausen, Dick  Ayres,
Gary Kaplan, John Mageski, Kris Allen or Tom White.
 
    1.57  "SOFTWARE" means:
 
        (a)  every computer software program that either Seller uses or has used
    at any time since January 1, 1994 in connection with the operation of any of
    the Businesses,  including  without limitation  computer  software  programs
    purchased or licensed from third parties;
 
        (b)  every computer software program or portion thereof that is embedded
    within  any  telecommunications  or  other  equipment  that  either   Seller
    currently  uses  in connection  with any  of the  Businesses or  that either
    Seller markets to third parties in connection with any of the Businesses;
 
        (c) every  computer  software  program  or  portion  thereof  (including
    compiled  object code, source  code and firmware  embedded in any equipment)
    that either of the  Sellers, in connection with  any of the Businesses,  has
    sold, leased, licensed or otherwise distributed or marketed to third parties
    at  any time  since January  1, 1994,  or presently  offers to  sell, lease,
    license  or  otherwise  distribute  to  third  parties,  including  computer
    software programs purchased or licensed by either Seller from third parties;
 
        (d)  every computer software  program that either  Seller (including its
    employees and  independent  contractors),  in connection  with  any  of  the
    Businesses,  has  designed or  created, is  in the  process of  designing or
    creating or proposes to design  or create, including without limitation  any
    modifications,  enhancements  and derivative  works of  any of  the computer
    software programs described above in this definition; and
 
        (e) to the extent related to the operation of any of the Businesses, all
    written materials that explain any computer software program described above
    or were used  in the development  of any such  computer software program  or
    represent  an interim step in the  development of any such computer software
    program,  including,   without  limitation,   logic  diagrams,   flowcharts,
    procedural diagrams and algorithms, and all written materials used by either
    of  the  Sellers  or  provided  to  any  customer  in  connection  with  the
    installation, customization or use of any of the computer software  programs
    described above.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
    That  portion of the Software that is  owned by either Seller is referred to
herein as the "PROPRIETARY SOFTWARE," and  that portion of the Software that  is
owned  by  any  Person other  than  the Sellers  is  referred to  herein  as the
"THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE."
 
    1.58   "SUBLEASED  REAL  PROPERTY"  has the  meaning  set  forth  under  the
definition of "REAL PROPERTY."
 
    1.59    "SUBSIDIARY"  means  VECTRA Government  Services,  Inc.,  a Delaware
corporation that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of VECTRA.
 
    1.60  "TAX RETURN" means, with respect to any Person, any report, return  or
other  information (or any combination thereof)  required to be supplied by such
Person to any Governmental Authority in connection with Taxes.
 
    1.61  "TAXES" means  all taxes, charges, fees,  levies or other  assessments
(whether  federal,  state,  local or  foreign),  including,  without limitation,
income, gross  receipts,  excise, property,  estate,  sales, use,  stamp,  value
added,  transfer, license,  payroll, franchise, ad  valorem, withholding, Social
Security and  unemployment taxes;  and  such term  shall include  any  interest,
penalties   and  additions  to  such  taxes,  charges,  fees,  levies  or  other
assessments.
 
    1.62  "THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE" has the meaning set forth under the  definition
of the term "SOFTWARE".
 
    1.63   "TRADE SECRETS" means business or technical information of any Person
including, but  not  limited  to,  customer lists  and  Know-how,  that  is  not
generally  known  to other  Persons  who are  not  subject to  an  obligation of
nondisclosure and that  derives actual  or potential commercial  value from  not
being generally known or readily ascertainable to other Persons.
 
    1.64  "TRADEMARK" means any symbol used by a Person to identify its goods or
services,  whether or not registered,  and any right that  may exist to obtain a
registration with respect to any such symbol from any Governmental Authority. As
used in this Agreement, the term "TRADEMARK" includes any service mark.
 
    1.65  "TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS" means this Agreement, the Transition Services
and Shared  Assets Agreement,  the Premises  Sublease Agreement  and the  Escrow
Agreement.
 
    1.66  "TRANSFERRED TRADE NAMES" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 2.2(M).
 
    1.67    "TRANSFERRED SHARED  ASSETS" has  the meaning  set forth  in SECTION
2.6(B)(I)(B).
 
    1.68  "TRANSITION SERVICES AND SHARED ASSETS AGREEMENT" has the meaning  set
forth in SECTION 2.6(B)(II).
 
    1.69   "UPDATED SHARED ASSETS SCHEDULE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION
7.9.
 
    1.70  "VALUATION ASSETS" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3.2(B).
 
    1.71  "VALUATION BALANCE SHEET" means, as  of any date, a pro forma  balance
sheet of the Valuation Assets and the Assumed Liabilities prepared in accordance
with  GAAP as  at such  date, presenting  the Valuation  Assets and  the Assumed
Liabilities as  if  such  assets  and  liabilities  were  the  only  assets  and
liabilities of a single business entity.
 
    1.72  "WARN ACT" means the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act
of 1988, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended.
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE II
 
                           CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    2.1  PURCHASE OF ASSETS.  At the Closing, each Seller shall sell and deliver
to the Buyer, and the Buyer shall purchase from such Seller, the Seller's Assets
(as defined in SECTION 2.2) upon and subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement,  free  and  clear  of all  mortgages,  liens,  security  interests or
encumbrances of any nature whatsoever except Permitted Liens.
 
    2.2  INCLUDED  ASSETS.  For  purposes of this  Agreement, the term  "ASSETS"
shall  mean, with  respect to  the Subsidiary,  all of  the Subsidiary's assets,
rights and properties and  shall mean, with respect  to VECTRA, all of  VECTRA's
right,  title, and interest in and to the assets, rights and properties that are
currently used or  that have  been used  at any time  since January  1, 1994  in
connection with any of the Businesses, or that relate to the operation of any of
the  Businesses, in  each case excluding  the Excluded Assets  and including the
following assets, rights and properties:
 
        (a) all Accounts Receivable;
 
        (b) all Fixed Assets;
 
        (c) all interests in any Real Property;
 
        (d) all Inventory;
 
        (e) all Permits that are transferable with or without the consent of any
    Person;
 
        (f) all Proprietary Rights;
 
        (g)  all  Proprietary  Software  and  rights  in  Third-Party  Software,
    including all accompanying documentation;
 
        (h)  all  interests  in the  Transferred  Shared Assets  (as  defined in
    SECTION 2.6(B)(I)(B));
 
        (i) all rights under  the Contracts (other  than Excluded Contracts)  of
    either  Seller,  including without  limitation those  that are  scheduled on
    SCHEDULE 5.6(A) or SCHEDULE 5.9 (excluding the Excluded Contracts), and  all
    rights  of  any  nature whatsoever  arising  out  of any  such  Contracts so
    scheduled other than the Excluded Contracts, including any rights arising as
    a result of the breach thereof;
 
        (j)    all  books,  job  records,  time  sheets,  drawings,   proposals,
    calculations,  minutes of meetings, files,  records, documents, data, plans,
    proposals and all other recorded knowledge, whether in written,  electronic,
    visual or other form;
 
        (k) all prepaid items, unbilled costs and fees;
 
        (l) all rights arising out of any occurrence before or after the Closing
    including,   without  limitation,  all  rights   under  express  or  implied
    warranties relating to the Assets;
 
        (m) all rights relating  to the use of  the names "Government  Services,
    Inc."  and  "Impell"  or  any  similar  names  or  derivatives  thereof (the
    "TRANSFERRED TRADE NAMES"); and
 
        (n) each of the Businesses  as a going concern  and all of the  goodwill
    associated with each such Business.
 
    2.3   EXCLUDED ASSETS.   The Assets  shall not include  any of the following
assets, rights and  properties of the  Sellers (the "EXCLUDED  ASSETS"), all  of
which shall be retained by the Sellers:
 
        (a) all cash, marketable securities and short-term investments of cash;
 
        (b)   intercompany   (including   without   limitation  interdivisional)
    receivables;
 
        (c) the Licensed Shared Assets (as defined in SECTION 2.6(B)(I)(A));
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
        (d) the  Sellers'  leasehold interest  in  the Subleased  Real  Property
    (except to the extent subleased to the Buyer);
 
        (e)  the  rights  arising under  those  Contracts  as to  which  (i) the
    Sellers, after  exercising their  best efforts,  have failed  to obtain  all
    required  third-party consents to  effect their assignment  to the Buyer and
    (ii) the Buyer shall not have notified the Sellers in writing of the Buyer's
    election that the  Contracts be  deemed Retained Contracts  for purposes  of
    this  Agreement (together with the Contracts  listed on SCHEDULE 2.3(H), the
    "EXCLUDED CONTRACTS");
 
        (f) the Retained Contracts  (except to the  extent subcontracted to  the
    Buyer);
 
        (g)  except  as  specifically  provided in  SECTION  7.4(D),  the rights
    relating to the use of the Retained Trade Names;
 
        (h) the  rights arising  under  those Contracts  set forth  on  SCHEDULE
    2.3(H);
 
        (i)  the assets,  rights and properties,  if any, set  forth on SCHEDULE
    2.3(I);
 
        (j)  the Patent referred to as "Method and Apparatus for Measurement  of
    Valve  Stem  Thrust," the  Patent referred  to as  "Wire Cable  Isolator and
    Energy  Absorbing  Restraint"  and  those  Patents  referred  to  as   "Pipe
    Restraint" on SCHEDULE 5.7(B); and
 
        (k) the bank account related to the item indicated as "PREPAID EXP:Korea
    Bank" on the Valuation Balance Sheet included as part of the Closing Balance
    Sheets  (and the funds contained therein) unless by the Closing Date (i) the
    Buyer has  received assurances  deemed adequate  by the  Buyer in  its  sole
    discretion  that the funds contained in such bank account may be transferred
    to the Buyer without difficulty; and  (ii) the Buyer has determined to  hire
    those  Employees of the Sellers working in Korea on the Closing Date and has
    received assurances deemed adequate by the Buyer in its sole discretion that
    such Employees are willing  to become employees of  the Buyer following  the
    Closing Date.
 
    2.4  ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES.
 
    (a)   ASSUMED LIABILITIES.  On the Closing Date, the Buyer shall assume, and
shall  thereafter  timely  pay  and  perform,  the  following  obligations   and
liabilities of the Sellers existing as of the close of business on the Effective
Date (the "ASSUMED LIABILITIES"):
 
        (i)  the current liabilities of VECTRA  that relate specifically to, and
    arose in connection with,  the operation of the  Businesses and the  current
    liabilities  of  the Subsidiary,  in each  case  as current  liabilities are
    determined in  accordance  with  GAAP  consistent  with  the  Seller's  past
    practices, but only to the extent they appear on the Valuation Balance Sheet
    included as part of the Closing Balance Sheets; and
 
        (ii)  the  obligations  arising  after  the  close  of  Business  on the
    Effective Date under the Contracts listed on SCHEDULE 5.9 (but excluding any
    Liabilities arising from  acts or  omissions occurring before  the close  of
    business  on  the  Effective  Date) (including  the  Retained  Contracts but
    excluding the Excluded Contracts) and the obligations of the Sellers arising
    under the lease agreements that are listed on SCHEDULE 5.6(A);
 
       (iii) but excluding in each case (A) the current portion of any long-term
    indebtedness; (B) any Liabilities relating  to any Taxes, including  without
    limitation  all income Taxes and all  personal property Taxes, but excluding
    all sales or use Taxes due in connection with the sale or purchase of assets
    pursuant to  this Agreement,  which  are the  Buyer's obligations;  (C)  any
    Liabilities  relating to any  breach of contract,  breach of warranty, tort,
    infringement, or violation  of law  by either Seller;  (D) any  intercompany
    (including without limitation interdivisional) payables; (E) any Liabilities
    arising  under  the  Environmental Laws  or  any Plan;  (F)  any Liabilities
    arising from or relating to the termination by either of the Sellers of  any
    Employee  (including without limitation  those hired by  the Buyer); (G) any
    Liabilities relating to any Employees; (H) any accrued Liabilities for  paid
    vacation  for periods prior to the close  of business on the Effective Date;
    (I) (without
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
    limiting the effect of the exclusion provided in the first parenthetical  of
    SECTION  2.4(A)(II) above) with respect to any project performed pursuant to
    any Contract that contemplates  multiple discrete projects being  undertaken
    by  one or both  Sellers in accordance with  or subject to  the terms of the
    Contract, any liability for work performed  under such Contract on any  such
    project  to the  extent that the  services to  be provided by  the Seller or
    Sellers within the scope of any such project have, as of the Effective Date,
    been completed in all material respects; and (J) any royalty obligations  or
    other  Liabilities relating to the use by  any Person of the Patent referred
    to as  "Method and  Apparatus for  Measurement of  Valve Stem  Thrust,"  the
    Patent  referred to as "Wire Cable  Isolator and Energy Absorbing Restraint"
    or those Patents referred to as "Pipe Restraint" on SCHEDULE 5.7(B).
 
    (b)  RETAINED CONTRACTS.   Notwithstanding that  the Retained Contracts  may
not  be assigned  to the Buyer,  the parties  intend that the  Buyer receive the
economic benefits of, and perform the obligations under, the Retained  Contracts
as  if  the  Retained  Contracts  had  been  assigned  to  the  Buyer; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,that nothing in  this SECTION  2.4(B) shall  impose upon  the Buyer  any
Liabilities  relating  to  any breach  of  contract, breach  of  warranty, tort,
infringement, or  violation  of law  by  either  Seller for  acts  or  omissions
occurring  prior to the  Closing. Accordingly, the  Sellers agree to subcontract
the completion of the Retained Contracts to the Buyer at the price specified  in
each  such contract  without any  additional mark-up and  on the  same terms and
conditions, and the Buyer shall be responsible for the costs associated with the
performance of all Retained Contracts and will be entitled to and shall  receive
all  the revenues  from all Retained  Contracts. If  subcontracting the Retained
Contracts is not permitted under the  Contracts, the Sellers and the Buyer  will
cooperate  with one another  in any reasonable arrangement  designed to give the
Buyer the benefits of and obligations under the Retained Contracts.
 
    (c)  NO OTHER ASSUMED LIABILITIES.  Except as expressly set forth in SECTION
2.4(A) and SECTION 2.4(B) above, the Buyer shall not assume or become liable for
the payment or  performance of any  Liabilities of either  Seller of any  nature
whatsoever, whether accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, fixed or contingent.
Except for all sales or use Taxes due in connection with the sale or purchase of
assets  pursuant  to this  Agreement (which  are  the Buyer's  obligations), the
Sellers shall be  responsible for all  Taxes arising from  the operation of  the
Businesses  prior  to the  Closing  and all  Taxes  incurred by  the  Sellers in
connection with this  Agreement, the  sale of  the Assets  and the  transactions
contemplated hereby.
 
    2.5  OPTIONAL STOCK PURCHASE.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to
the contrary, at the option of the Buyer, which option the Buyer may exercise in
its sole discretion by notifying the Sellers in writing at any time prior to the
Closing,  the Buyer  may purchase  all of the  issued and  outstanding shares of
capital stock of the Subsidiary rather  than purchasing the Assets and  assuming
the  Assumed Liabilities  of the  Subsidiary as  otherwise contemplated  by this
Agreement. Should  the  Buyer  exercise  this  option,  then  (a)  prior  to  or
simultaneously  with the Closing, the Subsidiary  shall transfer to VECTRA those
assets, and  VECTRA shall  assume from  the Subsidiary  those liabilities,  that
would  not  be  included among  the  assets to  be  sold  to the  Buyer  and the
liabilities to be assumed by the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement were the Buyer
not to exercise this option, all pursuant  to documentation that is in form  and
substance  satisfactory to the Buyer; (b) the  Buyer and the Sellers shall enter
into an amendment  to this Agreement  that amends  the Agreement in  such a  way
that,  to  the extent  possible, the  parties  will be  in essentially  the same
position with  respect to  each other  and  the assets  and liabilities  of  the
Businesses  as they would have  been had this option  to purchase stock not been
exercised,  which  amendment  shall   include  additional  representations   and
warranties  in favor of the Buyer  concerning Taxes, employee benefit plans, and
environmental liabilities, among others, and  provisions for both the Buyer  and
VECTRA  typically found in tax agreements entered in connection with the sale of
a subsidiary included in a seller's consolidated returns; and (c) at the further
option of the Buyer  or the Sellers,  the Buyer and the  Sellers shall elect  to
treat the sale of the
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
Subsidiary  as one of assets rather than stock for tax purposes pursuant to Code
Section 338(h)(10) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.338(h)(10)-1 and shall cooperate in
filing all appropriate tax forms to effect such election.
 
    2.6  ADDITIONAL TRANSACTIONS.  At the Closing, the parties shall enter  into
the following additional transactions:
 
        (a)   PREMISES SUBLEASE AGREEMENT.  At the Closing, the Buyer and VECTRA
    shall enter into an agreement in  form and in substance satisfactory to  the
    parties  (the "PREMISES  SUBLEASE AGREEMENT"),  pursuant to  which the Buyer
    will sublease from  VECTRA, at VECTRA's  actual lease cost  per square  foot
    without  any mark-up for VECTRA's overhead,  such portions of the San Ramon,
    California and Fort Worth, Texas office spaces scheduled on SCHEDULE  5.6(B)
    that  the Buyer may determine, in its  sole discretion, to sublease. Each of
    the San Ramon  and Fort Worth  subleases provided in  the Premises  Sublease
    Agreement  shall extend for such terms  as provided in the Premises Sublease
    Agreement.
 
        (b)  TRANSITION SERVICES AND SHARED ASSETS AGREEMENT.
 
        (i) Included as SCHEDULE 2.6(B)(I) is a schedule separately listing  the
    following:
 
           (A)  the  "LICENSED  SHARED  ASSETS," which  are  assets,  rights and
       properties of the Sellers used in connection with the Businesses as  well
       as  other than in connection with the Businesses, and which are NOT to be
       included among  the Assets  transferred  to the  Buyer pursuant  to  this
       Agreement; and
 
           (B)  the "TRANSFERRED  SHARED ASSETS,"  which are  assets, rights and
       properties of the Sellers used in connection with the Businesses as  well
       as  other than  in connection  with the Businesses,  and which  ARE to be
       included among  the Assets  transferred  to the  Buyer pursuant  to  this
       Agreement.
 
        (ii)  At the  Closing, the  Buyer and  the Sellers  shall enter  into an
    agreement, in  form and  in  substance satisfactory  to  the Buyer  and  the
    Sellers  (the "TRANSITION SERVICES AND SHARED ASSETS AGREEMENT"), to address
    the interim operating services to be  provided by the parties to each  other
    in  connection with the  transition of the  Businesses following the Closing
    and specifying the scope and term for such services together with  provision
    for  the reimbursement of the reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by the
    parties in connection  therewith, and  pursuant to which  the Sellers  shall
    grant  a royalty-free, perpetual,  non-exclusive license of  their rights in
    the Licensed Shared Assets (as defined in SECTION 2.6(B)(I)(A)) to the Buyer
    and the Buyer shall grant  a royalty-free, perpetual, non-exclusive  license
    of  its  rights in  the  Transferred Shared  Assets  (as defined  in SECTION
    2.6(B)(I)(B)) to the  Sellers. The licenses  granted by the  parties in  the
    Transition   Services  and  Shared  Assets  Agreement  may  or  may  not  be
    assignable, by  the  applicable licensee,  with  regard to  certain  of  the
    Licensed Shared Assets and the Transferred Shared Assets, depending upon the
    agreement  reached  by the  parties in  the  Transition Services  and Shared
    Assets Agreement.
 
    2.7  UNSCHEDULED CONTRACTS.   Without limiting any  other obligation of  the
Sellers  hereunder,  the  Sellers shall  promptly  notify  the Buyer  as  to the
existence of any Contracts that either Seller becomes aware of after the Closing
that should have been included  in SCHEDULE 5.9 but  were not so included.  With
regard  to each such Contract, the Buyer  shall have the option (to be exercised
in the  Buyer's sole  discretion by  giving written  notice to  the Sellers)  of
either  (i) retaining all rights and interests in such Contract and assuming the
obligations of the Sellers arising after the close of Business on the  Effective
Date  under  such  Contract  (excluding any  Liabilities  arising  from  acts or
omissions occurring  before the  close of  business on  the Effective  Date  and
excluding  any Liabilities set forth in  SECTION 2.4(A)(III)); or (ii) assigning
the Buyer's rights and interests in such Contract to the Sellers.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE III
 
                    PURCHASE PRICE; ADJUSTMENTS AND PAYMENT
 
<TABLE>
<S>         <C>
SUMMARY:    (AS IS  MORE  SPECIFICALLY SET  FORTH  IN SECTION  13.11,  THIS SUMMARY  IS  FOR
            REFERENCE  PURPOSES  ONLY.)  THIS  ARTICLE SETS  FORTH  THE  PROCEDURES  FOR THE
            CALCULATION AND  PAYMENT OF  THE  PURCHASE PRICE  FOR  THE ASSETS.  BECAUSE  THE
            PURCHASE  PRICE IS BASED IN PART ON A  BALANCE SHEET OF THE BUSINESSES AS OF THE
            CLOSING DATE, WHICH WILL BE  PREPARED AFTER THE CLOSING,  THE BUYER WILL PAY  AN
            ESTIMATE OF THE PURCHASE PRICE AT CLOSING AND THE PARTIES WILL "SETTLE UP" AFTER
            THE PREPARATION OF THE BALANCE SHEET AS OF THE CLOSING DATE.
 
            THE  PAYMENT AT CLOSING CONSISTS OF THE BASE PURCHASE PRICE OF $27,500,000, LESS
            AN ESCROWED HOLDBACK OF $1,000,000 AND LESS THE ESTIMATED AMOUNT OF THE  BALANCE
            SHEET  ADJUSTMENT TO THE PURCHASE PRICE (WITH  THE ESTIMATE BASED UPON A BALANCE
            SHEET FOR A DATE APPROXIMATELY THIRTY  DAYS BEFORE CLOSING), IF IT IS  NEGATIVE.
            IF  THE ESTIMATED ADJUSTMENT IS POSITIVE, IT  WILL BE ESCROWED WITH THE HOLDBACK
            AMOUNT.
 
            AFTER THE CLOSING, THE CLOSING BALANCE  SHEETS ARE PREPARED AND, AFTER  APPROVAL
            BY  BOTH PARTIES, THE  DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ESTIMATED  PAYMENT MADE AT CLOSING
            AND THE ACTUAL PURCHASE PRICE IS PAID TO THE APPROPRIATE PARTY AND THE  ESCROWED
            FUNDS ARE RELEASED.
 
            SECTION 3.1 DEFINES THE FINAL PURCHASE PRICE, WHICH IS COMPUTED IN PART BASED ON
            A  BALANCE  SHEET  ADJUSTMENT THAT  IS  DEFINED  IN SECTIONS  3.2  AND  3.3. THE
            ESTIMATED AMOUNT  THAT  IS TO  BE  PAID AT  CLOSING  IS DETERMINED  PURSUANT  TO
            SECTIONS  3.4 AND 3.5. SECTION  3.6 PROVIDES FOR THE  PREPARATION OF THE CLOSING
            BALANCE SHEETS TO BE PREPARED AFTER  THE CLOSING DATE, AND THE DETERMINATION  OF
            THE  FINAL PURCHASE PRICE  BASED ON THOSE BALANCE  SHEETS. SECTION 3.7 DESCRIBES
            THE PROCEDURE TO "SETTLE UP" THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE ESTIMATED PURCHASE PRICE
            PAID AT CLOSING AND THE FINAL  PURCHASE PRICE DETERMINED AFTER THE CLOSING  DATE
            BALANCE SHEET IS PREPARED AND AGREED.
</TABLE>
 
    3.1   PURCHASE PRICE.  In consideration of  the transfer to the Buyer of the
Assets and subject  to the  terms and conditions  of this  Agreement, the  Buyer
shall  pay to VECTRA  the aggregate amount of  twenty-seven million five hundred
thousand dollars  ($27,500,000)  (the "BASE  PURCHASE  PRICE"), subject  to  the
Purchase  Price  Adjustment to  be made  pursuant  to SECTION  3.2 below  (as so
adjusted, the "FINAL PURCHASE PRICE").
 
    3.2  PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT.
 
    (a)  GENERALLY.  The Base Purchase Price shall be adjusted as follows  (such
adjustment being referred to herein as the "PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT"):
 
        (i)  The Base Purchase Price shall be increased by the dollar amount, if
    any, by which  (A) the  value of  the Valuation Assets  as of  the close  of
    business  on the Effective Date exceeds (B) the  sum of (1) the value of the
    Assumed Liabilities as of  the close of business  on the Effective Date  and
    (2) ten million dollars ($10,000,000).
 
        (ii) The Base Purchase Price shall be decreased by the dollar amount, if
    any,  by which (A) the sum of (1) the value of the Assumed Liabilities as of
    the close of  business on  the Effective Date  and (2)  ten million  dollars
    ($10,000,000)  exceeds (B) the value of the Valuation Assets as of the close
    of business on the Effective Date.
 
    (b)  VALUATION ASSETS DEFINED.   For purposes of this Agreement,  "VALUATION
ASSETS"  means those Assets that  are actively being used  by the Sellers in the
ordinary course of any of the Businesses,  are being sold to the Buyer  pursuant
to this Agreement, and that are either
 
        (i) current assets, or
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
        (ii)   equipment,  machinery,   furniture  and   fixtures  and  vehicles
    (excluding any buildings  or other  improvements to any  Real Property  with
    respect  to which either Seller holds a leasehold interest that is not to be
    assumed by the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement).
 
Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the term  "Valuation
Assets"  shall not include any of the  following: (i) any Excluded Assets (other
than Retained Contracts); (ii) any intangible assets, including any  Proprietary
Rights,  Proprietary  Software  and  any goodwill  associated  with  any  of the
Businesses; (iii) the going concern value of the Businesses; (iv) any assets  or
rights relating to Taxes; (v) any amount relating to the six Contracts scheduled
as  "VECTRA  Government Services,  Inc. Inactive  Contracts for  Assignment" for
client "WSRC"  contained  as  part  of  SCHEDULE  5.9;  and  (vi)  any  Accounts
Receivable  that have been outstanding  for more than 120  days past the invoice
date.
 
    3.3  RULES FOR VALUING VALUATION ASSETS AND ASSUMED LIABILITIES.
 
    (a)  VALUATION ASSETS.  Any reference in this Agreement to the value of  the
Valuation  Assets shall  mean, (i)  with respect  to the  Assets referred  to in
SECTION 3.2(B)(I) above, the value of such Assets calculated in accordance  with
GAAP  consistent with Seller's  past practices, except  that Accounts Receivable
shall include the full  value of the Accounts  Receivable without deduction  for
the  reserves for doubtful accounts and (ii) with respect to the Assets referred
to in SECTION 3.2(B)(II) above, the net book value of such Assets (after  taking
into  account  all  applicable  depreciation  and  amortization),  calculated in
accordance with GAAP consistent with Seller's past practices. In each case,  any
determination  of the value of the Valuation  Assets on the Effective Date shall
be made with regard to the value of the Valuation Assets as they would appear on
the Sellers' consolidated balance sheet immediately prior to the effective  time
of  the  sale  of the  Valuation  Assets to  the  Buyer, without  regard  to the
transactions contemplated hereby  or any  step-up in basis  resulting from  such
transactions.
 
    (b)   ASSUMED LIABILITIES.  Any reference  in this Agreement to the value of
the Assumed  Liabilities  shall  mean  the  value  of  the  Assumed  Liabilities
calculated  in accordance with GAAP,  expressed as a positive  number. By way of
example, if  a  portion of  the  Assumed  Liabilities were  to  include  accrued
expenses in the amount of $50,000, then the value of that portion of the Assumed
Liabilities for purposes of this Agreement would be $50,000.
 
    3.4  PRE-CLOSING BALANCE SHEET AND CLOSING PAYMENT ADJUSTMENT.
 
    (a)   DELIVERY OF PRE-CLOSING BALANCE SHEET.   As soon as is practicable but
in any event no  fewer than seven  days prior to the  Closing Date, the  Sellers
shall  cause to be prepared  and shall deliver to  the Buyer a Valuation Balance
Sheet (the "PRE-CLOSING BALANCE  SHEET") as of  the last day  of a fiscal  month
ending not more than thirty-five days prior to the Effective Date, together with
a  certificate setting  forth the  Sellers' calculation  of the  Closing Payment
Adjustment (as defined below). Without limiting any other right of the Buyer  to
conduct  its due diligence review of the  Sellers and the Businesses pursuant to
this Agreement, the Buyer shall have the  right to audit the preparation of  the
Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and shall have full access to the Assets and the books
and  records  of  the Businesses  relevant  to such  preparation  (including the
workpapers of the accountants preparing  the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet) and  the
Sellers  shall direct  their personnel  to cooperate  with the  Buyer as  may be
necessary for the Buyer to audit such preparation; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that  such
audit  by  the Buyer  shall be  conducted in  a manner  that does  not interfere
unreasonably with the operation of any of the Businesses.
 
    (b)  CLOSING  PAYMENT ADJUSTMENT.   The "CLOSING  PAYMENT ADJUSTMENT"  shall
mean  the amount, if any, by  which (i) the value of  the Valuation Assets as of
the close of business on the date of the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet is less  than
(ii) the sum of the value of the Assumed Liabilities as of the close of business
on   the  date  of  the  Pre-Closing  Balance  Sheet  and  ten  million  dollars
($10,000,000). If the amount set forth in  the foregoing clause (i) is NOT  less
than the amount set forth in the foregoing clause (ii), then the Closing Payment
Adjustment shall be zero.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
    (c)  DETERMINATION OF THE CLOSING PAYMENT ADJUSTMENT.  If the Buyer does not
accept   the  Pre-Closing  Balance  Sheet  or  the  Closing  Payment  Adjustment
calculated by the Sellers, the Buyer shall give written notice to the Sellers on
the later of the  third day preceding  the Closing Date or  the date seven  days
after  the receipt of the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet, setting forth the basis for
the Buyer's  objections. The  Buyer  and Seller  shall  attempt to  resolve  any
dispute  and a satisfactory resolution of all issues shall be a condition to the
parties' obligations to close the  transactions contemplated by this  Agreement.
The Buyer shall be deemed to have accepted the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet and the
Closing  Payment Adjustment prepared  and proposed by the  Sellers at 5:00 p.m.,
Charlotte, North  Carolina time  on the  later of  the third  day preceding  the
Closing Date or the date seven days after the receipt of the Pre-Closing Balance
Sheet  if the Buyer has  not by then given the  Sellers timely written notice of
objection. The acceptance  by the  Buyer of  the treatment  of any  item in  the
Pre-Closing  Balance Sheet  for the  purpose of  the Closing  Payment Adjustment
shall not bind the Buyer with respect to the preparation of the Closing  Balance
Sheets.
 
    3.5  CLOSING PAYMENT AND DEPOSIT.
 
    (a)  At the Closing, the Buyer shall pay to the Sellers, by wire transfer to
an account designated by VECTRA, the amount (the "CLOSING PAYMENT") equal to (a)
the Base Purchase Price less (b) the sum of (i) the Closing Payment  Adjustment,
if any, and (ii) one million dollars ($1,000,000).
 
    (b)  At  the  Closing, Vectra  and  the  Buyer shall  enter  into  an escrow
agreement substantially in the form of  EXHIBIT A (the "ESCROW AGREEMENT"),  and
the  Buyer shall pay  to the escrow  agent, for deposit  into the escrow account
established pursuant to the escrow agreement, the sum of (i) one million dollars
($1,000,000) and  (ii)  the amount,  if  any, by  which  (A) the  value  of  the
Valuation  Assets as  of the close  of business  on the date  of the Pre-Closing
Balance Sheet  is  greater  than  (B)  the sum  of  the  value  of  the  Assumed
Liabilities  as of the close of business  on the date of the Pre-Closing Balance
Sheet and ten million dollars ($10,000,000).
 
    3.6  CLOSING BALANCE SHEETS.
 
    (a)  DELIVERY OF CLOSING BALANCE  SHEETS.  Within forty-five days after  the
Closing  Date, the Sellers shall  cause to be prepared  and shall deliver to the
Buyer a  Valuation Balance  Sheet and  a Balance  Sheet of  the Businesses  (the
"CLOSING  BALANCE SHEETS"), each  as of the  close of business  on the Effective
Date (as if such assets and liabilities were at that time assets and liabilities
of the Sellers rather than having been transferred to the Buyer pursuant to this
Agreement). In connection with  the preparation of  the Closing Balance  Sheets,
the  Sellers shall have access  to both the Assets and  books and records of the
Businesses relevant to the  preparation of the Closing  Balance Sheets, and  the
Buyer  shall  direct its  personnel  to cooperate  with  the Sellers  as  may be
necessary for  the Sellers  to prepare  such Closing  Balance Sheets;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that such preparation  by the Sellers  shall be conducted  in a manner
that  does  not  interfere  unreasonably  with  the  operation  of  any  of  the
Businesses.  The Buyer  shall have  the right  to audit  the preparation  of the
Closing Balance  Sheets and  shall have  full access  to the  workpapers of  the
accountants  and other personnel  preparing the Closing  Balance Sheets, and the
Sellers shall  direct such  personnel to  cooperate  with the  Buyer as  may  be
necessary  for the Buyer to audit such preparation. Based on the Closing Balance
Sheets, the Sellers  shall compute  the Purchase Price  Adjustment. The  Sellers
shall  deliver to the Buyer a certificate attached to the Closing Balance Sheets
setting forth its calculation of the Purchase Price Adjustment.
 
    (b)  DETERMINATION OF THE PURCHASE PRICE ADJUSTMENT.  If the Buyer does  not
accept  the Closing Balance Sheets or  the Purchase Price Adjustment prepared by
the Sellers, the Buyer  shall give written notice  to the Sellers within  thirty
days  after delivery thereof. The notice shall set forth in detail the basis for
the Buyer's objections. The Buyer shall  be deemed to have accepted the  Closing
Balance  Sheets and the  Purchase Price Adjustment prepared  and proposed by the
Sellers at  5:00 p.m.  Charlotte, North  Carolina  time on  the 30th  day  after
delivery  thereof if the Buyer has not  by then given the Sellers timely written
notice of objection.  If the Buyer  and the  Sellers are unable  to resolve  the
disagreement  within thirty days  after delivery of  the Buyer's written notice,
the parties  shall  engage a  mutually  agreeable independent  certified  public
accounting firm to resolve the issues. The accounting
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
firm  shall apply GAAP consistent with Seller's  past practices to the issues at
hand (except it shall assume that  the Valuation Assets and Assumed  Liabilities
included  in the Closing Balance Sheets were, as of the close of business on the
Effective Date, assets and  liabilities of the Sellers  rather than having  been
transferred  to the  Buyer pursuant  to this Agreement)  and shall  not have the
power to alter, modify, amend, add to or subtract from any term or provision  of
this  Agreement. The  decision of the  accounting firm shall  be rendered within
twenty days of the engagement and shall be binding on the parties. The Buyer  on
the  one hand, and the Sellers on the other, each shall pay one-half of the cost
of the accounting firm.
 
    3.7  POST-CLOSING PAYMENT.
 
    (a)  CALCULATION.   If the Final  Purchase Price exceeds  the amount of  the
Closing  Payment, VECTRA shall be entitled to  receive the amount of such excess
from the  funds  escrowed  in  accordance with  SECTION  3.5(B)  (including  any
earnings  on the  deposited funds,  the "ESCROWED  FUNDS") and,  if the Escrowed
Funds are insufficient, from the Buyer. If the Final Purchase Price is less than
the amount of the Closing Payment, VECTRA  shall pay to the Buyer the amount  of
such excess and the Buyer shall be entitled to receive all the Escrowed Funds in
accordance  with SECTION 3.5(B). In  addition, the party that  is to receive any
such amount shall receive an additional amount equal to interest at the rate  of
five  percent (5%) per  annum on such  amount computed over  the period from the
Closing Date until the  date on which the  Purchase Price Adjustment is  finally
determined. Such payment (including the interest accrued thereon) is referred to
herein as the "POST-CLOSING PAYMENT."
 
    (b)  PAYMENT FROM ESCROW.  Immediately after the determination of the amount
of  the  Post-Closing Payment,  the Buyer  and VECTRA  shall jointly  direct the
escrow agent to  pay to VECTRA  out of the  Escrowed Funds the  amount, if  any,
payable  to VECTRA  (including accrued  interest) and  to pay  to the  Buyer the
amount of the Escrowed Funds that is in excess of any amount payable to  VECTRA.
If  the Escrowed Funds are  insufficient to pay the  full amount owed to VECTRA,
the Buyer shall promptly pay to VECTRA  the amount of such shortfall. If  VECTRA
owes  the  Post-Closing Payment  to the  Buyer, VECTRA  shall promptly  pay such
amount and VECTRA and the Buyer shall direct the escrow agent to release all  of
the  Escrowed Funds  to the  Buyer. All payments  made pursuant  to this Section
(including those made by the escrow  agent) shall be made within three  Business
Days  after the  final determination  of the  Purchase Price  Adjustment by wire
transfer to an account designated by the recipient.
 
    (c)  ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS.  In addition to those amounts required to be  paid
by the parties pursuant to the above provisions of this ARTICLE III, the parties
will be obligated to make certain payments (relating to certain amounts received
by  and payments made by the Sellers from the close of business on the Effective
Date through the Closing Date) to the extent provided in SECTION 9.8 hereof.
 
                                   ARTICLE IV
 
                      THE CLOSING; EFFECTIVE TIME AND DATE
 
    4.1  CLOSING.   The  closing of  the transactions  contemplated herein  (the
"CLOSING") shall take place on the Closing Date at the Charlotte, North Carolina
offices  of Robinson, Bradshaw & Hinson, P.A. or at such other location to which
all the parties to this Agreement may mutually agree. At the Closing the parties
will execute  and deliver  all documents  necessary to  effect the  transactions
contemplated herein.
 
    4.2   CLOSING  DATE.   The Closing  of the  transactions contemplated herein
shall occur at 10:00 a.m., Charlotte, North  Carolina time, on such date as  the
parties  to this Agreement may mutually  agree (the "CLOSING DATE"). The parties
agree to use their reasonable best efforts  to cause the Closing to occur on  or
before July 1, 1996 or as soon as possible thereafter.
 
    4.3   EFFECTIVE TIME.  The effective time  of the transfer of the Assets and
assumption of the Assumed Liabilities  shall be deemed to  be 11:59 p.m. on  the
Effective Date.
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
    4.4   EFFECTIVE DATE.  Unless the Buyer  and the Sellers agree in writing to
the contrary, the "EFFECTIVE DATE" shall be the Closing Date. At the Closing, if
the Buyer and  the Sellers agree  to an  Effective Date other  than the  Closing
Date,  the parties shall execute and deliver to each other a certificate setting
forth the  date of  the "Effective  Date," which  date shall  be considered  the
"Effective Date" for all purposes of this Agreement.
 
                                   ARTICLE V
 
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                                 OF THE SELLERS
 
    Each  of the Sellers, jointly and  severally, represents and warrants to the
Buyer that the statements contained in  this ARTICLE V are correct and  complete
as  of the date  of this Agreement  and will be  correct and complete  as of the
Closing Date  (as  though  made  then  and  as  though  the  Closing  Date  were
substituted for the date of this Agreement throughout this ARTICLE V).
 
    5.1  THE SELLERS.
 
    (a)   ORGANIZATION AND FOREIGN QUALIFICATION.   VECTRA is a corporation duly
organized and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation  and
the  Subsidiary is  a corporation duly  organized, validly existing  and in good
standing under the laws of its state of incorporation and each of VECTRA and the
Subsidiary is duly qualified and  in good standing to  do business as a  foreign
corporation in each jurisdiction in which the operation of any of the Businesses
makes  such qualification  necessary, and  each such  jurisdiction is  listed on
SCHEDULE 5.1(A). Each  of the  Sellers has  full corporate  power and  authority
necessary to enable it to own, lease or otherwise hold its properties and assets
and to carry on each of the Businesses as presently conducted.
 
    (b)   COMPLIANCE.   Each  of the  Sellers is  in compliance  in all material
respects with  all  applicable statutes,  laws,  ordinances, rules,  orders  and
regulations  of any Governmental  Authority and no  facts or circumstances exist
that, with or without the passing of time or the giving of notice or both, might
reasonably serve  as the  basis  for any  claim that  either  Seller is  not  in
compliance  with any applicable  statute, law, ordinance,  rule or regulation of
any Governmental  Authority. Neither  of the  Sellers has  received any  written
communication  with respect to the Businesses from a Governmental Authority that
alleges that it is not in compliance  with any statute, law, ordinance, rule  or
regulation of any Governmental Authority.
 
    (c)   SHARES AND  OWNERSHIP OF THE  SUBSIDIARY.  The  authorized, issued and
outstanding shares of capital stock of the Subsidiary are set forth on  SCHEDULE
5.1(C).  All issued  and outstanding shares  of capital stock  of the Subsidiary
have  been  duly  authorized  and  validly   issued  and  are  fully  paid   and
nonassessable.  Except as set forth  on SCHEDULE 5.1(C), there  are no shares of
capital stock or other  equity securities of  the Subsidiary outstanding.  There
are  no outstanding  warrants, options, agreements,  convertible or exchangeable
securities or  other commitments  pursuant to  which the  Subsidiary is  or  may
become  obligated  to issue,  sell,  purchase, return  or  redeem any  shares of
capital stock  or other  securities of  the Subsidiary,  and there  are not  any
equity  securities of the Subsidiary reserved  for issuance for any purpose. The
number of shares of capital stock of the Subsidiary owned by VECTRA as set forth
in the Subsidiary's share transfer records are set forth on SCHEDULE 5.1(C), and
no Person other than VECTRA owns any shares of capital stock of the Subsidiary.
 
    5.2  AUTHORITY RELATIVE  TO THIS AGREEMENT.   Each of  the Sellers has  full
corporate  power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Agreements
to which it is  a party and  to perform its  obligations under such  Transaction
Agreements   and  to  consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  thereby.  The
execution and delivery by each of  the Sellers of the Transaction Agreements  to
which  it is a party  and the performance by  each of its obligations thereunder
and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby by each have been,
or prior to Closing will have been, duly and validly authorized by all necessary
corporate action  on  its  part.  This Agreement  has  been  duly  executed  and
delivered  by the Sellers, and at the Closing the Transition Services and Shared
Assets
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
Agreement will be duly and validly executed and delivered by the Sellers and the
Premises  Sublease Agreement and  the Escrow Agreement will  be duly and validly
executed and delivered by VECTRA. After  approval by the shareholders of  VECTRA
of  the Transaction Agreements,  and upon their execution  and delivery, each of
the Transaction Agreements constitutes or  will constitute the legal, valid  and
binding  obligation of each Seller that  is a party thereto, enforceable against
each such Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may
be limited  by  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency or  other  laws  of  general
applicability  affecting creditors' rights  and by general  principles of equity
that may limit the specific performance of particular provisions.
 
    5.3  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS; NO VIOLATIONS.
 
    (a) Except  in connection  with  the HSR  Act,  filings required  under  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, consents and approvals required in
connection with  the assignment  of Contracts  pursuant to  this Agreement,  and
except  as set forth on  SCHEDULE 5.3(A), there is  no requirement applicable to
either Seller or, to the  Sellers' Knowledge, to the  Buyer, to make any  filing
with,  or  to obtain  any  permit, authorization,  consent  or approval  of, any
Governmental Authority  as  a  condition  to  the  lawful  consummation  of  the
transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    (b) The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Agreements by
each  of the Sellers that  is a party thereto  and each such Seller's compliance
with the terms thereof will not: (i) conflict with any provision of the articles
of incorporation or bylaws of either Seller;  (ii) result in a default (or  give
rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration) under any of the
terms,  conditions or  provisions of  any Contract to  which either  Seller is a
party, except  for such  defaults  (or rights  of termination,  cancellation  or
acceleration)  as to which  requisite waivers or consents  have been obtained or
will be obtained prior to the Closing and except for such defaults (or rights of
termination, cancellation or acceleration)  under Excluded Contracts that  would
not  have  any material  effect  on either  Seller's  ability to  consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby and to carry out its obligations hereunder;  or
(iii)  violate any  statute, law, rule,  regulation, order,  writ, injunction or
decree of any Governmental Authority.
 
    5.4  PERMITS.
 
    (a)  SCHEDULE 5.4(A)  to this Agreement  lists all of  the Permits that  are
necessary  (i) to enable VECTRA  to own, lease or  otherwise hold its properties
and Assets used in connection  with each of the  Businesses; (ii) to enable  the
Subsidiary  to own, lease or otherwise hold its properties and Assets; and (iii)
to enable the Sellers to carry on the Businesses as presently conducted.
 
    (b) The Permits listed on SCHEDULE 5.4(A) are in full force and effect,  and
no  material violations of any of the  Permits have occurred or, to the Sellers'
Knowledge, have been alleged to  have occurred. Furthermore, no proceedings  are
pending or, to the Sellers' Knowledge, threatened, that would have the effect of
revoking  or materially limiting or affecting the  transfer or renewal of any of
the Permits. The Permits listed  on SCHEDULE 5.4(A) (i)  are not subject to  any
restrictions  or conditions  that would  limit any  of the  Businesses of either
Seller as presently  conducted; (ii) may  be assigned to  the Buyer without  the
consent  of any Person  other than the  Sellers; and (iii)  shall remain in full
force and effect immediately subsequent to  Closing and shall not be subject  to
any  additional restriction or condition as a  result of their assignment to the
Buyer.
 
    5.5  ASSETS.
 
    (a)  TITLE.  Each  Seller owns and has good,  valid and marketable title  to
all  of its Assets free and clear of all mortgages, liens, security interests or
encumbrances of any nature whatsoever except Permitted Liens.
 
    (b)  SUFFICIENCY.   The  Assets and rights  being transferred  to the  Buyer
pursuant  to this Agreement, including  the Assets owned by  the Sellers and the
assets used by the Sellers pursuant to
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
Contracts to be assigned to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, together  with
the  Licensed Shared  Assets, constitute  all of the  assets used  by Sellers in
connection with the operation of the Businesses and all of the assets  necessary
to conduct each of the Businesses as presently conducted by the Sellers.
 
    (c)   LOCATION.  No tangible Assets  of either Seller are located other than
at the locations of Leased Real Property.
 
    5.6  REAL PROPERTY.
 
    (a)  LEASED REAL PROPERTY.  All  of the Leased Real Property other than  the
Subleased  Real  Property and  all the  lease agreements  pursuant to  which the
Sellers currently lease the Leased  Real Property (excluding the Subleased  Real
Property) are identified on SCHEDULE 5.6(A).
 
    (b)  SUBLEASED REAL PROPERTY.  That portion of the Leased Real Property that
the  Sellers will sublease to the Buyer (the "Subleased Real Property") pursuant
to SECTION 2.6(A) and all  of the lease agreements  pursuant to which either  of
the Sellers currently lease any of the Subleased Real Property are identified on
SCHEDULE 5.6(B).
 
    (c)     LEASE  AGREEMENTS.    Without  limiting  the  effect  of  any  other
representation or warranty contained  herein, (i) each  of the lease  agreements
set  forth on  SCHEDULE 5.6(A)  and each  of the  lease agreements  set forth on
SCHEDULE 5.6(B) is in full  force and effect and the  Seller that is a party  to
each  such lease agreement has all right,  title and interest under the terms of
such lease agreement, free and clear of all liens, claims or encumbrances;  (ii)
all rentals due under each such lease agreement as of the Closing Date will have
been  paid; and (iii) there  exists no default by any  Seller under the terms of
any such lease agreement  and no event  has occurred that,  upon the passage  of
time  or giving of notice, or both, would  result in any event of default by any
Seller or prevent any  Seller or its assignee  from exercising or obtaining  the
benefits  of any  options or  other rights  contained therein.  True and correct
copies of  each lease  agreement listed  on SCHEDULE  5.6(A) and  of each  lease
agreement  listed on  SCHEDULE 5.6(B)  have been delivered  to the  Buyer by the
Sellers.
 
    (d)  NO  OTHER REAL  PROPERTY.   There is no  Real Property  other than  the
Leased  Real Property. The Leased Real Property comprises all the Real Property,
and comprises all of the land, buildings and premises used in, or in  connection
with each of the Businesses.
 
    (e)    LITIGATION.   To  the  Sellers'  Knowledge, there  is  no  pending or
threatened legal  action affecting  any portion  or all  of the  Real  Property,
including  without limitation, any condemnation action, and neither Seller knows
of any basis for any such action.
 
    (f)   COMPLIANCE.   To the  Sellers' Knowledge,  the Real  Property and  the
conduct  of  each of  the Businesses  by  the Sellers  within the  Real Property
complies in  all  material  respects  with  all  applicable  legal  requirements
relating  to the Real Property, including without limitation, requirements under
the  applicable   zoning  ordinances,   building  code   requirements  and   any
requirements  under applicable private restrictions.  To the Sellers' Knowledge,
all buildings and improvements located on the Real Property are located entirely
within the boundary lines of such Real Property.
 
    (g)   CONDITION OF  REAL PROPERTY.    To the  Sellers' Knowledge,  the  Real
Property,  and all components  thereof, including without  limitation the roofs,
walls, floors, heating, cooling and ventilation systems, electrical and plumbing
systems and structural components, are in good condition except for normal  wear
and  tear,  are operating  properly, are  not in  need of  repair and  have been
properly maintained. To  the Sellers'  Knowledge, the improvements  on the  Real
Property are free of wood destroying insects and damage therefrom.
 
    5.7  PROPRIETARY RIGHTS GENERALLY.
 
    (a)    SCHEDULE  5.7(A)  separately  lists  all  registered  Trademarks  and
registered Copyrights owned by the Subsidiary, and all registered Trademarks and
registered Copyrights owned by VECTRA and used in connection with the  operation
of  any of the Businesses  (with respect to any  of the foregoing, together with
any applications therefor).
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    (b)  SCHEDULE 5.7(B)  separately lists (i) all  Patents owned by VECTRA  and
used  in connection with the operation of  any of the Businesses and all Patents
owned by the Subsidiary (together with any applications therefor); and (ii)  all
Patents  licensed by VECTRA and used in  connection with the operation of any of
the Businesses that are specifically referenced in a relevant license agreement,
and all Patents licensed by the Subsidiary that are specifically referenced in a
relevant license agreement.
 
    (c) The Sellers own or license all Proprietary Rights that are material  for
the operation of each of the Businesses, free and clear of any lien, encumbrance
or  other  claim (whether  pending, threatened  or  anticipated). No  Seller has
granted any Person any right, license or interest whatsoever in any  Proprietary
Rights owned by either Seller, except customers of either Seller in the ordinary
course of business.
 
    (d)  Except for Third-Party Software that is commercially available for less
than $1,000, all Third-Party Software that each of the Sellers uses or has  used
in  connection with each  of the Businesses  during the two  years preceding the
date of this Agreement is listed in SCHEDULE 5.7(D). The Sellers have  perpetual
licenses  to use all Third-Party  Software material to the  operation of each of
the Businesses as now conducted, and the Sellers have the legal right to use all
such Third-Party  Software  in the  manner  that such  Third-Party  Software  is
currently  being used in each of the  Businesses, all without the payment of any
royalties or other  fees, now or  in the  future, to any  other Person.  Neither
Seller,  in the ordinary course of any of the Businesses, copies or modifies any
of the Third-Party Software.
 
    (e) All Third-Party  Software that  each of  the Sellers  has sold,  leased,
licensed  or otherwise distributed or marketed  to any third party since January
1, 1994, in connection with each of the Businesses, or presently offers to sell,
lease, license or otherwise distribute to any third party is listed on  SCHEDULE
5.7(E).  The Sellers have possessed  the full right and  ability to sell, lease,
license, distribute and market all such Third-Party Software to the full  extent
so  sold, leased,  licensed, distributed  or marketed  by either  of the Sellers
without infringing the rights of any Person.
 
    (f) Neither of Sellers  has any obligation  to make any  payments by way  of
royalty,  fee  or otherwise  to any  Person in  connection with  any Third-Party
Software.
 
    (g) Except for that portion of  the Software listed as Third-Party  Software
in SCHEDULE 5.7(D), and except for Software designed or created by either Seller
for  other  Persons  pursuant  to  a "work  for  hire"  contract  or  a contract
obligating either  Seller  to  assign its  work  to  the customer,  all  of  the
following Software that relates to any of the Businesses is owned by one or both
of  the Sellers: (i) all  Software that either of  the Sellers presently uses or
has used during the last year; (ii) all Software that either of the Sellers  has
sold,  leased, licensed or otherwise distributed  or marketed to any third party
at any time since January 1, 1994,  or presently offers to sell, lease,  license
or  otherwise distribute to any third party;  and (iii) all Software that either
of the Sellers  has designed or  created or is  in the process  of designing  or
creating,  including modifications, enhancements and  derivative works of any of
the computer software programs  described in any of  the foregoing clauses  (i),
(ii) and (iii).
 
    (h)   SCHEDULE  5.7(H) lists all  Proprietary Software. The  Sellers own all
right, title and  interest in  the Proprietary  Software, including  all of  the
Proprietary  Rights  therein.  Each other  Person  who has  participated  in the
development of the Proprietary  Software has either: (i)  so participated as  an
employee of one or both of the Sellers within the scope of his or her employment
obligations;  (ii) so  participated as an  independent contractor  pursuant to a
valid and binding agreement that specifically  assigns all Copyrights to one  or
both of the Sellers, or (iii) otherwise assigned to the Sellers the Copyright in
such  Proprietary Software. No Seller has entered into any agreement that limits
or restricts its right to use, copy, modify, prepare derivatives of, sublicense,
distribute or otherwise market all or any part of the Proprietary Software.
 
    (i) No  Seller has  any obligation  to  any other  Person: (i)  to  provide,
create,  maintain, correct, modify  or enhance any Software;  or (ii) to obtain,
create, register, or assign any Copyright, Mark, Patent or Trade Secret.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    (j)  No claim has been asserted  in writing, and to the Sellers'  Knowledge,
no  claim has been asserted verbally by any Person: (i) that such Person has any
right, title or interest  in or to either  Seller's Proprietary Rights; or  (ii)
that  such Person  has the right  to use  any of either  Seller's Trademarks. No
facts or circumstances exist that,  with or without the  passing of time or  the
giving  of notice  or both,  might reasonably  serve as  the basis  for any such
claim.
 
    (k)  The  Sellers  have  taken   efforts  that  are  reasonable  under   the
circumstances  to prevent the  unauthorized disclosure to  other Persons of such
portions of the Seller's Trade Secrets as would enable any such other Person  to
compete  with  the Sellers  within the  scope of  any of  the Businesses  as now
conducted and  as presently  proposed  to be  conducted.  No current  or  former
employee  of  either of  the Sellers  has  executed a  confidentiality agreement
obligating that person not to use any Trade Secrets of either Seller relating to
any of the Businesses except in performing employment duties for the Sellers and
not to disclose any such Trade Secrets to any other Person.
 
    (l) The use by the Sellers of all their Software and Proprietary Rights does
not, and the Buyer's use of  all Software and Proprietary Rights transferred  to
the  Buyer pursuant to  this Agreement (to the  extent such transferred Software
and Proprietary Rights are employed by the Buyer in a manner consistent with the
operation of the Businesses by the Sellers) will not, infringe the rights of any
other Person.
 
    (m) No claim has been asserted in writing, and to the Sellers' Knowledge, no
claim has been asserted verbally by any Person: (i) to the effect that any past,
present or projected act  or omission by either  Seller infringes any rights  of
such  Person to any Proprietary Rights;  or (ii) that challenges either Seller's
right to use  any of its  Proprietary Rights or  that seeks to  deny, modify  or
revoke  any registration or application therefor or renewal thereof. No facts or
circumstances exist that, with or without the  passing of time or the giving  of
notice or both, might reasonably serve as the basis for any such claim.
 
    5.8   LIABILITIES.  In connection with any of the Businesses, neither Seller
had as of  the date  of the  Financial Statements,  nor has  either such  Person
incurred  since that date, any Liabilities, except Liabilities: that are accrued
or reserved against in the Financial Statements; (ii) that were incurred in  the
ordinary  course of business prior to the  date of the Financial Statements, and
are of  a  type not  required  under GAAP  (including  Statement No.  5  of  the
Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board)  to  be  reflected  in  the  Financial
Statements; or  (iii)  that  were  incurred after  the  effective  date  of  the
Financial  Statements and were  incurred in the ordinary  course of business and
consistent  with  past  practices.  To  the  Sellers'  Knowledge,  no  facts  or
circumstances  relating to any of the Businesses exist that, with or without the
passing of time or the giving of  notice or both, might reasonably serve as  the
basis  for any other  Liabilities. There are no  agreements or understandings by
which either Seller has agreed to pay or reimburse any of its Employees for  the
costs of any property purchased by any such Employee.
 
    5.9  CONTRACTS.
 
    (a)  Each Contract existing  as of the date  hereof (excluding the Contracts
listed on SCHEDULE 5.6(A),  SCHEDULE 5.6(B) or SCHEDULE  2.3(H)), is either  (i)
disclosed in SCHEDULE 5.9 or (ii) a Contract that does not require either Seller
to  render any services, does not extend for  longer than one year from the date
hereof and does not involve the payment  of an amount in excess of $10,000.  The
aggregate  of the amounts required  to be paid under  all Contracts that are not
listed on SCHEDULE 5.9 in accordance with clause (ii) above is not in excess  of
$250,000.  True and correct copies of the  Contracts listed on SCHEDULE 5.9 have
been delivered or made available to the  Buyer by the Sellers prior to the  date
of this Agreement.
 
    (b)  Each Contract  to which  a Seller is  a party  (excluding the Contracts
listed on SCHEDULE  2.3(H)) is  a legal, valid  and binding  obligation of  such
Seller  and is enforceable by such Seller  against the other party or parties to
such Contract in accordance with its terms (except as its enforceability may  be
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
limited   by  applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency   or  other  laws  of  general
applicability affecting creditors'  rights and by  general principles of  equity
that may limit the specific performance of particular provisions).
 
    (c)  There is no event of default or material breach by any Person under any
Contract to  which  a Seller  is  a party  (excluding  the Contracts  listed  on
SCHEDULE  2.3(H)) and no facts  or circumstances exist that  with the passage of
time or the giving of notice or  both, would constitute an event of default.  No
Seller  has received written  notice that the  Seller is in  default under or in
breach of any Contract to which it is a party (excluding the Contracts listed on
SCHEDULE 2.3(H)) or received notice of the termination of any such Contract.  No
Seller  has given  written notice  to any  other party  to any  of its Contracts
(excluding the Contracts listed on SCHEDULE 2.3(H)) that such other party is  in
default  thereunder  or in  breach thereof  or given  notice of  the termination
thereof. No Seller has received written notice of any actual or potential  claim
relating  to  (i) any  breach  by a  Seller of  any  warranty or  any applicable
standard of care; or (ii) any negligence or similar claim arising in relation to
any Contract to which any Seller is  a party (excluding the Contracts listed  on
SCHEDULE 2.3(H)). To the Sellers' Knowledge, there are no facts or circumstances
that  could give rise to any one or more of the claims set forth in the previous
sentence.
 
    (d) With respect to  any and all Contracts  that consist of agreements  with
the  United  States  government or  the  government  of any  state  or territory
(excluding the Contracts listed on SCHEDULE 2.3(H)) (or any agency of any of the
foregoing), or with any Person that is a prime contractor or subcontractor under
any contract or agreement with any such government or agency: (i) neither Seller
is a  party to  or has  received notice  of the  commencement of  any  debarment
proceedings  or any  governmental investigation  or action  (including any civil
investigative demand under the False Claims Act or Truth in Negotiations Act  or
otherwise)  affecting any Seller or  any of the Businesses  (and to the Sellers'
Knowledge, no grounds for any  such proceeding, investigation or action  exist);
and  (ii) each of the Sellers is in compliance in all material respects with all
of the  terms, conditions  and  other requirements  of  such Contracts  and  all
applicable provisions of law and regulations relating thereto.
 
    (e)  Except as  disclosed in  SCHEDULE 5.9,  the Sellers  have the  right to
assign to the Buyer each of the Contracts to which one or both of the Sellers is
a party (excluding the Contracts listed  on SCHEDULE 5.6(B) or SCHEDULE  2.3(H))
without  the consent of any  Person and, upon such  assignment at Closing in the
manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Buyer shall have all of the rights of
each of the Sellers  thereunder, and, with respect  to the Leased Real  Property
(excluding  the Subleased Real Property) upon such assignment the Buyer will own
a valid and insurable leasehold in  such Leased Real Property without  exception
or encumbrance.
 
    5.10  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
 
    (a)  True, correct and complete copies of the Financial Statements have been
delivered to the  Buyer, and  such Financial  Statements have  been prepared  in
accordance  with GAAP consistent  with the Sellers'  past practices (except that
they do not  include notes)  and fairly present  the results  of operations  and
financial position of the Businesses on a pro forma basis for the periods and as
of the dates set forth therein.
 
    (b)  The Sellers have  delivered to the Buyer,  for purposes of illustrating
the appropriate format  and the line  items of accounts  of a Valuation  Balance
Sheet,  a true, correct and  complete copy of the  Valuation Balance Sheet as of
March 31, 1996.  The acceptance  by the Buyer  of such  Valuation Balance  Sheet
shall not be deemed an acceptance by the Buyer of the accuracy or correctness of
any  amount or calculation set forth therein or in the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet
or in the Closing Balance Sheets.
 
    5.11  BOOKS AND RECORDS.  All the books and records of the Sellers  relating
to  each of the Businesses  and the Assets have  been maintained in the ordinary
course of  each  such  Business  consistent  with  the  past  practices  of  the
respective   entities  and   do  not   contain  any   material  inaccuracies  or
discrepancies.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
    5.12  TAXES AND TAX RETURNS.
 
    (a) Each of  the Sellers  has duly and  timely filed  (including within  any
applicable  extension periods) all Tax Returns required  to be filed by it prior
to the  date  hereof and  has  duly paid  or  made provision  on  its  financial
statements, in accordance with GAAP, for the payment of all Taxes that have been
incurred  or are due or claimed  to be due from it  by any taxing authorities at
the time of such statements. All such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete
in all  material  respects. The  Sellers  have established  on  their  financial
statements  reserves that are adequate for the  payment of all Taxes not yet due
and payable. Since December 31, 1995,  no Seller has incurred any liability  for
Taxes other than in the ordinary course of business. SCHEDULE 5.12(A) sets forth
all periods for which the consolidated federal income tax returns of the Sellers
have  been  examined  by  the Internal  Revenue  Service,  and  all deficiencies
asserted as a result of such examinations (or as a result of any examination  of
such returns for earlier fiscal years) have been paid or finally settled.
 
    (b)  Each of the  Sellers has withheld  and paid all  Taxes required to have
been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee,
independent contractor, creditor, stockholder, or other third party.
 
    (c) There are no liens  with respect to Taxes  (except for liens for  taxes,
assessments  or other governmental  charges not yet delinquent)  upon any of the
Assets. No facts  exist or have  existed that would  constitute grounds for  the
imposition  of any  lien with respect  to Taxes upon  any of the  Assets or that
would otherwise obligate the Buyer to pay any Taxes related to or arising out of
the conducting of the business of either Seller prior to the Closing.
 
    5.13  LITIGATION.  There are  no lawsuits, claims, or legal,  administrative
or  arbitration  proceedings  or  investigations  pending,  or  to  the Sellers'
Knowledge, threatened, by or against or affecting any of the Assets, any of  the
Businesses,  the Subsidiary or, to the extent relating to any of the Businesses,
VECTRA.
 
    5.14  LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT MATTERS.
 
    (a) The Sellers have delivered to the Buyer complete and accurate copies  of
each  employment, consulting and similar agreement  to which the Subsidiary is a
party and, to  the extent relating  to any of  the Businesses, each  employment,
consulting  and similar agreement to  which VECTRA is a  party, all of which are
listed on SCHEDULE 5.14(A). The Subsidiary is not and, to the extent any of  the
following  relate to any of the Businesses VECTRA is not, a party to or bound by
any written agreement,  any employment manual,  employment handbook,  employment
practice or policy constituting a contractual obligation, or any consent decree,
court order or statutory obligation (i) for the employment of any individual, or
the provision of services by any individual, who is not terminable by the Seller
without  penalty upon thirty days notice or  less; (ii) with any labor union; or
(iii) relating to the payment of any severance or termination payment, bonus  or
death  benefit  to any  employee  or former  employee or  his  or her  estate or
designated beneficiary.
 
    (b) No Seller  is a party  to any collective  bargaining agreement, nor  has
either  Seller recognized or received a demand for recognition of any collective
bargaining representative with respect thereto; and during the past three  years
there  have been no material  labor strikes, disputes or  work stoppages nor, to
the Sellers' Knowledge, are any  such actions threatened against the  Subsidiary
or, to the extent related to any of the Businesses, VECTRA.
 
    (c)  There are no loans or other  obligations payable or owing to Employees,
except salaries,  wages,  bonuses  and  salary  advances  and  reimbursement  of
expenses  incurred and accrued in  the ordinary course of  business, nor are any
loans or debts  payable or  owing by  any such  persons or  their Affiliates  to
either Seller, nor has either Seller guaranteed any of their respective loans or
obligations.
 
    (d)  The Subsidiary  is in  compliance with  all laws  and other obligations
relating to  employment,  denial of  employment  or employment  opportunity  and
termination  of employment and  VECTRA is in  compliance with all  such laws and
other obligations with respect to the Businesses.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    (e) There is no controversy pending or threatened between the Subsidiary and
any of its current or former  officers, directors, supervisory personnel or  any
group  of its  employees, and  there is no  such controversy  relating to VECTRA
involving any of the Businesses.
 
    5.15  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS; ERISA.
 
    (a)  LIABILITIES.  Neither  of the Sellers has  incurred (nor has any  event
occurred  that  could  result  in  either  Seller  incurring)  any  liability in
connection with any existing or previously  existing Plan that could become,  on
or after the Closing Date, an obligation or liability of the Buyer.
 
    (b)   MULTIEMPLOYER  PLANS.  Since  January 1,  1990, no Seller  has had any
complete or  partial withdrawal  from any  "multiemployer plan"  (as defined  in
Section  3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) ("Multiemployer Plan") that could result,
directly or indirectly, in any withdrawal liability under Subtitle E of Title IV
of ERISA. No Seller participates in or contributes to, nor since January 1, 1990
has either  Seller ever  participated in  or contributed  to, any  Multiemployer
Plan.
 
    5.16    INSURANCE.    SCHEDULE  5.16 lists  all  of  the  insurance policies
maintained by each  of the Sellers  as of the  date hereof and  relating to  the
Assets  or any  of the  Businesses, and for  each indicates  the insurer's name,
policy number, expiration date and amount and type of coverage.
 
    5.17  BUSINESS RELATIONSHIPS.
 
    (a)   GENERALLY.    To  the Sellers'  Knowledge,  no  material  supplier  is
reasonably  likely to cease supplying goods  or services or substantially reduce
its supplies  in  relation  to  any  of  the  Businesses  as  a  result  of  the
consummation  of  this  Agreement,  and  no  material  customer  of  any  of the
Businesses is reasonably  likely to,  as a result  of the  consummation of  this
Agreement,  terminate  or materially  reduce its  relationship  with any  of the
Businesses.
 
    (b)   PURCHASES AND  SALES FROM  OR TO  ONE PARTY.   Neither  more than  ten
percent  (10%) of the  aggregate amount of  all the purchases  nor more than ten
percent (10%) of the aggregate amount of all the sales of any of the  Businesses
are  obtained from or to a single  supplier or customer (including any Affiliate
of the supplier or  customer), and no  Seller has received  any written or  oral
notification  from any  such Person  that such  Person intends  to terminate its
relationship with any of the Businesses.
 
    5.18  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.
 
    (a) To  the  Sellers' Knowledge,  the  Real  Property and  all  other  land,
buildings  and premises owned, leased or  operated by either Seller currently or
at any time since January  1, 1996 (all of which  Real Property and other  land,
buildings,  and premises are listed in SCHEDULE  5.18), and each portion of such
Real  Property  and  other  land,  buildings  and  premises,  including  without
limitation  the improvements thereon and the soil and groundwater thereunder (i)
do not contain and are not contaminated  by any Hazardous Material; (ii) do  not
contain  and have not previously contained underground storage tanks; (iii) have
never been  used for  the  generation, treatment,  storage  or disposal  of  any
Hazardous  Material, or for mining, land filling, dumping, gasoline station, dry
cleaning or commercial petroleum product storage purposes; (iv) have never  been
the  subject of any activities representing  a violation or alleged violation of
any Environmental Law  or any report  to or action  by a Governmental  Authority
pursuant  to  any  Environmental  Law,  and  are  in  full  compliance  with all
Environmental Laws; (v) do not otherwise contain a condition that is or may be a
threat to the safety or  health of the public or  to the environment; (vi)  have
not had any release of any Hazardous Material from, on, in or upon it and do not
face  any  risk  of contamination  by  any  Hazardous Material  from  any nearby
property; and (vii)  have never been  the subject of  an environmental audit  or
assessment,  or remedial  action or a  lien or encumbrance  for an environmental
problem.
 
    (b) The Subsidiary  and, to the  extent relating to  any of the  Businesses,
VECTRA:  (i) has never sent or disposed  of, otherwise had taken or transported,
arranged for the taking or disposal of  (on behalf of itself, a customer or  any
other  party) or in any other manner participated or been involved in the taking
of or disposal  or release  of a  Hazardous Material  to or  at a  site that  is
contaminated by any
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
Hazardous  Material or  that, pursuant  to any  Environmental Law,  (1) has been
placed on the  "National Priorities List",  the "CERCLIS" list,  or any  similar
state  or  federal list,  or (2)  is subject  to or  the source  of a  claim, an
administrative  order   or  other   request  to   take  "removal",   "remedial",
"corrective"  or any  other "response" action,  as defined  in any Environmental
Law, or to pay for the costs of any such action at the site; (ii) is and at  all
times  has  been  in  compliance  with all  Environmental  Laws  in  all  of its
activities and operations, and is not liable under any Environmental Law;  (iii)
is  not involved in (and has  no basis to expect to  be involved in) any suit or
proceeding and has  not received (and  has no  basis to expect  to receive)  any
notice,  request for  information or  other communication  from any Governmental
Authority or other third party with  respect to a release or threatened  release
of   any  Hazardous  Material  or  a  violation  or  alleged  violation  of  any
Environmental Law, and has not received (and has no basis to expect to  receive)
notice of any claims from any person or entity relating to property damage or to
personal  injuries from exposure to any  Hazardous Material; and (iv) has timely
filed every report required  to be filed,  acquired all necessary  certificates,
approvals  and permits (all of which are listed on SCHEDULE 5.18), and generated
and  maintained  all  required  data,   documentation  and  records  under   all
Environmental Laws.
 
    (c)  All the  certificates, approvals  and permits  listed on  SCHEDULE 5.18
shall be transferred, re-issued,  or reacquired, as  the case may  be, to or  on
behalf  of the  Buyer to the  full extent necessary  or desired by  the Buyer in
order for the Buyer to hold the properties and Assets acquired pursuant to  this
agreement and to carry on each of the Businesses as presently conducted, and all
such  certificates, approvals and  permits are capable  of being so transferred,
reissued or reacquired, as the case may be, without any material modification of
such certificates, approvals or  permits, and without the  need for any  action,
approval or payment of more than an immaterial application or similar fee.
 
    (d) To the Sellers' Knowledge, the Buyer will be able to hold the properties
and  Assets acquired  pursuant to  this agreement  and to  carry on  each of the
Businesses as presently conducted in compliance with any prospective requirement
adopted or promulgated  prior to  the date  hereof under  any Environmental  Law
without material cost or change in the operations of any of the Businesses.
 
    (e)  The Sellers have delivered to the Buyer true and complete copies of all
documents, notices, reports, studies, analyses, tests, permits and other written
materials identified in SCHEDULE 5.18.
 
    5.19  ABSENCE OF CHANGES OR EVENTS.  Since November 26, 1995, neither Seller
has: (a)  conducted any  of the  Businesses other  than in  the ordinary  course
consistent  with past  practices in substantially  the same  manner as presently
conducted, with all reasonable  efforts made consistent  with past practices  to
preserve  the goodwill of each of  the Businesses and the Sellers' relationships
with the customers, suppliers and others with whom they deal in connection  with
any  of the Businesses and to keep  available the services of its Employees; (b)
entered into any Contract, assumed any  Liability or otherwise conducted any  of
the  Businesses other  than in the  ordinary course of  business consistent with
past practice;  (c) suffered  any Material  Adverse Effect,  other than  changes
relating  to the  industry in  general and  not specifically  relating to either
Seller; or (d)  done any  act or incurred  any event  that would be  or cause  a
violation  of  either Seller's  covenants and  agreements  set forth  in SECTION
7.1(B) below were such act  undertaken or event incurred  at any time after  the
date hereof but prior to the Closing Date.
 
    5.20   COMMISSIONS.  Except for incentive payments from Seller to certain of
its employees to facilitate completion of this transaction, no broker, finder or
other Person is entitled to any brokerage fees, commissions or finder's fees  in
connection  with the  transactions contemplated hereby  by reason  of any action
taken by either Seller.
 
    5.21  FULL  DISCLOSURE.  No  statement contained herein  or in any  document
delivered  in connection with the execution of  this Agreement or at the Closing
contains or will contain  any untrue statement  of a material  fact or omits  or
will  omit to state any  material fact necessary, in  light of the circumstances
under which it was, is or will be  made, in order to avoid statements herein  or
therein being misleading.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VI
 
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                                  OF THE BUYER
 
    The  Buyer  represents  and  warrants  to  the  Sellers  that  the following
representations and warranties are  correct and complete as  of the date  hereof
and  will be correct and complete as of the Closing Date (as though made on such
date).
 
    6.1   ORGANIZATION AND  QUALIFICATION.   The  Buyer  is a  corporation  duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its state of
incorporation. The Buyer has full corporate power and authority to enable it  to
own,  lease or  otherwise hold  its properties  and assets  and to  carry on its
business as presently conducted.
 
    6.2  AUTHORITY  RELATIVE TO THIS  AGREEMENT.  The  Buyer has full  corporate
power  and authority  to execute and  deliver the Transaction  Agreements and to
perform its obligations under the  Transaction Agreements and to consummate  the
transactions  contemplated thereby. The  execution and delivery  by the Buyer of
the Transaction Agreements and the performance  by the Buyer of its  obligations
thereunder  and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby by the
Buyer have been, or prior to Closing will have been, duly and validly authorized
by all necessary  corporate action  on its part.  This Agreement  has been  duly
executed  and delivered by the Buyer, at the Closing the Transition Services and
Shared  Assets  Agreement,  the  Premises  Sublease  Agreement  and  the  Escrow
Agreement will be duly and validly executed and delivered by the Buyer and, upon
execution  and delivery, each such agreement  constitutes or will constitute the
legal, valid and binding obligation of  the Buyer enforceable against the  Buyer
in  accordance with its terms,  except as such enforceability  may be limited by
applicable  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  other  laws  of  general  applicability
affecting  creditors' rights and by general  principles of equity that may limit
the specific performance of particular provisions.
 
    6.3  CONSENTS AND APPROVALS; NO VIOLATIONS.
 
    (a) Except  in connection  with  the HSR  Act,  filings required  under  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, consents and approvals required in
connection with  the assignment  of  Contracts pursuant  to this  Agreement  and
except  as set forth on  SCHEDULE 6.3(A), there is  no requirement applicable to
the Buyer or,  to the  knowledge of  the Buyer, to  either Seller,  to make  any
filing with, or to obtain any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any
Governmental  Authority  as  a  condition  to  the  lawful  consummation  of the
transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    (b) The execution,  delivery and performance  of the Transaction  Agreements
and  the Buyer's compliance with  the terms thereof will  not: (i) conflict with
any provision of the articles of incorporation  or bylaws of the Buyer; or  (ii)
violate any statute, law, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction or decree of
any Governmental Authority.
 
    6.4  LITIGATION.  There are no lawsuits, claims, or legal, administrative or
arbitration  proceedings or investigations  pending or, to  the knowledge of the
Buyer, threatened by  or against or  affecting the Buyer  seeking to enjoin  the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    6.5   COMMISSIONS.   No broker,  finder or  other Person is  entitled to any
brokerage fees, commissions or finder's fees in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby by reason of any action taken by the Buyer.
 
    6.6  INTENT TO HIRE.  The Buyer intends to offer employment to substantially
all the Employees (excluding those Employees  listed on the final four pages  of
SCHEDULE  7.3) on the  Closing Date, unless  less than substantially  all of the
service Contracts of  the Businesses are  assigned to the  Buyer on the  Closing
Date,  any  of the  significant  customers of  the  Businesses are  unwilling to
continue to procure  the services  of the Businesses  after the  Closing or  the
operations,  financial condition or  prospects of the  Businesses on the Closing
Date are not substantially the same as on the date hereof.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE VII
                            COVENANTS OF THE SELLERS
 
    7.1  OPERATION OF THE BUSINESSES THROUGH THE CLOSING.  The Sellers,  jointly
and severally, hereby covenant and agree as follows:
 
        (a) Except as contemplated by this Agreement, at all times from the date
    hereof through the Closing Date, each of the Businesses shall continue to be
    conducted  in the ordinary  course consistent with  past practices, with all
    reasonable efforts  made  consistent with  past  practices to  preserve  the
    goodwill  of each of the Businesses  and the Sellers' relationships with the
    customers, suppliers and others with whom they deal in connection with  each
    of  the Businesses and  to keep available  the services of  its officers and
    employees.
 
        (b) Except as contemplated by this Agreement, the Subsidiary shall  not,
    and  VECTRA shall not with  respect to the Businesses,  at any time from the
    date hereof through the  Closing Date do any  of the following (without  the
    prior written consent of the Buyer):
 
           (i)  amend its articles of incorporation or bylaws in any manner that
       would adversely affect its ability  to comply with its obligations  under
       this Agreement;
 
           (ii)  grant to any  Employee listed under  the definition of Sellers'
       Knowledge in this Agreement any increase in compensation or grant to  any
       Employee  any  increase  in  compensation  other  than  increases  in the
       ordinary course of business, or  pay or agree to  pay to any such  person
       any bonus, severance or termination payment;
 
          (iii)  incur any Liabilities for borrowed  money or guarantee any such
       Liabilities, other than  in the  ordinary course  of business  consistent
       with  past  practice  and other  than  drawings made  under  the Sellers'
       existing credit facilities;
 
          (iv) incur  any  material change  in  its overhead  costs,  contracted
       backlog,  Accounts  Receivable  or  accounts  payable,  except  for those
       changes that relate exclusively to and affect only those Liabilities  not
       being  assumed by the  Buyer pursuant to  this Agreement and  that do not
       have a Material Adverse Effect;
 
           (v) cancel any indebtedness owing to it or waive any claims or rights
       of substantial value;
 
          (vi) make  any  change  in  any method  of  accounting  or  accounting
       practice or policy, including without limitation any change in the method
       of  accounting for the  recognition of income and  profit with respect to
       any Contracts;
 
          (vii) acquire or agree to acquire  a substantial portion of the  stock
       of,  merge or consolidate with, or  purchase a substantial portion of the
       assets of, any Person or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets
       that are material to any of the Businesses;
 
         (viii) sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of, or agree to  sell,
       lease, license or otherwise dispose of, any of its Assets;
 
          (ix)  take any  action that would  make any of  the representations or
       warranties of  either  Seller  contained  in  this  Agreement  untrue  or
       incorrect  or would  result in  any of the  conditions set  forth in this
       Agreement not being satisfied;
 
           (x) enter into, cancel or modify any obligation or agreement (whether
       or not  reduced to  writing and  specifically including  any note,  bond,
       mortgage,  lease, license or other  instrument), or assume any Liability,
       other than  in  the ordinary  course  of business  consistent  with  past
       practices;
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
          (xi)  take any action with respect to any Plan, or refrain from taking
       any action that is required by law  with respect to any Plan, that  could
       result in a successor liability to the Buyer;
 
          (xii)  bill  or  collect any  Accounts  Receivable in  advance  of the
       ordinary course of business; or
 
         (xiii) agree,  whether  in writing  or  otherwise,  to do  any  of  the
       foregoing.
 
    7.2   ACCESS  TO INFORMATION.   Between the  date of this  Agreement and the
Closing Date,  the  Sellers  shall:  (a)  give  the  Buyer  and  its  authorized
representatives  reasonable  access,  during  normal  business  hours  and  upon
reasonable  notice,  to  the  employees,  books,  records,  offices  and   other
facilities  and properties of the Subsidiary, and,  to the extent related to the
Assets or any  of the Businesses  being transferred hereby,  of the Seller;  (b)
permit  the Buyer to perform such  inspections thereof and perform such surveys,
environmental assessments and audits, and other inspections, tests and audits as
the Buyer may desire with respect to the Leased Real Property and shall use  its
best  efforts to obtain the  owner's consent thereto; and  (c) furnish the Buyer
with such financial and operating data and underlying records and workpapers and
other information with  respect to  each of  the Businesses  including, but  not
limited to, information relating to intercompany charges and information related
to  Taxes, as the Buyer may  from time to time request  in order to evaluate and
assess the accuracy of the  Seller's financial records; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that
any  such investigation by the Buyer shall be  conducted in such a manner as not
to interfere unreasonably with the normal  operations of any of the  Businesses.
The Sellers shall cooperate fully and promptly with the Buyer in connection with
the Buyer's due diligence conducted pursuant to the previous sentence, and shall
promptly  make available to the Buyer  any records under the Sellers' reasonable
control related to the Businesses requested by the Buyer in connection with such
due diligence.
 
    7.3  EMPLOYEES.
 
    (a) A true and complete list of all the persons employed (including  without
limitation  individuals employed on a full  time, part time, or temporary basis,
and individuals leased  from third  parties) by VECTRA  and performing  services
relating  to the Businesses, and of  all the persons employed (including without
limitation individuals employed on a full  time, part time, or temporary  basis,
and  individuals leased from third  parties) by the Subsidiary,  is set forth as
SCHEDULE 7.3 (collectively,  the "EMPLOYEES").  Except as set  forth in  SECTION
7.3,  neither Seller shall terminate  the employment of any  of the Employees at
any time prior to the Closing without the written consent of the Buyer.
 
    (b) Before and  after the  Closing Date, the  Sellers shall  use their  best
efforts (at no additional out-of-pocket cost to the Sellers) to assist the Buyer
in obtaining the employment of those Employees that the Buyer desires to employ,
including  without limitation allowing  for any communication  between the Buyer
and such Employees relating to such employment, and the Sellers shall  cooperate
with and shall make available to the Buyer on a prompt basis all information and
documents  as may be  necessary to assist  and coordinate the  employment by the
Buyer of any such  Employees consistent with any  applicable employment laws  or
regulations regarding employee privacy rights.
 
    (c)  Effective as of the close of  business on the Closing Date, the Sellers
shall terminate the employment  of all the Employees  that the Buyer desires  to
employ.  The Buyer shall not be liable to any Employees or other Persons for any
severance obligations,  benefit obligations  or  any other  similar  obligations
owing  by either Seller in connection with  the termination of any Employee's or
other Person's employment  with the  Sellers, including  without limitation  any
obligation  (except for  those obligations  for which  the Buyer  is responsible
pursuant to SECTION 8.1(A) of this Agreement) imposed under the WARN Act.
 
    (d) Within ten days after  the Closing Date, the  Sellers shall pay to  each
Employee  to  be employed  by  the Buyer  after  the Closing  (i)  all severance
obligations  or  other   similar  obligations   (including  without   limitation
obligations  with respect to stock  options), if any, owing  by either Seller in
connection with the termination of such Employee's employment with the  Sellers,
and (ii) an amount equal
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
to  any accrued liability for such Employee's accrued vacation for periods prior
to the close of business on the Effective Date. At least fourteen days prior  to
the  Closing Date, the Sellers shall  give written notification to each Employee
of the amount and nature  of the expected payment to  be made to such  Employee,
which  notification shall  instruct the  Employee to  notify the  Sellers of the
Employee's objections,  if  any,  within  10 days  following  the  date  of  the
notification  to the Employee.  The Sellers shall promptly  forward to the Buyer
each such objection notice received by the Sellers.
 
    (e) To the full extent requested by the Buyer, the Sellers shall  terminate,
as  of the Closing, all obligations of  the Employees who become employed by the
Buyer under any noncompetition,  confidentiality, or other employment  agreement
in  effect between such Employee  and either Seller, except  with respect to any
confidentiality obligations  of  such  Employees  with  respect  to  information
relating exclusively to the Fuel and Waste Business.
 
    (f)  On and at all  times after the Closing Date,  each of the Sellers shall
operate and  maintain those  of  its Plans  in  which any  one  or more  of  the
Employees  participates  in  accordance  with the  terms  thereof  and  with the
requirements of applicable law. Nothing in this provision shall prevent  Sellers
in  their sole discretion from terminating any  such Plan in accordance with the
terms thereof and applicable law.
 
    (g) All Employees who  continue to have accounts  after the Closing Date  in
the  Sellers' "401(k)" Plan shall  be treated by the  Sellers in the same manner
that the Sellers treat their other former employees. The Sellers shall give  the
Buyer prior written notice of the date on which the Sellers terminate such Plan.
 
    (h)  Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall (i) obligate the
Buyer or any Affiliate of the Buyer  to employ any Person currently employed  by
either  Seller, to engage any independent contractor currently engaged by either
Seller or to assume any obligations relating to the employment of any Person  as
an  employee,  independent  contractor or  otherwise;  or (ii)  confer  upon any
employee or independent contractor of either  Seller any right to employment  or
to  continued employment for  any specified period,  as an employee, independent
contractor or otherwise.
 
    7.4  INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.
 
    (a)  NO INCONSISTENT USES.  The Sellers  agree not to use or license to  any
Person  any Proprietary Rights  in any manner  inconsistent with the Proprietary
Rights transferred to  the Buyer  pursuant to this  Agreement or  in any  manner
inconsistent  with law, and agree  not to take any  action that would compromise
the value of any such transferred Proprietary Rights.
 
    (b)  NONDISCLOSURE.   The Sellers agree that,  throughout the five (5)  year
period  following the  Closing Date,  no Seller will  use or  disclose any Trade
Secrets or other confidential information  in any fashion that would  compromise
the  value of the Trade Secrets or any other confidential information that is to
be transferred to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.
 
    (c)  TRADE NAMES.   The Sellers  agree that they  will not, individually  or
collectively,  display, publish  or otherwise use  any of  the Transferred Trade
Names or  any  trade  name  confusingly  similar  to  any  Transferred  Name  in
connection  with any business  that conducts any activities  similar to those of
any of the Businesses.
 
    (d)  RETAINED TRADE NAMES.  For the 90 day period immediately following  the
Closing  Date, the Buyer  shall have the  right to use  the names VECTRA, VECTRA
Technologies, Pacific Nuclear,  Pacific Nuclear  Systems and  any other  similar
names or derivatives (the "RETAINED TRADE NAMES") that are in any manner printed
on,  affixed to or incorporated within any of the Assets to the full extent that
such Retained Trade Names were used by the Sellers in the ordinary course of the
Businesses prior to the Closing Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such use shall  be
limited  to that reasonably  appropriate in connection with  the transfer of the
Businesses contemplated hereby or with the consumption or
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
depletion of Assets such as  purchase orders, invoices, sales orders,  packaging
stock,  labels,  letterheads, shipping  documents  and similar  items; PROVIDED,
FURTHER, HOWEVER that nothing  in this SECTION 7.4(D)  shall prohibit the  Buyer
from  using any of  the Retained Trade  Names in attempting  to collect Accounts
Receivable pursuant to SECTION 9.7(A) at  any time within the five-month  period
following  the Closing  Date. The  Buyer agrees  that within  90 days  after the
Closing Date, it will,  to the extent reasonably  necessary in order to  respect
the  Sellers' rights  in the Retained  Trade Names, eliminate  or obliterate the
Retained Trade Names and logos from all signs, purchase orders, invoices,  sales
orders,  packaging  stock,  labels, letterheads,  shipping  documents  and other
materials to be  used by  it; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,  that nothing  in this  SECTION
7.4(D)  shall require  the Buyer to  eliminate or obliterate  any Retained Trade
Names from any items the Buyer's use  of which is reasonable in connection  with
attempting to collect Accounts Receivable pursuant to SECTION 9.7(A) at any time
within  the  five-month  period  following  the  Closing  Date.  Notwithstanding
anything in this  SECTION 7.4(D)  to the contrary,  at all  times following  the
Closing Date the Buyer shall be permitted to use and maintain the Retained Trade
Names  printed  on, affixed  to  or incorporated  within  the Assets  for record
keeping, archival and any other internal purposes.
 
    7.5  SEARCHES RELATING  TO ENCUMBRANCES.   Prior to the  Closing and at  the
expense of the Sellers, the Sellers shall cause to be obtained and shall deliver
to  the Buyer the results  of searches, performed in  the appropriate offices of
all jurisdictions in  which the  Assets are  located, for  any judgments,  liens
(including  without limitation liens relating to Taxes), security interests, and
encumbrances relating to any and all of the Assets. The searches shall have been
undertaken and be accurate as  of a date not earlier  than twenty days prior  to
the  Closing (or shall be updated within such period), and shall be conducted in
a fashion  reasonably  designed to  inform  the  Buyer of  all  liens,  security
interests, and encumbrances affecting the Assets.
 
    7.6    STOCKHOLDERS' MEETING.   VECTRA  shall take  all action  necessary in
accordance with and subject to applicable law and its articles of  incorporation
and bylaws to convene a meeting of its stockholders as soon as practicable after
the  date  of  this  Agreement  to  consider  and  vote  upon  the  adoption and
authorization of this Agreement. VECTRA,  through its Board of Directors,  shall
recommend  to its stockholders the adoption  and authorization of this Agreement
and the transactions contemplated hereby and shall use all reasonable efforts to
obtain the adoption and authorization of this Agreement and the consummation  of
the  transactions contemplated hereby  by the stockholders  of VECTRA; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that  the  Board of  Directors  of VECTRA  shall  not be  obligated  to
recommend   approval  of  this   Agreement  and  related   matters  to  VECTRA's
shareholders  or  use  its  reasonable  efforts  to  obtain  the  adoption   and
authorization  of VECTRA's shareholders if such  Board of Directors, acting with
the advice of counsel, determines that such recommendation would be contrary  to
the  Board  of  Director's  legal  obligations  as  directors  of  VECTRA  under
Washington law.
 
    7.7  EXCLUSIVITY.   Without  limiting the effect  of any  other warranty  or
representation  contained in  this Agreement,  at no  time from  the date hereof
through the Closing Date will either  Seller, directly or through any agents  or
representatives,  (i)  solicit, initiate,  or  encourage the  submission  of any
proposal or offer  from any Person  relating to the  acquisition of any  capital
stock  or other voting securities, or any  substantial portion of the Assets, of
either Seller (including any acquisition  structured as a merger,  consolidation
or  share  exchange); or  (ii) participate  in  any discussions  or negotiations
regarding, furnish any information with respect to, assist or participate in, or
facilitate in any other manner any effort or attempt by any Person to do or seek
any of the foregoing, except to the  extent related to such efforts or  attempts
that  are not the direct  or indirect result of  any solicitation, initiation or
encouragement on the part  of any of  the Sellers or  their Affiliates and  with
respect  to  which VECTRA's  Board of  Directors shall  have determined  in good
faith, acting with the advice  of counsel, that such  action is required by  the
fiduciary  duties of VECTRA's directors under  Washington law. The Sellers shall
notify the Buyer immediately if any  Person makes any proposal, offer,  inquiry,
or  contact with respect to any of the foregoing. The Sellers will not be deemed
to have made a "solicitation", "initiation" or "encouragement" in breach of this
SECTION 7.7 by reason of their publication  of the provision of SECTIONS 7.6  or
7.7  in  a  proxy  statement  distributed  to  the  shareholders  of  VECTRA  in
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
connection  with  such  shareholders'  approval  of  the  consummation  of   the
transactions  contemplated by  this Agreement or  their filing  of any materials
with the Securities and Exchange Commission required in connection therewith.
 
    7.8  TANGIBLE ASSETS SCHEDULE.  The  Sellers shall deliver to the Buyer,  by
June  15, 1996, a schedule (the  "Tangible Assets Schedule"), acceptable in form
and substance to the Buyer,  listing each item of  each Seller's Assets that  is
tangible  personal property  that had  an original  purchase price  in excess of
$1,000, together with its original purchase price, accumulated depreciation, tax
value and office location.
 
    7.9  UPDATE OF  SHARED ASSETS SCHEDULE.   The Sellers  shall deliver to  the
Buyer,  by June  15, 1996,  a schedule  (the "UPDATED  SHARED ASSETS SCHEDULE"),
acceptable in form and substance to the Buyer, bringing current the schedule  of
Licensed  Shared  Assets and  Transferred Shared  Assets  set forth  as SCHEDULE
2.6(B)(I).
 
    7.10  WARRANTY CLAIMS.
 
    (a) The Sellers, on the  one hand, and the Buyer,  on the other, shall  give
immediate  written  notice  to  the  other  party  of  any  Warranty  Claim  (as
hereinafter defined) received after the Closing that relates in whole or in part
to work performed by  any of the  Businesses prior to  Closing. The Buyer  shall
have  the option to perform the work required to satisfy or otherwise to address
properly any such  Warranty Claims.  VECTRA shall  reimburse the  Buyer for  its
Fully  Loaded Cost (as hereafter defined) of  performing such work to the extent
either Seller would  be liable for  such Warranty Claim  or either Seller  would
have,  pursuant to the  customary business practices of  the Businesses prior to
the Closing, satisfied or otherwise performed the services necessary to properly
address such  Warranty  Claim  without  charge to  the  customer.  The  cost  of
satisfying any Warranty Claim that involves work performed both before and after
the  Closing shall be allocated  between the parties based  on the percentage of
the cost of the defective work performed before and after the Closing.
 
    (b) Prior  to satisfying  any  such Warranty  Claim,  the Buyer  shall  give
written  notice to VECTRA of its proposed  actions, if any, with respect to such
Warranty Claim. Within  ten days  of its  receipt of  any such  notice from  the
Buyer,  VECTRA shall notify the Buyer in writing if it objects to responsibility
for the Warranty Claim or  to reimbursing the Buyer for  all or any part of  the
Buyer's  Fully Loaded Cost of  satisfying the Warranty Claim.  If the Buyer does
not receive any such objection within such ten day period, the Sellers shall  be
fully liable for such costs.
 
    (c)  For the purposes of this SECTION 7.10, "Warranty Claim" means any claim
or demand arising because of the actual or asserted failure of either Seller  to
adequately  or  properly  perform the  services  rendered in  connection  with a
Contract, including  without  limitation  any  assertion  of  a  breach  of  the
requirements  of  any  Contract  or  of  any  statute,  common  law, regulation,
ordinance or rule.
 
    (d) For the purposes of this  SECTION 7.10, the Buyer's "Fully Loaded  Cost"
means  the Buyer's fully loaded cost as determined in accordance with its normal
practices for determining such  costs when performing  services for a  regulated
utility, but excluding any profit percentage.
 
    (e)  Any dispute between the Sellers and  the Buyer with respect to VECTRA's
responsibility for any Warranty Claim or the amount thereof shall be resolved at
the request of any party in accordance with SECTION 13.1.
 
    (f) The Buyer shall have all  responsibility for warranty work on  Contracts
for  work performed by it after the Closing Date, including work performed under
Retained Contracts.
 
    7.11  NOTICE  TO TAX AUTHORITIES.   Within ten  Business Days following  the
Closing  Date, the Sellers shall provide to each Governmental Authority to which
any Seller is  required to  pay personal  property or  comparable Taxes  written
notice  that after  the Closing (a)  the Sellers  have sold the  Assets and will
cease conducting  the Businesses,  and (b)  the address  to which  the  personal
property tax
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
statement  for tax liability  on the Assets  through the Closing  Date should be
sent. A copy of each such notice shall be sent to the Buyer at the same time  it
is delivered to the appropriate Governmental Authority.
 
    7.12    RELEASE OF  LIENS.   Without  limiting any  other obligation  of the
Sellers provided herein,  at the Closing  the Sellers shall  (a) deliver to  the
Buyer  instruments, in  form and substance  satisfactory to the  Buyer, by which
each Person possessing any security interests in the Assets to be transferred to
the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement  releases and terminates all such  security
interests  upon the Closing (except  for those items included  in clauses (i) or
(ii) of the definition  of "Permitted Liens" and  except with respect to  leased
property),  which instruments  shall be executed  by and binding  upon each such
Person; and (b) deliver to the  Buyer UCC-3 termination statements, in form  and
substance  satisfactory  to  the  Buyer and  signed  by  the  applicable secured
parties, that may be  immediately filed by  the Buyer and  that will, upon  such
filing,  terminate all UCC-1 financing statements in every jurisdiction in which
such financing  statements  are  on  file  with respect  to  the  Assets  to  be
transferred  to the Buyer  pursuant to this Agreement  (including those filed in
favor of  Banque Paribas  and  Banque Nationale  de  Paris but  excluding  those
filings made with respect to leased property).
 
    7.13   QUALITY  ASSURANCE PROGRAM  TRANSITION.   Notwithstanding anything in
this Agreement to the  contrary, from the Closing  Date through October 1,  1996
the  Sellers  shall  allow  the  Buyer to  perform  work  for  customers  of the
Businesses under the applicable quality assurance programs in effect between the
Sellers and each such customer as of  the Closing Date, shall make available  to
the  Buyer a copy of each such program  and shall allow the Buyer to inform such
customers of the use of such programs and to provide copies of such programs  to
such  customers. Any  discussions or  other actions  taken pursuant  to any such
quality assurance programs in connection with  work performed by the Buyer  will
be  directed to the appropriate representatives of  the Buyer rather than of the
Sellers. The Buyer  does not anticipate  that any participation  of the  Sellers
will  be required in  connection with the  application by the  Buyer of any such
quality assurance program; however, the  Buyer shall compensate the Sellers  for
their  fully loaded cost  (as determined in accordance  with the Sellers' normal
practices for determining such costs in connection with quality assurance review
undertaken in  connection  with work  performed  for a  regulated  utility,  but
excluding   any  profit  percentage)  incurred   in  connection  with  any  such
participation that is provided at the  Buyer's request. Nothing in this  SECTION
7.13  shall limit the Sellers' ability to  engage in any discussions or take any
actions in connection with quality  assurance review relating to work  performed
by the Sellers prior to the Closing Date.
 
                                  ARTICLE VIII
                             COVENANTS OF THE BUYER
 
    8.1  EMPLOYEE MATTERS.
 
    (a)   TERMINATION MATTERS.  Of those  Employees hired by the Buyer after the
Closing in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated  by
this  Agreement, the Buyer shall  not terminate the employment  of any number of
such Employees  to the  extent that,  when  combined with  the number  of  those
Employees  that are not hired by the  Buyer, such termination by the Buyer would
result in any liability on the part of the Sellers under the WARN Act.
 
    (b)  ACCRUED VACATION.  The Buyer  agrees to provide each Employee hired  by
the Buyer as of the Closing Date unpaid vacation (which may be taken only during
the  period following the Closing Date through  December 31, 1996) to the extent
(i) the  Employee accrued  rights  to receive  such  vacation for  periods  from
January  1, 1996 through the  close of business on  the Effective Date, and (ii)
the Sellers paid the Employee an amount equal to the accrued liability for  such
vacation pursuant to SECTION 7.3(D).
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IX
                                MUTUAL COVENANTS
 
    9.1   CONSUMMATION OF AGREEMENT.  The parties to this Agreement agree to use
their reasonable efforts to perform or fulfill all conditions and obligations to
be performed or fulfilled by them under this Agreement so that the  transactions
contemplated hereby shall be consummated. Except for events that are the subject
of  specific provisions  of this  Agreement, if  any event  should occur, either
within or  outside  the control  of  any party  to  this Agreement,  that  would
materially  delay or prevent fulfillment of  the conditions upon the obligations
of either  party hereto  to  consummate the  transactions contemplated  by  this
Agreement,  each party will notify  the other of any  such event and the parties
will use their reasonable, diligent and  good faith efforts to cure or  minimize
the same as expeditiously as possible.
 
    9.2  ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PRICE.
 
    (a)   PRELIMINARY  ALLOCATION.   Following the  delivery of  the Pre-Closing
Balance Sheet to the Buyer and prior to the Closing, the parties shall use their
best efforts to agree on an allocation of a portion of the Closing Payment among
the Assets included in the Pre-Closing Balance Sheet (with the remainder of  the
Closing Payment being allocated to goodwill).
 
    (b)  FINAL ALLOCATION.  Following the delivery of the Closing Balance Sheets
to  the Sellers, the parties  shall allocate the Final  Purchase Price among the
Assets included in the Closing Balance  Sheets in a fashion consistent with  the
agreed-upon allocation of the Closing Payment.
 
    (c)   TAX REPORTING.  The Sellers and  the Buyer agree that each party shall
report the transactions contemplated by  this Agreement for income tax  purposes
in  accordance  with the  finally determined  allocation  of the  Final Purchase
Price, pursuant to Section 1060 of the Code and the regulations thereunder,  and
agree  not to take, in any filing  with or accompanying any Tax Return reporting
any part of the transaction undertaken herein, a position inconsistent with such
allocations.
 
    9.3  CONSENTS AND AUTHORIZATIONS.  The parties agree to use their reasonable
efforts to  obtain, deliver  and file  (as the  case may  be), at  the  earliest
practicable  date (or, if applicable, at the earliest practicable date following
the expiration  of any  required waiting  period), all  consents, approvals  and
notices  with  respect  to any  Person  or  Governmental Authority  that  may be
required in connection  with the consummation  of the transactions  contemplated
hereby.  Specifically but without limiting the effect of the foregoing sentence,
upon the determination by the Buyer that such action is required, the parties to
this Agreement shall notify the Department of Energy of the contract assignments
of Subsidiary, and shall promptly file  Notification and Report Forms under  the
HSR Act with the Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC") and the Antitrust Division
of  the Department of Justice (the "Antitrust Division") and respond as promptly
as practicable to all inquiries received from the FTC or the Antitrust  Division
for additional information or documentation.
 
    9.4  CONFIDENTIALITY.  The Buyer shall hold, and shall cause its consultants
and  advisors  to  hold,  in strict  confidence  all  documents  and information
concerning the Sellers and their Affiliates furnished to the Buyer in connection
with the transactions contemplated  by this Agreement, and  each of the  Sellers
shall  hold, and  shall cause  its consultants and  advisors to  hold, in strict
confidence all documents and information concerning the Buyer and its Affiliates
furnished to either Seller in  connection with the transactions contemplated  by
this  Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in each case any party may disclose any
document or  information (i)  that is  already public  knowledge prior  to  such
disclosure  or  (ii)  to the  extent  that,  in the  reasonable  opinion  of the
disclosing party's  legal counsel,  such  disclosure is  necessary in  order  to
conform  to the requirements of any  applicable securities laws and regulations,
including without  limitation the  rules of  any securities  exchange, but  only
after  the disclosing party has given prior  written notice of the disclosure to
the non-disclosing parties.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    9.5  PUBLICITY.  Each of the  parties to this Agreement agrees to  negotiate
in  good faith with the other parties as  to the text, form, content, and timing
of any news  release or other  public announcement or  disclosure concerning  or
relating  to  the  transactions contemplated  hereby  prior to  its  release for
publication,  subject  to  compliance  with  all  applicable  laws,  rules   and
regulations pertaining to such announcements or disclosures.
 
    9.6  SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES.
 
    (a)  Without the express written consent of  the other, the Buyer on the one
hand and the Sellers on the other shall not, nor shall they permit any of  their
respective Affiliates to, (i) at any time during the two year period immediately
following  the Closing Date, directly  or indirectly, solicit, encourage, entice
or induce any person  who is, at the  time of such solicitation,  encouragement,
enticement  or inducement, an employee of the other (or the other's Affiliates),
to terminate his or her employment  with the other (or the other's  Affiliates),
or (ii) at any time during the one year period immediately following the Closing
Date,  employ any  person who is,  at any time  during such one  year period, an
employee of the other;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing  in this SECTION  9.6(A)
shall prohibit the Buyer from employing any of the Employees.
 
    (b)  The parties agree that monetary damages may be inadequate to remedy any
breach or threatened  breach of the  obligations set forth  in this Section  and
that  each  party  shall  be entitled  to  equitable  relief,  including without
limitation the granting of injunctive relief, in addition to any other  remedies
available at law.
 
    9.7  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE; INACTIVE CONTRACTS.
 
    (a)   COLLECTION BY BUYER.  The  Buyer shall attempt to collect the Accounts
Receivable transferred to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement after the Closing
in accordance with its normal collection practices and procedures (which do  not
include  filing suit or hiring collection agencies),  but the Buyer shall not be
required to take any other actions to collect such accounts.
 
    (b)  GUARANTY.  Upon the Buyer's  written request at any time at least  five
months after the Closing Date, VECTRA shall pay the Buyer an amount equal to (i)
the  uncollected  amount of  all Accounts  Receivable that  are included  in the
Valuation Assets as of the Effective Date and that are not collected within  the
five-month  period  immediately after  the  Closing Date,  other  than retention
accounts relating to projects on which work is continuing, less (ii) any amounts
collected by the Buyer on the Accounts Receivable that are not included in  such
Valuation  Assets. Thereafter, on the Buyer's written request from time to time,
VECTRA shall pay to the Buyer the  face amount of any retention account that  is
not  collected  within 60  days after  the  termination of  work on  the related
project. With respect to any uncollected retention account that relates to  work
performed both before and after the Closing, the Buyer shall give written notice
to  VECTRA of the amount the Buyer proposes that VECTRA pay with respect to such
uncollected retention account. Within ten days of its receipt of any such notice
from the  Buyer, VECTRA  shall notify  the Buyer  in writing  if it  objects  to
responsibility  for  the uncollected  retention account,  or  the amount  of the
uncollected retention account that  the Buyer proposes that  VECTRA pay. If  the
Buyer  does not  receive any such  objection within such  ten-day period, VECTRA
shall pay the  Buyer the requested  amount. Any dispute  between VECTRA and  the
Buyer  with respect to  such uncollected retention account  shall be resolved at
the request of either party in accordance with SECTION 13.1.
 
    (c)  ASSIGNMENT.  Upon receipt of  the payment from the Sellers pursuant  to
SECTION  9.7(B),  the  Buyer shall  assign  to VECTRA  all  uncollected Accounts
Receivable transferred  to the  Buyer  pursuant to  this Agreement  (other  than
retention accounts relating to projects on which work is continuing).
 
    (d)    POST-ASSIGNMENT RECEIPTS.    The Buyer  shall  forward to  VECTRA any
amounts  received  by  the  Buyer  following  the  assignment  of  any  Accounts
Receivable  pursuant to SECTION 9.7(C) above  that are payments on such assigned
Accounts Receivable.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    (e)  COLLECTIONS IN EXCESS OF COST.  If the Buyer shall collect an amount on
the Accounts Receivable transferred to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement that
is in excess of the value of  such Accounts Receivable on the Valuation  Balance
Sheet  included as part  of the Closing  Balance Sheets, the  Buyer shall pay to
VECTRA such excess from time to time as collected.
 
    (f)  RECORDS OF RECEIPTS.  The Buyer shall provide to the Sellers, upon  the
Sellers'  request from time to time, detailed and accurate records of the amount
of all payments received by  the Buyer in partial  or total satisfaction of  any
Accounts  Receivable  transferred  to  the  Buyer  pursuant  to  this Agreement,
including the date and amount  of each such receipt, the  name of the payor  and
the invoice number to which the payment relates.
 
    (g)   INACTIVE CONTRACTS.  If the Buyer  shall collect any amounts on any of
the six  Contracts  scheduled  as "VECTRA  Government  Services,  Inc.  Inactive
Contracts  for Assignment" for  client "WSRC" contained as  part of SCHEDULE 5.9
and transferred to the  Buyer pursuant to this  Agreement, then the Buyer  shall
pay  to VECTRA  such amounts  from time  to time  as collected.  VECTRA shall be
entitled to participate in good faith with the Buyer in any customer discussions
directly relating to the settlement of the amounts owing on such Contracts.
 
    9.8  PAYMENTS FOR INTERIM ACCOUNTS.
 
    (a) Within seven  days after  the Closing Date,  the Sellers  shall pay  the
Buyer  the aggregate amount of all payments that relate to any Assets (including
Accounts Receivable) included in the Valuation  Assets and that are received  by
either  of the Sellers after the close of business on the Effective Date through
the Closing Date. After  the Closing Date,  the Sellers shall  pay to the  Buyer
within  three Business Days after receipt by the Sellers, the amount of all such
payments that are  received by either  Seller (including those  received in  any
lock-boxes  maintained on  behalf of  either Seller).  The Sellers  shall be the
Buyer's agent with respect to all such payments and shall hold such payments  in
trust for the Buyer.
 
    (b)  Within seven days  after the Closing  Date, the Buyer  shall pay to the
Sellers the aggregate amount of all payments by the Sellers in partial or  total
satisfaction  of any Assumed Liabilities made after the close of business on the
Effective Date through the Closing Date. Thereafter, the Buyer shall pay to  the
Sellers,  within three Business Days of payment  by the Sellers, an amount equal
to the amount of all such payments (if  any) that are made by the Sellers  after
the Closing Date.
 
    (c)  Commencing the Effective Date and continuing thereafter for five months
following the Closing Date, the Sellers shall provide to Buyer, upon the Buyer's
request from time to time,  detailed and accurate records  of the amount of  (i)
all  payments  received  by the  Sellers  after  the close  of  business  on the
Effective Date  that relate  to any  Assets included  in the  Valuation  Assets,
including  the date and amount  of each such payment, the  name of the payor and
the invoice number to which the payment  relates, and (ii) all payments made  by
the  Sellers after  the close of  business on  the Effective Date  in partial or
total satisfaction of any Assumed Liabilities, including the date and amount  of
each such payment, the name of the payee and the obligation to which it relates.
 
                                   ARTICLE X
                               CLOSING CONDITIONS
 
    10.1   MUTUAL CONDITIONS.  The respective obligations of each of the parties
to this  Agreement  to effect  the  transactions contemplated  hereby  shall  be
subject  to the  fulfillment at or  prior to  the Closing Date  of the following
conditions:
 
        (a) No party to this Agreement shall  be subject on the Closing Date  to
    any  order, decree or  injunction of a court  of competent jurisdiction that
    enjoins or prohibits the consummation of this Agreement and no  Governmental
    Authority  shall have instituted  a suit or proceeding  that is then pending
    that seeks to enjoin or  prohibit the transactions contemplated hereby.  Any
    party who is
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    subject  to any such order, decree or  injunction or the subject of any such
    suit or proceeding shall take any steps within that party's control to cause
    any such order,  decree or injunction  to be  modified so as  to permit  the
    Closing and to cause any such suit or proceeding to be dismissed.
 
        (b)  VECTRA and Buyer  and any other Person  required in connection with
    the transactions contemplated hereby to file a Notification and Report  Form
    with  the DOJ and FTC  pursuant to the HSR Act  shall have made such filing,
    all applicable waiting periods with  respect to each such filing  (including
    any extensions thereof) shall have expired or been terminated and no actions
    shall  have been  instituted by  the DOJ  or FTC  challenging or  seeking to
    enjoin  the  consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  under   this
    Agreement (unless such actions shall have been withdrawn or terminated).
 
        (c) The Closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall
    be  in  compliance with  all applicable  state  and federal  laws, including
    without  limitation  (i)  all  laws  that  would  render  the   transactions
    contemplated  by this  Agreement void  or voidable,  and (ii)  all laws that
    would subject the Buyer or any of its Affiliates to any Liability.
 
        (d) The Sellers  and the Buyer  shall have agreed  upon the  Pre-Closing
    Balance Sheet and the amount of the Closing Payment Adjustment.
 
        (e)  The shareholders of VECTRA shall  have approved the consummation of
    the transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  in accordance  with  all
    applicable state and federal laws.
 
    10.2    CONDITIONS  TO  THE  OBLIGATIONS OF  THE  SELLERS.    The respective
obligations of the Sellers to effect the transactions contemplated hereby  shall
be  further subject to the  fulfillment of the following  conditions, any one or
more of which may be waived by the Sellers:
 
        (a) All representations and  warranties of the  Buyer contained in  this
    Agreement  shall be  true and  correct in  all material  respects as  of the
    Closing  Date  as  though  made  as  of  such  date  (except  as   otherwise
    contemplated by this Agreement). The Buyer shall have performed and complied
    in  all material respects with all its covenants and agreements contained in
    this Agreement required to be performed and complied with by it at or  prior
    to the Closing. The Sellers shall have received a certificate to the matters
    set  forth  in this  SECTION 10.2(A)  signed on  behalf of  the Buyer  by an
    authorized officer.
 
        (b) (i) All documents  required to have been  delivered by the Buyer  to
    either Seller at or prior to the Closing shall have been delivered, (ii) the
    Transition  Services and Shared  Assets Agreement, the  Escrow Agreement and
    the Premises Sublease Agreement  shall have been  executed and delivered  by
    the  Buyer and (iii) all actions required to have been taken by the Buyer at
    or prior to the Closing shall have been taken.
 
        (c) The Sellers shall have received an opinion from Robinson, Bradshaw &
    Hinson, P.A., counsel to the Buyer, dated the Closing Date, in substantially
    the form of the opinion attached hereto as EXHIBIT B.
 
        (d) As of  the Closing Date,  the Sellers shall  have received from  the
    Buyer the following documents:
 
           (i)  a certificate of corporate existence of the Buyer from the State
       of North Carolina;
 
           (ii) a true and complete copy of the articles of incorporation of the
       Buyer and  all  amendments  thereto  certified  by  the  State  of  North
       Carolina;
 
          (iii) a true and complete copy of the bylaws of the Buyer certified by
       its Secretary;
 
          (iv)  a certificate from the Secretary  of the Buyer that its articles
       of incorporation have not been amended since the date of the  certificate
       described in subsection (ii) above, and that
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
       nothing  has occurred  since the date  of issuance of  the certificate of
       existence specified in subsection (i) above, that would adversely  affect
       the Buyer's corporate existence or good standing;
 
           (v)  a true  and complete  copy of  the resolutions  of the  Board of
       Directors  of  the   Buyer  authorizing  the   execution,  delivery   and
       performance  of this Agreement,  and all instruments  and documents to be
       delivered in  connection  herewith,  and  the  transactions  contemplated
       hereby by the Buyer, certified by its Secretary; and
 
          (vi)  a  certificate  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Buyer  as  to the
       incumbency and signatures of its  officers who will execute documents  at
       the Closing or who have executed the Agreement.
 
    (e)  As of  the Closing  Date, the Sellers  shall have  received the Closing
Payment.
 
    10.3  CONDITIONS TO THE  OBLIGATIONS OF THE BUYER.   The obligations of  the
Buyer to effect the transactions contemplated hereby shall be further subject to
the  fulfillment of the  following conditions, any  one or more  of which may be
waived by the Buyer:
 
        (a) All representations and warranties of each of the Sellers  contained
    in  this Agreement shall be true and  correct in all material respects as of
    the Closing  Date  as though  made  as of  such  date (except  as  otherwise
    contemplated  by  this  Agreement).  The Sellers  shall  have  performed and
    complied in all material  respects with all  their respective covenants  and
    agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed and complied
    with  by them at  or prior to the  Closing. The Buyer  shall have received a
    certificate to  the matters  set forth  in this  SECTION 10.3(A)  signed  on
    behalf of each of the Sellers by an authorized officer of each.
 
        (b)  (i) All documents required to  have been delivered by either Seller
    to the Buyer at or prior to the Closing shall have been delivered, (ii)  the
    Transition  Services and  Shared Assets  Agreement and  the Escrow Agreement
    shall have been executed  and delivered by the  Sellers, (iii) the  Premises
    Sublease  Agreement shall  have been executed  and delivered  by VECTRA, and
    (iv) all actions required to  have been taken by each  of the Sellers at  or
    prior to the Closing shall have been taken.
 
        (c)  The Buyer  shall have received  an opinion from  Preston, Gates and
    Ellis, counsel to the Sellers, dated the Closing Date, in substantially  the
    form of the opinion attached hereto as EXHIBIT C.
 
        (d)  As of  the Closing  Date, the  Buyer shall  have received  from the
    Sellers the following documents:
 
           (i) a certificate of  existence and tax good  standing of VECTRA  and
       the Subsidiary from the respective state of incorporation of each;
 
           (ii)  a true  and complete copy  of the articles  of incorporation of
       each  of  the  Sellers  and  all  amendments  thereto  certified  by  the
       respective state of incorporation of each;
 
          (iii)  a true and complete  copy of the bylaws  of each of the Sellers
       certified by the respective Secretary of each;
 
          (iv) a certificate from the Secretary of each of the Sellers that  the
       articles of incorporation of each such entity have not been amended since
       the  date of the certificate described in subsection (ii) above, and that
       nothing has  occurred since  the  date of  issuance  of the  articles  of
       existence  specified in subsection (i) above, that would adversely affect
       such entity's corporate existence or good standing;
 
           (v) a  true and  complete copy  of the  resolutions of  the Board  of
       Directors (and if required to consummate the transactions contemplated by
       this  Agreement,  the resolutions  of the  shareholders)  of each  of the
       Sellers  authorizing   the  execution,   delivery  and   performance   of
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
       this  Agreement, and  all instruments  and documents  to be  delivered in
       connection herewith,  and the  transactions contemplated  hereby by  each
       such entity, respectively, certified by the Secretary of such entity; and
 
          (vi) a certificate from the Secretary of each of the Sellers as to the
       incumbency and signatures of any of such entity's respective officers who
       will execute documents at the Closing or who have executed the Agreement.
 
        (e)  The Buyer shall  have received from  each of the  Sellers a bill of
    sale and an assignment agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to  the
    Buyer,  and such other documents, opinions and certificates that it may have
    reasonably requested in connection with the proper and effective  conveyance
    of  the  Assets  free and  clear  of  all liens,  claims,  encumbrances, and
    restrictions whatsoever,  (excluding  the  Excluded Assets  and  except  for
    Permitted  Liens  other than  those Permitted  Liens  set forth  on SCHEDULE
    1.42), and the consummation of  the other transactions contemplated by  this
    Agreement.
 
        (f)  All  consents  required  of  any  Person  in  order  to  effect the
    assignment of all material  Contracts to the Buyer  and the consummation  of
    the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained.
 
        (g) As of the close of business on the Effective Date, the Balance Sheet
    of  the Businesses will not vary in  any materially adverse respect from the
    Balance Sheet of  the Businesses  as at December  31, 1995  included in  the
    Financial Statements.
 
        (h) The Buyer shall have accepted the form and substance of the Tangible
    Assets Schedule.
 
        (i)  The Buyer shall have accepted the form and substance of the Updated
    Shared Assets Schedule.
 
                                   ARTICLE XI
                                  TERMINATION
 
    11.1   TERMINATION.    Notwithstanding  anything to  the  contrary  in  this
Agreement, the obligations of the parties under this Agreement may be terminated
and  the transactions  contemplated hereby  abandoned at  any time  prior to the
Closing Date:
 
        (a) by mutual written consent of the parties to this Agreement;
 
        (b) by either the Buyer on the one hand, or the Sellers on the other, if
    there shall  be  any law  or  regulation  that makes  consummation  of  this
    Agreement  illegal or otherwise  prohibited or if  any judgment, injunction,
    order or decree permanently enjoining the  any party to this Agreement  from
    consummating  this Agreement is entered and such judgment, injunction, order
    or decree shall become final and non-appealable;
 
        (c) by either the Buyer on the one hand, or the Sellers on the other, if
    the conditions to  the obligation  to effect  the transactions  contemplated
    hereby  of the  party seeking termination  shall not have  been fulfilled or
    waived by September  30, 1996, and  if the party  seeking termination is  in
    material compliance with all of its obligations under this Agreement;
 
        (d) by either the Buyer on the one hand, or the Sellers on the other, if
    a condition to the obligation to effect the transactions contemplated hereby
    of  the party seeking termination shall have become incapable of fulfillment
    (notwithstanding the efforts of the party seeking to terminate as set  forth
    in SECTION 9.1) and has not been waived;
 
        (e)  by the Buyer, if by 5:00  p.m. (San Ramon, California time) on June
    1, 1996, the  Buyer shall  have given  notice to  VECTRA that  in its  sole,
    absolute  and unqualified discretion, the Buyer has determined, based on its
    due diligence review  of each  of the Businesses,  not to  proceed with  the
    consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
        (f)  by the Buyer, if by 5:00  p.m. (San Ramon, California time) on June
    5, 1996, the  Buyer shall have  given notice  to VECTRA that  the Buyer  has
    determined  in the exercise of its sole, absolute and unqualified discretion
    that the Buyer has not received assurances from Commonwealth Edison Co. that
    it will remain a customer of  the Buyer following the Closing (with  respect
    to  existing  Contracts  as  well as  Contracts  potentially  to  be entered
    following the date  hereof and  following the  Closing Date)  to the  extent
    satisfactory to the Buyer.
 
    11.2  PROCEDURE AND EFFECT OF TERMINATION OR FAILURE TO CLOSE.  In the event
of  a termination contemplated hereby by any party pursuant to SECTION 11.1, the
party seeking  to terminate  this  Agreement shall  give prompt  written  notice
thereof  to the other parties, and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be
abandoned, without further action by any party hereto. In such event:
 
        (a) The parties to  this Agreement shall continue  to be bound by  their
    obligations  of confidentiality set  forth in SECTION 9.4  and all copies of
    the information  deemed  confidential  pursuant  to  SECTION  9.4  shall  be
    returned  to the  party from  which such  information originated immediately
    upon its request  therefor (or, at  the request of  such originating  party,
    such information shall be immediately destroyed);
 
        (b)  All  filings, applications  and other  submissions relating  to the
    transactions contemplated  hereby  shall,  to  the  extent  practicable,  be
    withdrawn from the Person or Governmental Authority to which it was made;
 
        (c)  In the  event of  a termination  by any  party pursuant  to SECTION
    11.1(C)or SECTION  11.1(D) because  of the  failure of  the shareholders  of
    VECTRA to have approved the consummation of the transactions contemplated by
    this  Agreement, the  Sellers shall  be jointly  and severally  obligated to
    promptly pay to the Buyer by wire  transfer to an account designated by  the
    Buyer  the amount  of five  hundred thousand  dollars ($500,000)  if (i) the
    Board of Directors of either Seller  fails to recommend to its  shareholders
    the approval of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (ii) the
    Board  of  Directors of  either Seller  recommends  to its  shareholders the
    approval of an acquisition of either Seller or of the Businesses (through  a
    merger,  a  share exchange  or an  acquisition of  stock or  any substantial
    portion of the  assets of either  Seller or the  Businesses) other than  the
    acquisition  contemplated by this Agreement or (iii) within six months after
    the termination of  this Agreement,  either of the  Sellers consummates  any
    such transaction.
 
        (d) None of the parties hereto shall have any other liability or further
    obligation  to the other party under this Agreement, except that each of the
    parties to this Agreement shall be entitled to seek any remedy to which such
    party may be entitled at law or in equity for the violation or breach by the
    other party of any agreement, covenant, representation or warranty contained
    in this Agreement.
 
                                  ARTICLE XII
                                INDEMNIFICATION
 
    12.1    SURVIVAL  OF  REPRESENTATIONS.    All  representations,  warranties,
covenants  and  agreements made  by the  parties to  this Agreement  or pursuant
hereto shall survive the Closing. No warranty or representation shall be  deemed
to  be  waived  or  otherwise  diminished  as  a  result  of  any  due diligence
investigation by the party to whom the warranty or representation was made or as
a result of any actual or constructive  knowledge by such party with respect  to
any facts, circumstances or claims or by the actual or constructive knowledge of
such person that any warranty or representation is false at the time of Closing.
All  claims made  by virtue of  such representations,  warranties, covenants and
agreements shall be  made under, and  subject to the  limitations set forth  in,
this ARTICLE XII.
 
    12.2  THE SELLERS' AGREEMENT TO INDEMNIFY.
 
    (a)  Subject to the limitations set forth  in this SECTION 12.2, the Sellers
hereby, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless  the
Buyer and its Affiliates from and against all
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
demands,  claims, actions, losses, damages, liabilities, penalties, Taxes, costs
and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, settlement  costs,
arbitration  costs and any reasonable legal and other expenses for investigating
or defending any action  or threatened action) asserted  against or incurred  by
the  Buyer or  any of  its Affiliates arising  out of  or in  connection with or
resulting from  (i)  a  misrepresentation,  breach,  or  nonfulfillment  of  any
covenant,  agreement, representation or  warranty of either  Seller contained in
this Agreement or in  any agreement or instrument  executed and delivered on  or
prior  to  Closing pursuant  to this  Agreement, (ii)  any Liability  or alleged
Liability relating  to the  Businesses or  the Sellers  that is  not an  Assumed
Liability,  including any  Liability or  alleged Liability  that becomes,  or is
alleged to have become, a Liability of the Buyer under any bulk transfer law  of
any  jurisdiction, under any common law doctrine of de facto merger or successor
liability, or  otherwise  by  operation  of law  and  including,  if  the  Buyer
exercises  its stock purchase option provided in SECTION 2.5, any Liabilities or
alleged Liabilities relating in  any fashion to the  Subsidiary or its  Business
that  would not have  been included among  the Assumed Liabilities  set forth in
SECTION 2.4(A) had the Buyer not exercised such option or (iii) any Liability or
alleged Liability  arising out  of or  by  reason of  any violation  or  alleged
violation  of  any  Environmental Law  in  connection  with the  Fuel  and Waste
Business (collectively, "Buyer's Damages").
 
    (b) The Sellers shall be obligated to indemnify the Buyer and its Affiliates
(i) for those Buyer's Damages relating to any Liability or alleged Liability  of
the  Buyer referred  to in clause  (ii) of Section  12.2(a) and as  to which the
Buyer has given the Sellers notice within six years after the Closing Date or as
to which the statute  of limitations applicable thereto  has been tolled  during
such  six  years; (ii)  for  any Liability  or  alleged Liability  of  the Buyer
referred to in clause (iii) of SECTION 12.2(A) without regard to when the  Buyer
gives  the Sellers notice  of such Liabilities;  or (iii) for  all other Buyer's
Damages as to  which the Buyer  has given  the Sellers notice  within two  years
after the Closing Date.
 
    (c)  The Buyer shall not be entitled  to assert any claim under this SECTION
12.2 for Buyer's Damages resulting from breaches of Sellers' representations and
warranties until  the cumulative  amount  of such  Buyer's Damages  exceeds  two
hundred  fifty thousand  dollars ($250,000), but  the Buyer  shall thereafter be
entitled to recover the full amount  of such Buyer's Damages in accordance  with
the  provisions of  this SECTION 12.2;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that  nothing in this
SECTION 12.2(C) shall be  construed as limiting the  Buyer's ability to  recover
Buyer's  Damages relating to the  breach of any covenant  or agreement of either
Seller provided in this Agreement or  any Liability or alleged Liability of  the
Buyer  referred  to  in  clause  (ii)  of  SECTION  12.2(A),  regardless  of the
cumulative amount of such Buyer's Damages.
 
    (d) In the event the  Buyer has a claim  for Buyer's Damages resulting  from
the  assertion of liability by a third party, the Buyer will, within thirty days
after receiving notice thereof, give the Sellers notice of any such  third-party
claim,  and  VECTRA may  undertake the  defense  thereof by  counsel of  its own
choosing if (i)  the Sellers  provide written notice  to the  Buyer that  VECTRA
intends  to  undertake such  defense and  the Sellers  will indemnify  the Buyer
against all Buyer's Damages resulting from or relating to such third-party claim
pursuant to this SECTION 12.2, (ii) the Sellers provide the Buyer with  evidence
acceptable  to the Buyer that  the Sellers will have  the financial resources to
defend against the third-party claim and fulfill its indemnification obligations
hereunder, (iii) the third-party claim involves only money damages and does  not
seek  an injunction or other equitable relief, (iv) settlement of, or an adverse
judgment with  respect to,  the third-party  claim  is not,  in the  good  faith
judgment of the Buyer, likely to establish a precedent adverse to the continuing
business  interests of  the Buyer  and (v)  VECTRA conducts  the defense  of the
third-party  claim  actively  and  diligently.   The  Buyer  may,  by   counsel,
participate  in such proceedings, negotiations or defense, at the expense of the
Sellers; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the counsel selected by the Buyer is subject to
the approval of the Sellers, which approval shall not be unreasonably  withheld.
The  Buyer shall furnish to the Sellers in reasonable detail such information as
the Buyer may have with respect to such claim, including all records and similar
materials that are reasonably required in the defense of such third-party claim.
In the event that within  ten days after notice  of any such third-party  claim,
neither Seller has notified the Buyer of its intention to defend the third-party
claim, the Buyer will (upon further
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
notice  to the Sellers) have  the right to undertake  the defense, compromise or
settlement of  such  claim.  The  Sellers  may  elect  to  participate  in  such
proceedings, negotiations or defense at any time at their own expense. The Buyer
shall  not settle any such third-party claim without the consent of the Sellers,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Should one or more but not all
of the Sellers  agree to  defend any  such third-party  claim, the  indemnifying
party or parties not participating in the defense of the claim shall be bound by
the acts and agreements of the other or others.
 
    12.3  BUYER'S AGREEMENT TO INDEMNIFY.
 
    (a)  Subject to the  limitations set forth  in this SECTION  12.3, the Buyer
hereby agrees  to indemnify,  defend and  hold harmless  the Sellers  and  their
Affiliates  from  and against  all  demands, claims,  actions,  losses, damages,
liabilities, penalties, Taxes costs and expenses (including, without limitation,
attorneys' fees, settlement  costs, arbitration costs  and any reasonable  legal
and  other  expenses for  investigating or  defending  any action  or threatened
action) asserted against or incurred by either Seller or its Affiliates  arising
out  of  or in  connection  with or  resulting from  a  breach of  any covenant,
agreement, representation or warranty of  the Buyer contained in this  Agreement
or  in any agreement or instrument executed and delivered on or prior to Closing
pursuant to this Agreement (collectively, "SELLERS' DAMAGES").
 
    (b) The  Buyer  shall  be  obligated to  indemnify  the  Sellers  and  their
Affiliates  for those Sellers'  Damages as to  which the Sellers  have given the
Buyer notice within two years after the  Closing Date. The Sellers shall not  be
entitled  to assert any claim  under this SECTION 12.3  for any Sellers' Damages
resulting from any breaches of  the Buyer's representations or warranties  until
the  cumulative  amount  of  such Sellers'  Damages  exceeds  two  hundred fifty
thousand dollars ($250,000),  but the  Sellers shall thereafter  be entitled  to
recover  the  full  amount  of  such Sellers'  Damages  in  accordance  with the
provisions of this SECTION 12.3; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing in this SECTION
12.3(B) shall be construed as limiting any Seller's ability to recover  Sellers'
Damages  relating to the  breach of any  covenant of the  Buyer provided in this
Agreement, regardless of the cumulative amount of such Sellers' Damages.
 
    (c) In the event  either Seller has a  claim for Sellers' Damages  resulting
from  the assertion  of liability  by a  third party,  the Sellers  will, within
thirty days after receiving  notice thereof, give the  Buyer notice of any  such
third-party claim, and the Buyer may undertake the defense thereof by counsel of
its  own choosing if (i)  the Buyer provides written  notice to the Sellers that
the Buyer intends  to undertake such  defense and the  Buyer will indemnify  the
Sellers  against  all  Sellers'  Damages  resulting  from  or  relating  to such
third-party claim pursuant  to this SECTION  12.3, (ii) the  Buyer provides  the
Sellers  with evidence acceptable  to the Sellers  that the Buyer  will have the
financial resources  to defend  against the  third-party claim  and fulfill  its
indemnification obligations hereunder, (iii) the third-party claim involves only
money  damages and does not  seek an injunction or  other equitable relief, (iv)
settlement of, or an adverse judgment with respect to, the third-party claim  is
not,  in the good faith judgment of the Sellers, likely to establish a precedent
adverse to the continuing  business interests of the  Sellers and (v) the  Buyer
conducts  the  defense of  the third-party  claim  actively and  diligently. The
Sellers may,  by  counsel,  participate in  such  proceedings,  negotiations  or
defense,  at  the expense  of  the Buyer;  provided,  however, that  the counsel
selected by the Sellers is subject to the approval of the Buyer, which  approval
shall  not be unreasonably withheld.  The Sellers shall furnish  to the Buyer in
reasonable detail such information as the Sellers may have with respect to  such
claim,  including all records and similar materials that are reasonably required
in the defense  of such third-party  claim. In  the event that  within ten  days
after  notice of  any such  third-party claim,  the Buyer  has not  notified the
Sellers of its intention to defend the third-party claim, the Sellers will (upon
further notice to the Buyer) have the right to undertake the defense, compromise
or settlement  of  such  claim. The  Buyer  may  elect to  participate  in  such
proceedings,  negotiations or defense at any time  at its own expense. No Seller
shall settle any such third-party claim without the consent of the Buyer,  which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    12.4    BULK  SALES  LAWS.   The  parties  to  this  Agreement  hereby waive
compliance by such parties with the bulk sales law and any other similar laws in
any applicable jurisdiction in respect of the transactions contemplated by  this
Agreement.  The Sellers, jointly and severally,  shall indemnify the Buyer from,
and hold  the  Buyer  harmless  against, any  liabilities,  damages,  costs  and
expenses  resulting from or  arising out of  (a) the parties'  failure to comply
with any such laws in respect of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
and (b) any action brought or levy made as a result thereof.
 
                                  ARTICLE XIII
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
 
    13.1  ARBITRATION.  (a) Upon demand of any party hereto, whether made before
or after  the institution  of any  judicial proceeding,  any dispute,  claim  or
controversy  arising out of, connected with or relating to this Agreement or any
other Transaction Document  ("DISPUTES") between  or among any  parties to  this
Agreement  which  involves an  amount  that is  less  than five  million dollars
($5,000,000) shall  be  resolved by  binding  arbitration as  provided  in  this
SECTION 13.1. Institution of a judicial proceeding by a party does not waive the
right  of  that party  to demand  arbitration  hereunder. Disputes  may include,
without limitation, tort claims, counterclaims, claims brought as class actions,
claims arising from documents executed in  the future, or claims arising out  of
or  connected with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other
Transaction Documents. Arbitration shall be conducted under and governed by  the
Commercial Rules of the American Arbitration Association, as in effect from time
to  time. If  a Dispute  primarily relates  to a  breach by  one or  both of the
Sellers of any of the representations  and warranties contained in ARTICLE V  of
this Agreement, then all arbitration hearings with respect to such Dispute shall
be  conducted  in Mecklenburg  County, North  Carolina.  If a  Dispute primarily
relates to a breach by  the Buyer of any  of the representations and  warranties
contained  in ARTICLE VI  of this Agreement, then  all arbitration hearings with
respect to such Dispute shall be  conducted in Contra Costa County,  California.
If  it is not  clear whether a Dispute  primarily relates to a  breach by one or
both of the Sellers of the representations and warranties contained in ARTICLE V
or a breach  by the  Buyer of the  representations and  warranties contained  in
ARTICLE  VI, or if a Dispute does not primarily relate to any such breach by one
or both of the Sellers or the Buyer, then all arbitration hearings with  respect
to  such Dispute shall  be conducted in Mecklenburg  County, North Carolina. All
applicable statutes of limitation  shall apply to any  Dispute. A judgment  upon
the  award  may be  entered  in any  court  having jurisdiction.  The  number of
arbitrators shall  be  three, and  the  panel  from which  the  arbitrators  are
selected shall be comprised of licensed attorneys.
 
    (b)  No  proceedings  for  arbitration  (or  any  other  formal proceedings)
relating to  any  Dispute may  be  instituted until  (i)  the party  seeking  to
institute  such  proceedings shall  have provided  written  notice to  the other
parties to  the  Dispute  of  that  party's intent  to  submit  the  Dispute  to
arbitration;  and (ii) VECTRA and the Buyer  shall have not resolved the Dispute
within the thirty days  after the party seeking  to institute proceedings  shall
have  made members of its senior management available to discuss the issues with
members of the other party's senior management. For purposes of this  paragraph,
"senior  management" shall  include, with respect  to VECTRA,  its president and
chief financial officer and, with respect to the Buyer, its president and  chief
financial officer.
 
    13.2   EXPENSES.   Whether or  not the transactions  contemplated hereby are
consummated, each party shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by such  party
in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
    13.3   AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATION.   This Agreement may be amended, modified
or supplemented  only  by  written agreement  of  all  of the  parties  to  this
Agreement.
 
    13.4   WAIVER OF COMPLIANCE; CONSENTS.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement,  any  failure   of  one   party  to  comply   with  any   obligation,
representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
condition  herein may be waived by any  other party only by a written instrument
signed by the party granting such waiver,  but such waiver or failure to  insist
upon strict compliance with such obligation, representation, warranty, covenant,
agreement  or  condition shall  not operate  as  a waiver  of, or  estoppel with
respect to, any subsequent or other failure. Whenever this Agreement requires or
permits consent by or on behalf of any party hereto, such consent shall be given
in writing  in  a  manner consistent  with  the  requirements for  a  waiver  of
compliance as set forth in this SECTION 13.4.
 
    13.5   NOTICES.  All notices and  other communications hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be deemed given when delivered by hand or a reputable national
over-night courier service or by facsimile transmission, or three Business  Days
after  mailing  when  mailed by  registered  or certified  mail  (return receipt
requested), postage prepaid, to the parties in the manner provided below:
 
    (a) If VECTRA:
 
       VECTRA Technologies, Inc.
       5000 Executive Parkway, Suite 500
       San Ramon, California 94583
       Attention: Mr. Ray A. Fortney
 
       With a copy to:
 
       Preston Gates & Ellis
       5000 Columbia Center
       701 Fifth Avenue
       Seattle, Washington 98104-7078
       Attention: C. Kent Carlson
 
    (b) If to the Subsidiary:
 
       VECTRA Government Services, Inc.
       5000 Executive Parkway, Suite 500
       San Ramon, California 94583
       Attention: Mr. Ray A. Fortney
 
       With a copy to:
 
       Preston Gates & Ellis
       5000 Columbia Center
       701 Fifth Avenue
       Seattle, Washington 98104-7078
       Attention: C. Kent Carlson
 
    (c) If to the Buyer, to:
 
       Duke Engineering & Services, Inc.
       400 South Tryon Street
       Wachovia Building, 21st Floor
       Charlotte, North Carolina 28201
       Attention: Mr. John F. Norris, Jr.
 
       With a copy to:
 
       Duke Power Company
       422 South Church Street
       Charlotte, North Carolina 28242
       Attention: Robert S. Lilien
 
Any party may change the address to which notice is to be given by notice  given
in the manner set forth above.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
    13.6   SET-OFF.  Each Seller  may, from time to time  and upon notice to the
Buyer, set-off  and  reduce the  amount  payable by  such  Seller to  the  Buyer
hereunder  by any amount due such Seller from the Buyer hereunder, and the Buyer
may, from time to time  and upon notice to the  Sellers, set-off and reduce  the
amount  payable by the Buyer to the Sellers by any amount due the Buyer from the
Sellers.
 
    13.7  BINDING AGREEMENT.   This Agreement and  all of the provisions  hereof
shall  be binding upon and inure to the  benefit of the parties hereto and their
respective heirs, successors and  permitted assigns, and  shall not confer  upon
any  other Person any  rights or remedies hereunder.  Neither this Agreement nor
any of the rights, interests or  obligations hereunder shall be assigned by  any
party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties.
 
    13.8   GOVERNING LAW.  The execution, interpretation and performance of this
Agreement shall be governed by the  internal laws and judicial decisions of  the
State of North Carolina.
 
    13.9  JURISDICTION AND VENUE.  In the event that any party to this Agreement
commences  a  lawsuit  or other  proceeding  relating  to or  arising  from this
Agreement, the parties  to this  Agreement hereby consent  to the  non-exclusive
jurisdiction  of both the United States  District Court for the Western District
of North Carolina and the United States District Court for the Northern District
of California. If each such court lacks federal subject matter jurisdiction, the
parties hereby consent to  the non-exclusive jurisdiction  of both the  Superior
Court  Division of  the General  Court of  Justice of  Mecklenburg County, North
Carolina and the comparable State Court  in San Ramon, California. Any of  these
courts shall be proper venue for any such lawsuit or judicial proceeding and the
parties  hereto waive any objection to such venue. The parties hereto consent to
and agree to submit to the jurisdiction  of any of the courts specified in  this
SECTION   13.9  and  agree  to  accept  service  of  process  to  vest  personal
jurisdiction over them  in any  of these courts.  Nothing in  this SECTION  13.9
shall  be  construed as  limiting  the effect  of  the provisions  regarding the
resolution of Disputes contained in SECTION 13.1 hereof.
 
    13.10   COUNTERPARTS.    This Agreement  may  be  executed in  one  or  more
counterparts,  each  of which  shall be  deemed  an original,  but all  of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
    13.11  INTERPRETATION.  The article and Section headings and the information
contained in the opening paragraph of ARTICLE III opposite the heading "Summary"
are solely for the purpose  of reference, are not part  of the agreement of  the
parties  and shall not in  any way affect the  meaning or interpretation of this
Agreement.
 
    13.12  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, including the Exhibits hereto  and
the  Sellers' Disclosure Letter and the  Buyer's Disclosure Letter, embodies the
entire agreement and understanding  of the parties with  respect of the  subject
matter  of this  Agreement. This Agreement  supersedes all  prior agreements and
understandings between the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated
hereby.
 
                       [Signatures appear on next page.]
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
   
    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the  date
first above written.
    
 
   
                                     THE BUYER:
                                     DUKE ENGINEERING & SERVICES, INC.
    
 
   
                                     By: ________/s/ JOHN F. NORRIS, JR.________
    
   
                                     Name: _________John F. Norris, Jr._________
    
   
                                     Title: __________President and CEO_________
    
 
   
                                     VECTRA:
    
 
   
                                     VECTRA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
    
 
   
                                     By: ___________/s/ RAY A. FORTNEY__________
    
   
                                     Name: ____________Ray A. Fortney___________
    
   
                                     Title: __________President and CEO_________
    
 
   
                                     THE SUBSIDIARY:
    
 
   
                                     VECTRA GOVERNMENT SERVICES, INC.
    
 
   
                                     By: ___________/s/ RAY A. FORTNEY__________
    
   
                                     Name: ____________Ray A. Fortney___________
    
   
                                     Title:______________President______________
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
ANNEX B
    
 
                           REVISED CODE OF WASHINGTON
                                 CHAPTER 23B.13
                            BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT
                               DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
23B.13.010. DEFINITIONS
 
    As used in this chapter:
 
    (1)  "Corporation" means the issuer of the shares held by a dissenter before
the corporate action,  or the surviving  or acquiring corporation  by merger  or
share exchange of that issuer.
 
    (2)  "Dissenter"  means  a  shareholder  who  is  entitled  to  dissent from
corporate action under RCW 23B.13.020 and  who exercises that right when and  in
the manner required by RCW 23B.13.200 through 23B.13.280.
 
    (3)  "Fair value," with respect to a  dissenter's shares, means the value of
the shares immediately  before the  effective date  of the  corporate action  to
which  the  dissenter objects,  excluding  any appreciation  or  depreciation in
anticipation of the corporate action unless exclusion would be inequitable.
 
    (4) "Interest"  means interest  from  the effective  date of  the  corporate
action  until the  date of payment,  at the  average rate currently  paid by the
corporation on its principal bank loans or, if none, at a rate that is fair  and
equitable under all the circumstances.
 
    (5)  "Record  shareholder"  means  the  person  in  whose  name  shares  are
registered in the records of a corporation or the beneficial owner of shares  to
the  extent  of the  rights  granted by  a nominee  certificate  on file  with a
corporation.
 
    (6) "Beneficial shareholder" means the person  who is a beneficial owner  of
shares held in a voting trust or by a nominee as the record shareholder.
 
    (7)   "Shareholder"  means   the  record   shareholder  or   the  beneficial
shareholder.
 
23B.13.020. RIGHT TO DISSENT
 
    (1) A shareholder  is entitled to  dissent from, and  obtain payment of  the
fair  value of the  shareholder's shares in  the event of,  any of the following
corporate actions:
 
        (a) Consummation of a plan of merger to which the corporation is a party
    (i) if shareholder approval  is required for the  merger by RCW  23B.11.030,
    23B.11.080, or the articles of incorporation and the shareholder is entitled
    to  vote on the merger,  or (ii) if the corporation  is a subsidiary that is
    merged with its parent under RCW 23B.11.040;
 
        (b) Consummation of a plan of share exchange to which the corporation is
    a party as the corporation whose shares will be acquired, if the shareholder
    is entitled to vote on the plan;
 
        (c) Consummation of a sale or exchange of all, or substantially all,  of
    the  property of the corporation other than  in the usual and regular course
    of business, if the shareholder is entitled to vote on the sale or exchange,
    including a sale in dissolution, but not including a sale pursuant to  court
    order  or a sale for  cash pursuant to a plan  by which all or substantially
    all of the net proceeds of the sale will be distributed to the  shareholders
    within one year after the date of sale;
 
        (d)  An  amendment  of  the articles  of  incorporation  that materially
    reduces the number of  shares owned by  the shareholder to  a fraction of  a
    share  if the fractional share  so created is to  be acquired for cash under
    RCW 23B.06.040; or
 
        (e) Any corporate  action taken pursuant  to a shareholder  vote to  the
    extent  the articles of incorporation, bylaws,  or a resolution of the board
    of directors provides that voting or nonvoting shareholders are entitled  to
    dissent and obtain payment for their shares.
 
    (2)   A  shareholder  entitled  to  dissent   and  obtain  payment  for  the
shareholder's shares under this chapter  may not challenge the corporate  action
creating the shareholder's entitlement unless the
<PAGE>
action  fails to comply with the  procedural requirements imposed by this title,
RCW 25.10.900 through 25.10.955, the  articles of incorporation, or the  bylaws,
or is fraudulent with respect to the shareholder or the corporation.
 
    (3)  The right  of a  dissenting shareholder to  obtain payment  of the fair
value of the shareholder's shares shall terminate upon the occurrence of any one
of the following events:
 
        (a) The proposed corporate action is abandoned or rescinded;
 
        (b) A court having  jurisdiction permanently enjoins  or sets aside  the
    corporate action; or
 
        (c)  The shareholder's demand for payment  is withdrawn with the written
    consent of the corporation.
 
23B.13.030. DISSENT BY NOMINEES AND BENEFICIAL OWNERS
 
    (1) A record shareholder may assert dissenters' rights as to fewer than  all
the shares registered in the shareholder's name only if the shareholder dissents
with respect to all shares beneficially owned by any one person and notifies the
corporation  in writing of the  name and address of  each person on whose behalf
the shareholder asserts dissenters'  rights. The rights  of a partial  dissenter
under  this subsection are determined as if the shares as to which the dissenter
dissents and  the dissenter's  other  shares were  registered  in the  names  of
different shareholders.
 
    (2) A beneficial shareholder may assert dissenters' rights as to shares held
on the beneficial shareholder's behalf only if:
 
        (a)  The beneficial  shareholder submits  to the  corporation the record
    shareholder's written consent  to the dissent  not later than  the time  the
    beneficial shareholder asserts dissenters' rights; and
 
        (b)  The beneficial  shareholder does so  with respect to  all shares of
    which such  shareholder is  the beneficial  shareholder or  over which  such
    shareholder has power to direct the vote.
 
23B.13.200. NOTICE OF DISSENTERS' RIGHTS
 
    (1)  If  proposed corporate  action  creating dissenters'  rights  under RCW
23B.13.020 is submitted to a vote at a shareholders' meeting, the meeting notice
must state that shareholders are or may be entitled to assert dissenters' rights
under this chapter and be accompanied by a copy of this chapter.
 
    (2) If corporate action creating dissenters' rights under RCW 23B.13.020  is
taken  without a  vote of shareholders,  the corporation, within  ten days after
[the] effective  date of  such corporate  action, shall  notify in  writing  all
shareholders entitled to assert dissenters' rights that the action was taken and
send them the dissenters' notice described in RCW 23B.13.220.
 
23B.13.210. NOTICE OF INTENT TO DEMAND PAYMENT
 
    (1)  If  proposed corporate  action  creating dissenters'  rights  under RCW
23B.13.020 is submitted to a vote at a shareholders' meeting, a shareholder  who
wishes  to assert dissenters' rights must  (a) deliver to the corporation before
the vote is taken written notice  of the shareholder's intent to demand  payment
for  the shareholder's shares  if the proposed  action is effected,  and (b) not
vote such shares in favor of the proposed action.
 
    (2) A shareholder who does not satisfy the requirements of subsection (1) of
this section is not entitled to payment for the shareholder's shares under  this
chapter.
 
23B.13.220. DISSENTER'S NOTICE
 
    (1)  If  proposed corporate  action  creating dissenters'  rights  under RCW
23B.13.020 is  authorized  at a  shareholder's  meeting, the  corporation  shall
deliver  a  written dissenters'  notice to  all  shareholders who  satisfied the
requirements of RCW 23B.13.210.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
    (2) The dissenters' notice must be sent within ten days after the  effective
date of the corporate action, and must:
 
        (a)  State where  the payment  demand must  be sent  and where  and when
    certificates for certificated shares must be deposited;
 
        (b) Inform holders of uncertificated  shares to what extent transfer  of
    the shares will be restricted after the payment demand is received;
 
        (c)  Supply a form for  demanding payment that includes  the date of the
    first announcement to  news media  or to shareholders  of the  terms of  the
    proposed corporate action and requires that the person asserting dissenters'
    rights  certify whether or  not the person  acquired beneficial ownership of
    the shares before that date;
 
        (d) Set a date by which the corporation must receive the payment demand,
    which date may not be fewer than  thirty nor more than sixty days after  the
    date the notice in subsection (1) of this section is delivered; and
 
        (e) Be accompanied by a copy of this chapter.
 
23B.13.230. DUTY TO DEMAND PAYMENT
 
    (1) A shareholder sent a dissenters' notice described in RCW 23B.13.220 must
demand payment, certify whether the shareholder acquired beneficial ownership of
the  shares before the date  required to be set  forth in the dissenters' notice
pursuant to RCW 23B.13.220(2)(c), and deposit the shareholder's certificates  in
accordance with the terms of the notice.
 
    (2) The shareholder who demands payment and deposits the shareholder's share
certificates  under subsection (1) of this section retains all other rights of a
shareholder until the proposed corporate action is effected.
 
    (3) A shareholder who does not  demand payment or deposit the  shareholder's
share  certificates  where required,  each by  the date  set in  the dissenters'
notice, is  not entitled  to payment  for the  shareholder's shares  under  this
chapter.
 
23B.13.240. SHARE RESTRICTIONS
 
    (1)  The corporation may restrict the transfer of uncertificated shares from
the date the demand for their  payment is received until the proposed  corporate
action is effected or the restriction is released under RCW 23B.13.260.
 
    (2) The person for whom dissenters' rights are asserted as to uncertificated
shares retains all other rights of a shareholder until the effective date of the
proposed corporate action.
 
23B.13.250. PAYMENT
 
    (1) Except as provided in RCW 23B.13.270, within thirty days of the later of
the  effective date of  the proposed corporate  action, or the  date the payment
demand is received, the corporation shall  pay each dissenter who complied  with
RCW  23B.13.230 the amount the corporation estimates to be the fair value of the
shareholder's shares, plus accrued interest.
 
    (2) The payment must be accompanied by:
 
        (a) The  corporation's balance  sheet as  of the  end of  a fiscal  year
    ending  not more than sixteen  months before the date  of payment, an income
    statement for that year, a statement of changes in shareholders' equity  for
    that year, and the latest available interim financial statements, if any;
 
        (b)  An explanation of  how the corporation estimated  the fair value of
    the shares;
 
        (c) An explanation of how the interest was calculated;
 
        (d) A statement  of the dissenter's  right to demand  payment under  RCW
    23B.13.280; and
 
        (e) A copy of this chapter.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
23B.13.260. FAILURE TO TAKE ACTION
 
    (1) If the corporation does not effect the proposed action within sixty days
after  the date set for demanding payment and depositing share certificates, the
corporation shall return  the deposited  certificates and  release any  transfer
restrictions imposed on uncertificated shares.
 
    (2)  If  after  returning  deposited  certificates  and  releasing  transfer
restrictions, the corporation wishes to  undertake the proposed action, it  must
send a new dissenters' notice under RCW 23B.13.220 and repeat the payment demand
procedure.
 
23B.13.270. AFTER-ACQUIRED SHARES
 
    (1)  A corporation may elect to  withhold payment required by RCW 23B.13.250
from a dissenter  unless the dissenter  was the beneficial  owner of the  shares
before  the date set  forth in the dissenters'  notice as the  date of the first
announcement to  news media  or to  shareholders of  the terms  of the  proposed
corporate action.
 
    (2)  To  the  extent  the  corporation  elects  to  withhold  payment  under
subsection (1) of this section, after  taking the proposed corporate action,  it
shall  estimate the fair value  of the shares, plus  accrued interest, and shall
pay this amount to each dissenter who  agrees to accept it in full  satisfaction
of  the  dissenter's  demand.  The  corporation shall  send  with  its  offer an
explanation of how it estimated the fair value of the shares, an explanation  of
how  the interest was  calculated, and a  statement of the  dissenter's right to
demand payment under RCW 23B.13.280.
 
23B.13.280. PROCEDURE IF SHAREHOLDER DISSATISFIED WITH PAYMENT OR OFFER
 
    (1) A dissenter may notify the corporation in writing of the dissenter's own
estimate of the fair value of the dissenter's shares and amount of interest due,
and demand  payment of  the dissenter's  estimate, less  any payment  under  RCW
23B.13.250,  or reject the  corporation's offer under  RCW 23B.13.270 and demand
payment of the dissenter's estimate of the fair value of the dissenter's  shares
and interest due, if:
 
        (a)  The dissenter believes that the amount paid under RCW 23B.13.250 or
    offered under RCW 23B.13.270 is less than the fair value of the  dissenter's
    shares or that the interest due is incorrectly calculated;
 
        (b)  The corporation fails  to make payment  under RCW 23B.13.250 within
    sixty days after the date set for demanding payment; or
 
        (c) The corporation  does not effect  the proposed action  and does  not
    return  the  deposited  certificates or  release  the  transfer restrictions
    imposed on uncertificated shares  within sixty days after  the date set  for
    demanding payment.
 
    (2) A dissenter waives the right to demand payment under this section unless
the  dissenter notifies  the corporation  of the  dissenter's demand  in writing
under subsection (1) of  this section within thirty  days after the  corporation
made or offered payment for the dissenter's shares.
 
23B.13.300. COURT ACTION
 
    (1)  If a  demand for  payment under  RCW 23B.13.280  remains unsettled, the
corporation shall commence a  proceeding within sixty  days after receiving  the
payment  demand and petition the court to determine the fair value of the shares
and accrued interest. If the corporation does not commence the proceeding within
the sixty-day period, it shall pay each dissenter whose demand remains unsettled
the amount demanded.
 
    (2) The corporation shall commence the  proceeding in the superior court  of
the  county where a corporation's  principal office, or, if  none in this state,
its registered office, is located. If  the corporation is a foreign  corporation
without  a registered office in this state,  it shall commence the proceeding in
the county in this state where the registered office of the domestic corporation
merged with  or  whose shares  were  acquired  by the  foreign  corporation  was
located.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
    (3)  The corporation shall make all  dissenters, whether or not residents of
this state, whose demands remain unsettled,  parties to the proceeding as in  an
action  against their shares and  all parties must be served  with a copy of the
petition. Nonresidents  may be  served by  registered or  certified mail  or  by
publication as provided by law.
 
    (4)  The corporation may join  as a party to  the proceeding any shareholder
who claims to be a dissenter but who has not, in the opinion of the corporation,
complied with the provisions of this chapter. If the court determines that  such
shareholder  has not complied  with provisions of  this chapter, the shareholder
shall be dismissed as a party.
 
    (5) The jurisdiction of the court in which the proceeding is commenced under
subsection (2) of this section is  plenary and exclusive. The court may  appoint
one  or more persons as appraisers to receive evidence and recommend decision on
the question of  fair value.  The appraisers have  the powers  described in  the
order appointing them, or in any amendment to it. The dissenters are entitled to
the same discovery rights as parties in other civil proceedings.
 
    (6)  Each dissenter made a  party to the proceeding  is entitled to judgment
(a) for the  amount, if  any, by which  the court  finds the fair  value of  the
dissenter's  shares, plus interest, exceeds the  amount paid by the corporation,
or  (b)  for  the  fair  value,  plus  accrued  interest,  of  the   dissenter's
after-acquired  shares  for which  the corporation  elected to  withhold payment
under RCW 23B.13.270.
 
23B.13.310. COURT COSTS AND COUNSEL FEES
 
    (1) The court in a proceeding commenced under RCW 23B.13.300 shall determine
all costs of the proceeding, including the reasonable compensation and  expenses
of  appraisers appointed by the court. The  court shall assess the costs against
the corporation, except that the court may assess the costs against all or  some
of the dissenters, in amounts the court finds equitable, to the extent the court
finds  the dissenters  acted arbitrarily, vexatiously,  or not in  good faith in
demanding payment under RCW 23B.13.280.
 
    (2) The court may also assess the  fees and expenses of counsel and  experts
for the respective parties, in amounts the court finds equitable:
 
        (a) Against the corporation and in favor of any or all dissenters if the
    court   finds  the  corporation  did   not  substantially  comply  with  the
    requirements of RCW 23B.13.20 through 23B.13.280; or
 
        (b) Against either the corporation or a dissenter, in favor of any other
    party, if the court finds that the party against whom the fees and  expenses
    are  assessed  acted arbitrarily,  vexatiously, or  not  in good  faith with
    respect to the rights provided by chapter 23B.13 RCW.
 
        (3) If the court  finds that the services  of counsel for any  dissenter
    were of substantial benefit to other dissenters similarly situated, and that
    the  fees for those services should not be assessed against the corporation,
    the court may award to these counsel  reasonable fees to be paid out of  the
    amounts awarded the dissenters who were benefited.
 
                                       5


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission